Democracy Spraffa

Agenda Document Pack - Climate Change and Sustainability Committee - 23/10/2024

Perth and Kinross Council · 23 October 2024
Back to Climate Change and Sustainability Committee — 23 October 2024 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Page 1

Securing the future… • Improving services 
• Enhancing quality of life • Making the best use of public
resources 
Council Building
2 High Street
Perth
PH1 5PH 
16/10/2024 
A hybrid meeting of the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee will be
held in the Council Chamber on Wednesday, 23 October 2024 at 09:30. 
If you have any queries please contact Committee Services on (01738) 475000 or
email Committee@pkc.gov.uk. 
THOMAS GLEN
Chief Executive 
Those attending the meeting are requested to ensure that all notifications are
silent on their device and other devices are in silent mode. 
Please note that the meeting will be broadcast online and recorded.  The
recording will be publicly available on the Council’s website following the
meeting. 
Members:
Councillor Richard Watters  (Convener)
Councillor Liz Barrett  (Vice-Convener)
Councillor Hugh Anderson
Councillor Dave Cuthbert
Councillor Angus Forbes
Councillor David Illingworth
Councillor Noah Khogali
Councillor Grant Laing
Depute Provost Andrew Parrott
Councillor Grant Stewart
Councillor Jack Welch
Page 1 of 302

Page 2

Page 2 of 302

Page 3

Climate Change and Sustainability Committee 
Wednesday, 23 October 2024 
AGENDA 
MEMBERS ARE REMINDED OF THEIR OBLIGATION TO DECLARE ANY
FINANCIAL OR NON-FINANCIAL INTEREST WHICH THEY MAY HAVE IN ANY
ITEM ON THIS AGENDA IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE COUNCILLORS’ CODE
OF CONDUCT. 
1 WELCOME AND APOLOGIES/SUBSTITUTES   
2 DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST   
3 MINUTE OF MEETING OF CLIMATE CHANGE AND
SUSTAINABILITY COMMITTEE OF 21 AUGUST 2024
(copy herewith) 
5 - 6 
4 ANNUAL UPDATE ON THE DELIVERY PLAN 2024-29 FOR
PERTH AND KINROSS LOCAL HEAT AND ENERGY
EFFICIENCY STRATEGY AND LOCAL AREA ENERGY PLAN
2024-25
Report by Strategic Lead - Environment and Infrastructure (copy
herewith 24/286) 
7 - 48 
5 FLOOD STUDIES - BLAIRGOWRIE AND RATTRAY SURFACE
WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN AND ALYTH NATURAL FLOOD
MANAGEMENT STUDY
Report by Strategic Lead - Environment and Infrastructure (copy
herewith 24/287) 
49 - 82 
6 PUBLIC BODIES CLIMATE CHANGE DUTIES COMPLIANCE
REPORTING 2024 - CARBON EMISSIONS
Report by Strategic Lead - Environment and Infrastructure (copy
herewith 24/288) 
83 - 126 
7 MOBILITY STRATEGY
Report by Strategic Lead - Economy, Development and Planning
(copy herewith 24/289) 
127 - 302 
Page 3 of 302

Page 4

Page 4 of 302

Page 5

CLIMATE CHANGE AND SUSTAINABILITY COMMITTEE 
Minute of hybrid meeting of the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee held
in the Council Chambers on 21 August 2024 at 9.30am. 
Present: Councillors R Watters, L Barrett, H Anderson, D Cuthbert, A Forbes,
D Illingworth, N Khogali, G Laing, A Parrott, G Stewart and J Welch. 
In Attendance: F Crofts, Strategic Lead – Environment and Infrastructure; E Ritchie,
Strategic Lead – Housing and Communities; D Grant (up to and including Item 5),
H Hope, L Ann-Cassidy, D Davidson, S Skene, P Leonard, P Garden, R Haynes,
S D’All, S Hendry, A Taylor, A Brown, M Pasternak (all Strategy, People and
Resources); E Gilruth and B Reid (from Item 6 onwards) (both Economy, Place and
Learning. 
Councillor R Watters, Convener, Presiding. 
The Convener led on Items 1-4 and 6, and Vice-Convener L Barrett on Item 5. 
1. WELCOME AND APOLOGIES 
Councillor Watters welcomed everyone to the meeting. 
2. DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST 
There were no Declarations of Interest made in terms of the Councillors’ Code
of Conduct. 
3. MINUTE OF MEETING OF CLIMATE CHANGE AND SUSTAINABILITY
COMMITTEE OF 1 MAY 2024 
The minute of meeting of Climate Change and Sustainability Committee of 
1 May 2024 was submitted and approved as correct record. 
4. OUTSTANDING BUSINESS STATEMENT 
Resolved: 
The status of action in the Outstanding Business Statement (24/215) be noted
and completed actions removed accordingly 
5. NATURE RESTORATION FUND 2024-25 
There was submitted a report by Strategic Lead – Environment and
Infrastructure (24/216) (1) providing an update on the allocation of the Nature
Restoration Fund received by Perth and Kinross Council for 2023/24; (2) outlining
the proposed approach for utilising the funds for 2024/25; and (3) seeking approval
for delegating authority to the Strategic Lead for Environment and Infrastructure to
approve projects recommended by the Nature Restoration Fund Working Group. 
3
Page 5 of 302

Page 6

Resolved:
(i) The Nature Restoration Fund 2023-24 as detailed in Report 24/216, be noted.
(ii) The Strategic Lead for Environment and Infrastructure be authorised to
approve projects recommended by the Nature Restoration Fund Working
Group based on set scoring criteria for best value nature restoration across
Perth and Kinross. 
6. YEAR-ROUND WEATHER EVENT RESPONSE 
There was submitted a report by Strategic Lead – Environment and
Infrastructure (24/217) (1) showing how, in recognition of changing weather patterns,
Perth and Kinross Council are reshaping the approach to severe weather planning,
with a move from the existing focus on preparations for the impact of winter weather
/ snow to an approach that recognises that severe weather events can take place at
any point in the year; (2) acknowledging the previously published weather events
improvement plan and incorporating the specific actions within that improvement
plan to reflect and review current practices based on learning from the October 2023
weather events; and (3) detailing the roles and responsibilities of various teams
within Perth and Kinross Council, and the key partner agencies and organisations
involved in the preparation for, assistance during, and recovery from a weather
event. 
Resolved:
(i) The range of responsibilities and approach taken by teams across the Council
to respond to severe weather events all year round, be noted.
(ii) The proposed improvements to the approach noted against each service area
as detailed in Section 5 of Report 24/217, be approved. 
~~~~~~~~
Page 6 of 302

Page 7

PERTH AND KINROSS COUNCIL 
Climate Change & Sustainability Committee 
23 October 2024 
ANNUAL UPDATE ON THE DELIVERY PLAN (2024-2029) 
FOR PERTH AND KINROSS 
LOCAL HEAT & ENERGY EFFICIENCY STRATEGY AND
LOCAL AREA ENERGY PLAN (2024-2045) 
Report by Strategic Lead – Environment & Infrastructure
(Report No. 24/286) 
1. PURPOSE 
1.1 To note progress in implementing the Delivery Plan (2024-2029) for the Local
Heat & Energy Efficiency Strategy (LHEES) and Local Area Energy Plan
(LAEP) (2024-2045) approved at Climate Change & Sustainability Committee
on 27 November 2023 and to approve priorities for the next 12-18 months. 
2. RECOMMENDATIONS 
2.1  It is recommended that the Committee: 
(i) Notes the progress made during the first year (November 2023-October
2024) towards the outcomes set out with the Local Heat & Energy
Efficiency Strategy (LHEES) and Local Area Energy Plan (LAEP) (2024-
2045) (Appendix 1).
(ii) Approves the priorities for the next 12-18 months. 
3.  STRUCTURE OF REPORT 
3.1 This report is structured over the following sections: 
• Section 4: Background
• Section 5: Context
• Section 6: Annual Progress update and priorities for the next 12-18 months
• Section 7: Monitoring and review
• Section 8: Conclusion  
• Appendices 
4
Page 7 of 302

Page 8

4. BACKGROUND 
4.1 In accordance with the Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategies (Scotland)
Order 2022 and in fulfilment of its statutory obligations, Perth and Kinross
Council approved the Local Heat and Energy Efficiency Strategy (LHEES) for
the period 2024-2045, along with the corresponding Delivery Plan for 2024-
2029, on 27 November 2023 (Report Ref 23/330). 
4.2 The LHEES and Delivery Plan were subsequently submitted to the Scottish
Government in December 2023, and the approved documents were made
publicly available. 
4.3 A LHEES provides a long-term strategic framework aimed at improving the
energy efficiency of buildings within the local authority's jurisdiction and
reducing greenhouse gas emissions associated with heating these buildings.
The Delivery Plan outlines how the local authority intends to implement its
strategy. 
4.4 Recognizing the importance of a whole energy system approach as a
fundamental element in delivering the LHEES, a Local Area Energy Plan
(LAEP) for 2024-2045 was developed concurrently, with the LHEES at its
core. The LAEP offers insights into the scope, scale, pace, and timing of the
changes necessary for transitioning to a net-zero energy system. It adopts a
whole energy systems approach, addressing the complex interdependencies
among various energy vectors from generation to consumption. The LAEP
was published in January 2024 marking significant progress to support overall
delivery. 
4.5 The following figure illustrates the components of both the LHEES and the
LAEP, as well as their interactions: 
Page 8 of 302

Page 9

5. CONTEXT 
5.1 Both LHEES and LAEP are firmly aligned to the priorities and vision of the
Corporate Plan 2022/23 – 2027/28 (approved by Council in December 2022)
for a Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty
and inequality. They reflect the views of our communities, elected members,
stakeholders, and partner organisations. These views have helped influence
the development of the LHEES/LAEP priorities and outcomes which are most
important for Perth and Kinross. They are also fully aligned with local
strategies, policies and plans including the: 
• Perth and Kinross Climate Change Strategy and Action Plan
• Perth and Kinross Local Outcomes Improvement Plan 2022-2032
• Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2019
• Perth and Kinross Local Housing Strategy 2022-2027
• Perth and Kinross Child Poverty Delivery Plan 2022-2026 
• Tay Cities Regional Economic Strategy and Perth and Kinross
Economic Action Plan (in development) 
6. ANNUAL PROGRESS UPDATE AND PRIORITIES FOR THE NEXT 12-18
MONTHS 
6.1 The annual progress update is attached in Appendix 1 and key points are
provided below. 
6.2 The Perth and Kinross LAEP envisions the area as a model for affordable and
equitable access to sustainable energy for all residents, businesses, and
organisations through an integrated, net-zero local energy system by 2045. 
6.3 The Perth and Kinross LHEES envisions that by 2045, our homes and
buildings will be more energy efficient and with more decarbonised heat
sources providing more affordable warmth and no longer contributing to
climate change. 
6.4 The LHEES and LAEP have the following five Strategic Priorities 
- Improving buildings’ energy efficiency aiming for affordable warmth and
regulatory compliance (LHEES specific)
- Decarbonising heat within a transitioning energy system focusing on heat
networks and heat pumps (LHEES specific)
- Reduce transport
- Decarbonise Transport
- Deploy local renewable generation 
Page 9 of 302

Page 10

6.5 The following figure illustrates the various priority intervention areas and
ambitions for 2045: 
6.6 Given the interconnected nature of the LHEES and LAEP, the approved
LHEES Delivery Plan has been expanded to encompass both strategies,
resulting in a shared LHEES/LAEP Delivery Plan. Net zero delivery is evolving
rapidly, as are low carbon technologies, policy and funding landscapes. The
shared LHEES/LAEP Delivery Plan is accordingly, more agile and iterative, to
support the rapid decarbonisation that is required. The Delivery Plan is
considered a ‘live’ document and supported by digital platforms use of ‘live’
data and requiring ongoing stakeholder engagement to ensure aligned
investment and delivery with partners. 
6.7 Key areas of progress in delivering the outcomes include the following: 
Improving buildings’ energy efficiency aiming for affordable warmth and
regulatory compliance (LHEES specific) 
6.8 Our aim is reducing energy demand of Perth and Kinross’s buildings through
improved energy efficiency. Improving building fabric will also be crucial for
facilitating the introduction of highly efficient low temperature heating systems
such as heat pumps. This has the potential to reduce energy costs for
residents, supporting vulnerable households facing rising prices. It also moves
towards Scotland's 2040 goal of eliminating fuel poverty. The challenge is
significant, with over half of Perth and Kinross’s domestic properties requiring
some level of retrofit by 2033 to meet the targets set out in Scotland’s Heat in
Buildings Strategy. 
Page 10 of 302

Page 11

6.9 Over the past year, we have produced a strategic decarbonisation programme
across the Council’s building stock. In meeting regulatory standards, we have
prioritised social housing with poor energy efficiency but relatively low
intervention costs for "quick wins” and social housing likely to experience a
greater reduction in fuel poor households due to the implementation of low-
cost retrofit measures. We have developed a business case for a One Stop
Shop (OSS) for retrofit through a Innovate UK funded project. 
6.10 The priorities of the next 12-18 months will be to: 
- Further develop the Innovate UK Revitalising Homes Project including the
One Stop Shop (OSS) to provide bespoke retrofit advice to homeowners
and access to funding. Potential outcomes to include (1) a local Green
Skills Trusted Traders’ Network and supplier/installer framework prioritising
local businesses, 2) a viable business model for a OSS for retrofit advice
and support. 
- Through existing funding, such as Home Energy Efficiency Programmes
for Scotland: Area Based Schemes (HEEPS-ABS), continue to deliver
energy efficiency measures including External Wall Insulation (EWI),
Cavity Wall Insulation (CWI) and combined solar PV and battery storage.   
- Explore how the approach of categorising buildings by types  for building
decarbonisation developed as part of the Council’s decarbonisation
programme can be rolled out across the rest of the stock to prioritise
retrofit and clean heating system transition. 
- Work with delivery partners including Home Energy Scotland (HES) and
Energy Savings Trust (EST) to launch a campaign on education targeting
range of topics and groups. 
- Engage with Scottish Enterprise to use LHEES and LAEP to stimulate
supply chain development. Scottish Enterprise to organise and deliver
CleanHeat25, the Scotland’s largest annual event on clean, renewable
heat to buildings. 
Decarbonising heat within a transitioning energy system focusing on heat
networks and heat pumps (LHEES specific) 
6.11 In Perth and Kinross, over 36% of properties are estimated to be off the gas
network, many of which are heated by carbon intensive fuels such as oil.
These areas should be prioritised for air and ground source heat pumps to
maximise carbon savings. Heat networks should be prioritised in the
urban/towns areas, with the potential of rollout to be investigated in line with
the potential Heat Network zones in Perth, Auchterarder, Blairgowrie and
Kinross. 
Page 11 of 302

Page 12

6.12 Over the past year we have: 
- Launched a campaign to encourage and educate businesses,
homeowners, private landlords, and tenants to install heat pumps and
other low carbon heating solutions. This was aided by a number of funding
opportunities including the green heat innovation support fund. 
- Delivered a series of workshops with Tay Cities Local Authorities and
supported by legal advisors to investigate models for delivery of heat
networks and the wider Strategic Energy Programme including power,
heat pumps, retrofit and Electric Vehicle (EV) infrastructure.
- Progressed a funding application linked to Heat Pump Installation through
Tay Cities Engineering Partnership (TCEP). 
6.13 The priorities over the next 12-18 months will be to: 
- Utilise funding from the Strategic Heat Network Unit of the Scottish
Government to build a programme for procuring a partner to deliver heat
networks within a wider energy system. Project to focus on identification of
the build-out from the identified initial Perth City Centre network to the
surrounding area to achieve a city-wide, large- scale, heat network. 
Consideration and alignment of phased, large scale heat network delivery
with the wider strategic energy programme will be a key aspect of this
work. 
- Work to ensure the approach developed through this work can be
replicated in other potential heat network zones in rural areas to discharge
specific duties in relation to review of areas that are likely to be particularly
suitable for heat networks and the designation of Heat Network Zones as
required through Section 54(1) of the Heat Networks (Scotland) Act. 
- Complete Building Assessment Reports (BARs) for required Council
owned buildings. 
- Engage with Scottish and Southern Electricity Networks (SSEN) to explore
the impact of low carbon heating solutions such as heat pumps and heat
networks on grid capacity through the Local Energy Net Zero Accelerator
(LENZA) platform and through the emerging Regional Energy Spatial
Plans (RESPS) 
Page 12 of 302

Page 13

Reduce transport 
6.14 Demand changes across all travel modes will be necessary to achieve a fully
decarbonised transportation system in Scotland by 2045. This includes a 15%
reduction in heavy goods vehicle mileage, limiting growth in van demand to
10%, and a 10% increase in bus vehicle miles. Achieving this shift in demand
will require a coordinated approach to how goods and people travel across
Perth and Kinross, focused on reducing overall travel needs, shortening trip
distances, shifting toward alternative sustainable modes like active travel and
public transit, and travelling more efficiently. As Perth and Kinross covers a
large and predominantly rural area with settlements distributed across the
council area, many residents currently travel long distances by private car out
of necessity to meet their mobility needs. It is therefore critical that actions and
policies emerging from the LAEP not only reduce overall car travel but also
ensure improvements in rural accessibility and availability of inclusive,
sustainable mobility options across Perth and Kinross. Additionally, there are
rapid ongoing changes in how people and goods travel, including new
transportation technologies, evolving work and commuting behaviours
stemming from the COVID-19 pandemic, and an increase in online services
and online shopping. 
6.15 Over the past year, we have: 
- Produced the Draft Mobility Strategy and Action Plan which was approved
for consultation by the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee (May
2024). 
- Worked with delivery partners Perth Theatre and Concert Hall to produce a
report, and recommendations released as part of the Transforming
Audience Travel Through Art (TATTA) project, between Perth Theatre and
Concert Hall and Creative Carbon Scotland, sharing key insights on
sustainable audience travel to city centre venues 
- Continued to encourage active travel through public campaigns promoting
the health and environmental benefits. 
6.16 The priorities over the next 12-18 months will be to: 
- Align the actions within the Council’s Mobility and Action Plan and LHEES
and LAEP Strategies and Shared Action Plan to ensure policy synergies
and effective and joined up delivery of actions across the Council and our
Delivery Partners. 
- Through the Innovate UK Connecting Regional Travel project investigate
the viability of two new services focusing on the rural town of Aberfeldy. 
Page 13 of 302

Page 14

Decarbonise Transport 
6.17 Decarbonising transportation across Perth and Kinross will require a full
transition to zero emission vehicles by 2045. This needs to be enabled by
public sector fleets leading the way to shift to low emission vehicles,
incentives and engagement to encourage the uptake of EVs in the private
sector, adequate and expanded charging infrastructure, and the development
of new technologies such as hydrogen fuel cell vehicles. 
6.18 Over the past year, we have: 
- Continued to support and work alongside partners such as Stagecoach,
Network Rail, Sustrans, and Tactran to help operate and enhance existing
transportation systems. 
- Awarded a 10-year contract worth £50 million to treat residual waste and
turn it into energy and appointed Paprec Energies Binn Ltd. We will work in
partnership to manage the waste through a thermal treatment, energy
recovery and recycling solution exploring the option to produce hydrogen
on site and to use of hydrogen to fuel the Council’s Heavy Goods Vehicle
(HGV) Fleet. This would reduce the reliance on fossil fuels and associated
emissions. Meanwhile, we have piloted the use of alternative fuel for our
HGV fleet. 
- In partnership with Transport Scotland, The Office for Low Emission
Vehicles and Energy Savings Trust continue to install publicly accessible
chargers.   
6.19 The priorities over the next 12-18 months will be to: 
- Align the actions within the Council’s Draft Mobility and Action Plan and
LHEES and LAEP Strategies and Shared Action Plan to ensure policy
synergies and effective and joined up delivery of actions across the
Council and our Delivery Partners. 
- Finalise and deliver an EV Infrastructure Strategy that will include on and
off-street charging infrastructure and develop a private/public partnership
for delivery and operation. 
- Support the decarbonisation of Perth and Kinross' transport network by
ensuring there are new and expanding recharging / refuelling networks as
well as technological change. 
- Continually assess air quality across Perth and Kinross to assess any
necessary mitigation measures, such as Low Emission Zones. 
Page 14 of 302

Page 15

Deploy local renewable generation 
6.20 Scaling up of local renewables is an essential component of delivering Perth
and Kinross’s net-zero energy system. In addition to the existing ~200MW of
local renewable resources, Perth and Kinross will need an additional 300MW
of local scale renewables (i.e. not feeding into the wider transmission
network). These include home and community scale projects that can also
take advantage of energy storage systems. 
6.21 Over the past year, we have: 
- Engaged regularly with Scottish and Southern Electricity Networks (SSEN)
through providing feedback to shape the continued development of the
roadmap for the LENZA platform. The Council has published the
underlying evidence base for the LHEES and LAEP on the platform and
continue to work to improve data and decarbonisation pathway planning
tools to support alignment of investment and strategic planning. 
- Produced a consultation Topic Paper on Energy, Heat and Cooling as part
of the Local Development Plan 3 Evidence Report identifying existing
energy Infrastructure future opportunities and renewable energy and
decarbonised heat constraints and environmental considerations. 
- Secured EU funding through Scalable Cities working with SSEN, Bable,
Community Energy Scotland, SSEN, and community group CATCH to
explore how to involve communities in local energy generation and heat
decarbonisation as part of a strategic approach to building a local and
decentralised energy system. 
- Engaged with the local supply chain including Perth UHI to establish a
targeted skills programme dedicated to renewable energy generation. 
6.22 The priorities over the next 12-18 months will be to: 
- Through the Scalable cities project, support community energy schemes to
identify and develop local community energy projects supported by local
and national governments and the private sector expanding on
opportunities identified in the LHEES, LAEP and the Climate Action Plan. 
- Develop a replicable approach for how investment from the public and
private sectors in smart local energy systems can generate wealth for local
communities and help meet net-zero target. 
- Reassess suitability for renewable energy sites and opportunities aligned
to the Local Development Plan. 
Page 15 of 302

Page 16

Enabling actions 
6.23 The delivery of the LHEES/LAEP priorities are supported by the following
mechanisms: 
I. Developing green skills and the capacity of the supply chain: 
There is a need to assess skills provision and support providers as well as the
local supply chain to meet the demand arising from heat transition and energy
efficiency works, operations and maintenance. 
Over the past year, we have: 
- Through the Regional Skills Investment Plan updated and progressed Tay
City Deal (TCD) Digital Skills Strategic Outline Case 2026 – 2030 
The priorities over the next 12-18 months will be to: 
- Work with Skills Board Tay Cities Region Deal and Clean Growth Platform
to identify existing skills and partnerships that could support LHEES
delivery. 
- Work with HES and SCARF and through the Innovate UK Revitalising
Homes project quantify the market opportunities and risks for local
suppliers and develop a local Green Skills Trusted Traders’ Network and
supplier/installer framework prioritising local businesses. 
- Engage with Scottish Enterprise to use the LHEES and LAEP to stimulate
supply chain development and explore how they can shape planning of
upcoming events to articulate opportunities and raise awareness of
potential solutions and innovation across the industry. 
II. Working in partnership with communities to build community wealth and
wellbeing: 
Over the past year, we have: 
- Engaged with Kinross CATCH project providing access to LHEES and
LAEP evidence via SSEN LENZA platform and tools to support
Community Energy Potential Mapping. 
- Engaged with community groups to refine the LHEES/LAEP delivery
programme and align with the actions of our community groups and
partners for delivery. 
Page 16 of 302

Page 17

The priorities over the next 12-18 months will be to: 
- Collaborate with Community Energy Scotland and partners SSEN, Bable
and CATCH through the Scalable Cities project to identify and set up the
pathway for the development of community energy schemes. 
III. Mobilising partners and public and private investments for projects: 
Over the past year, we have: 
- Published a Strategic Energy Partner Request for Information and
analysed responses. 
- Consulted with the market and stakeholders through a series of workshops
to evaluate a possible Strategic Energy Partnership to unlock delivery of,
though potentially not limited to, heat networks and to improve delivery
capability into large and complex energy projects. 
The priorities over the next 12-18 months will be: 
- Through Scottish Government Heat Network Unit funding, work with a
legal advisor to produce a Delivery Options Appraisal and progress
towards a Strategic Outline Case for delivery of the Perth city-wide heat
network as a key anchor project for a wider energy projects investment
programme. 
- Establish the Strategic Energy Partnership and develop a 5-year
investment programme. 
IV. Data and scenarios building tools and platform: 
Over the past year, we have:   
- Worked with delivery partners to develop standardised decarbonisation
pathway planning tools to quantify deployment rates and investment
required to meet regulatory targets. 
- Worked with SSEN to publish LHEES and LAEP evidence and develop a
road map for the LENZA platform used to plan and coordinate retrofit and
roll out of low carbon technologies which will facilitate collaboration
between network operators, local authorities and other energy transition
stakeholders to achieve our strategic priorities and plan investment
strategically. 
- Supported Integrated Environmental Solutions (IES) funded by Innovate
UK in a the 3D-UP project (Dynamic, Digitised Decarbonisation investment
and engineering roadmaps for Upgrading building portfolios) to develop a
digital twinning infrastructure and methodology for the development of
decarbonisation pathways for building portfolios. 
Page 17 of 302

Page 18

- Developed a toolkit that will allow us to filter projects and develop business
cases to triage delivery actions and areas into a pipeline of investable
energy projects based on a range of priorities. 
The priorities for the next 12-18 months will be to:- 
- Continue to work to evolve the LHEES/LAEP evidence base and tools to
support whole systems energy planning with delivery partners and data
providers. 
- Work with SSEN, Ordnance Survey, Energy Savings Trust and additional
delivery partners to map user access journeys to digital evidence
underlying LHEES and LAEP including data sharing and licensing
arrangements. 
- Continue to support the 3D-UP project. 
- Prioritise and publish LHEES/LAEP and related energy projects data on
corporate systems and develop a process for update and improvement
with support from the Corporate Data Team. 
V. Governance: 
Over the past year, we have: - 
- Established the Council’s LHEES/LAEP Coordination Team which will also
action as the LHEES/LAEP Programme Board and will provide strategic
directions and monitor progress and performance. 
- Identified an Executive Sponsor and a Senior Responsible Owner. 
- Established a LHEES/LAEP Steering Group supporting coordination of
Delivery Plan actions with wider stakeholders and delivery partners and
held a series of workshops to align delivery actions with partner actions to
support joint delivery. 
- Recruited a coordinator who will monitor the Delivery Plan actions and will
report to the Board to support coordination and governance administration,
engagement and monitor and report on progress and performance of
Delivery Plan actions. 
The priorities for the next 12-18 months will be to: - 
- Develop a monitoring and evaluation plan (MEP) building on and aligning
with supporting strategies such as the Local Housing Strategy, Draft
Mobility Strategy and Action Plan and Climate Action Plan. The MEP will
set out actions and progress towards national targets and strategic
priorities and where possible align with existing Key Performance
Indicators (KPIs) to measure progress towards strategic priorities and
outcomes alongside a detailed risk assessment.
Page 18 of 302

Page 19

- Develop a Communication and Engagement Plan through the Steering
Group setting out the Council and Steering Group will conduct regular
consultation and engagement with stakeholders. Engagement with
residents, communities, businesses and private landlords would be
particularly important. It will also ensure there is awareness of the key heat
transition and energy efficiency priorities for Perth and Kinross until 2029. 
7. MONITORING AND REVIEW 
7.1 Actions are being implemented through the Council’s LHEES/LAEP
Coordination Team and LHEES/LAEP Steering Group and by operational
teams. Both continue to build on the strong partnerships already in place,
recognising that achieving LHEES/LAEP priorities will require a collective
effort from delivery partners, stakeholders, communities, and residents of
Perth and Kinross. 
8. CONCLUSION   
8.1 The report outlines the progress in implementing the Delivery Plan (2024-
2029) for the Local Heat & Energy Efficiency Strategy (LHEES) and Local
Area Energy Plan (LAEP) (2024-2045) approved at Climate Change &
Sustainability Committee on 27 November 2023 and the priorities for the next
12-18 months. 
Authors
Name  Designation Contact Details
Shelley McCann 
Stuart McLaren 
Serge Merone
Climate Change –
Strategic Planning &
Sustainability Officer 
Climate Change &
Energy Officer 
Business &
Investment Manager 
(01738) 475000
EPLCommitteeReports@pkc.gov.uk 
Approved 
Name Designation Date
Fraser Crofts Strategic Lead –
Environment and
Infrastructure
8 October 2024 
APPENDICES 
• Appendix 1 – LHEES/LAEP Shared Delivery Plan 2024-2029 Annual
Progress Update. 
Page 19 of 302

Page 20

Page 20 of 302

Page 21

ANNEX
1. IMPLICATIONS, ASSESSMENTS, CONSULTATION AND
COMMUNICATION 
Strategic Implications Yes / None
Community Plan / Single Outcome Agreement  Yes
Corporate Plan  Yes
Resource Implications  
Financial  Yes
Workforce None
Asset Management (land, property, IST) Yes
Assessments  
Equality Impact Assessment Yes
Strategic Environmental Assessment None
Sustainability (community, economic, environmental) Yes
Legal and Governance  Yes
Risk Yes
Consultation 
Internal  Yes
External  Yes
Communication 
Communications Plan  Yes 
1. Strategic Implications  
Community Plan/Single Outcome Agreement 
1.1 The activities detailed in the report supports the delivery of Perth and Kinross
Community Plan/Single Outcome Agreement in terms of the following
priorities: 
(i) Giving every child the best start in life; 
(ii) Developing educated, responsible, and informed citizens; 
(iii) Promoting a prosperous, inclusive, and sustainable economy; 
(iv) Supporting people to lead independent, healthy, and active lives; and 
(v) Creating a safe and sustainable place for future generations. 
1.2 This report relates to all priorities. 
Corporate Plan 
1.3 The activities detailed in the report supports the achievement of the Council’s
Corporate Plan Priorities: 
(i) Giving every child the best start in life; 
(ii) Developing educated, responsible, and informed citizens; 
(iii) Promoting a prosperous, inclusive, and sustainable economy; 
(iv) Supporting people to lead independent, healthy, and active lives; and 
(v) Creating a safe and sustainable place for future generations.
Page 21 of 302

Page 22

1.4  This report relates to all priorities. 
2. Resource Implications 
Financial 
2.1 Financial implications arising directly from this report emanate from the local
authority domestic and non-domestic decarbonisation programme. Funding
from the Scottish Government, other public bodies and private finance will
apply in relation to particular actions. Allocated LHEES funding from the
Scottish Government (75K/year over 2024/25, 2025/26 and 2026/27) will be
used to support and strengthen the LHEES coordination and overall delivery.
The post of Climate Change Energy Officer has been created and recruited
using this funding. 
Workforce 
2.2 There are no workforce implications arising from the recommendations in the
report. However, allocated LHEES funding from the Scottish Government has
been used to create the post of Climate Change Energy Officer. 
Asset Management (land, property, IT) 
2.3 Asset implications of this report relate to the local authority domestic and non-
domestic decarbonisation programme and the use of land or other assets in
Council’s ownership. 
3. Assessments 
Equality Impact Assessment 
3.1 Under the Equality Act 2010, the Council is required to eliminate
discrimination, advance equality of opportunity, and foster good relations
between equality groups. Carrying out Equality Impact Assessments for plans
and policies allows the Council to demonstrate that it is meeting these duties. 
3.2 The information contained within this report has been considered under the 
Corporate Equalities Impact Assessment Process (EqIA) and has been
assessed as not relevant for the purposes of EqIA. However, it is anticipated
that the LHEES outcomes would benefit positively all age groups and people
with a disability. 
Strategic Environmental Assessment 
3.3 The Environmental Assessment (Scotland) Act 2005 places a duty on the
Council to identify and assess the environmental consequences of its
proposals. 
Page 22 of 302

Page 23

3.4 The proposals have been considered under the Act. Having consulted the
three consultation authorities, and having considered the criteria set out in the
Act, the Council considers that the LHEES Strategy & Delivery Plan is unlikely
to have significant environmental effects. The Council has therefore
determined that SEA is not required. 
Sustainability 
3.5 Under the provisions of the Local Government in Scotland Act 2003 the
Council must discharge its duties in a way which contributes to the
achievement of sustainable development. Under the Climate Change
(Scotland) Act 2009, the Council also has a duty relating to climate change
and, in exercising its functions must act: 
• in the way best calculated to delivery of the Act’s emissions reduction
targets;
• in the way best calculated to deliver any statutory adaptation
programmes; and
• in a way that it considers most sustainable. 
3.6 The information contained within this report has been considered against the
Council’s Principles for Sustainable Development and the report aims to
ensure compliance with the reporting requirements under the Acts. 
Legal and Governance 
3.7 The Strategic Lead - Legal and Governance has been consulted and there
are no direct legal implications in this report. However, the development of a
Strategic Energy Partnership Framework will lead to agreements with
selected partners which will have to comply with procurement rules. 
Risks 
3.8 Risks associated with the delivery of LHEES actions are covered within the
LHEES/LAEP Delivery Plan. A Risk register is being developed.  
Communication 
3.9 The decisions from the report will be communicated to stakeholders and the
press through the media team. A Communication Plan is being developed. 
4. Consultation 
Internal 
4.1 There has been internal consultation with Strategic Leads and Service
Managers through Climate Change Board and LHEES/LAEP working groups. 
Page 23 of 302

Page 24

External 
4.2 Consultation with a range of stakeholders, including businesses, residents
and groups progressed through online and in person external meetings. 
2. BACKGROUND PAPERS 
2.1 No background papers, as defined by Section 50D of the Local Government 
(Scotland) Act 1973 (other than any containing confidential or exempt 
information) were relied on to a material extent in preparing the above report. 
Page 24 of 302

Page 25

APPENDIX 1 
LHEES/LAEP SHARED DELIVERY PLAN (2024-2029) 
ANNUAL PROGRESS UPDATE 
The tables below outline the progress made on each strategic priority since the LHEES and LAEP were published.  The
LHEES/LAEP Delivery Plan is more agile and iterative, to support the rapid decarbonisation that is required. The Delivery Plan is
considered a ‘live’ document and supported by digital platforms use of ‘live’ data and requiring ongoing stakeholder engagement to
ensure aligned investment and delivery with partners. (Note: L in the table below denotes an additional LAEP Action Crossover,
Target dates appear in brackets in Progress column) 
Risk Rating RAG Status in relation to approved target dates
High  Target likely to be missed
Medium Target date tight
Low On target 
Strategic Priority 1: Decarbonising heat within a transitioning energy system – 1A: Heat Networks 
ID ACTION SUMMARY  STAKEHOLDERS FUNDING PROGRESS 
& RAG
1.1  Evaluate delivery models for
deploying heat networks in Perth
and Kinross, including 
establishing a Strategic Energy
Partnership, and agree
development route.
• Engaged with Danish
Mentoring Programme,
Scottish Futures Trust, Zero
Waste Scotland, suppliers
and other Councils to
explore potential delivery
models for Perth City heat
networks and wider heat
networks.
ZWS, SFT,
Communities
Heat Network
Support Unit
(HNSU) Scottish
Government
funding
Started
Published a
Strategic Energy
Partner Request for
Information and
analysed
responses. 
Consulted with the
market and
stakeholders
4
Page 25 of 302

Page 26

ID ACTION SUMMARY  STAKEHOLDERS FUNDING PROGRESS 
& RAG
through a series of
workshops to
evaluate a possible
Strategic Energy
Partnership
(December 2024)
1.2 Explore feasibility of connecting
non-domestic and domestic
buildings to heat network by
progressing the requirements of
The Heat Networks (Heat Network
Zones and Building Assessment
Reports) (Scotland) Regulations
2023 following the LHEES
modelling (ie finalising Review
(Section 47) and preparing for
Designation (Section 48).
• Explore the suitability of
non-domestic buildings
within a heat network zone
to connect to a heat
network - linked to Council’s
Estate decarbonization
programme Power BI
dashboard.
Building owners
and estate
managers, SSEN,
SFT, ZWS
Heat Network
Support Unit
(HNSU) Scottish
Government
funding 
Not started –
Further policy
guidance to be
provided by
Scottish
Government - Q4
2024/Q1 2025 
(December 2024
TBC) 
1.3 Explore feasibility of connecting
residential housing to heat
networks
• Feasibility of connecting
residential areas in
proximity or between
Potential Zones and
potential impact of this with
fuel poverty and energy
savings.  
• Investigate suitability of
Council owned properties
within the Inveralmond and
North Muirton Industrial
Estates to connect to a heat
network.  
RSLs, HAs  Heat Network
Support Unit
(HNSU) Scottish
Government
funding 
Started – covered
under HNSU
project 
(December 2024) 
Page 26 of 302

Page 27

ID ACTION SUMMARY  STAKEHOLDERS FUNDING PROGRESS 
& RAG 
1.4 Assess financial viability of heat
network zones in relation to
buildings connected 
• Review viability of Selected
Potential Zones and verify
heat demand, supply and
zone boundaries. 
• Assess impact of secondary
school review on viability of
zones
SFT, ZWS, SG Heat Network
Support Unit
(HNSU) Scottish
Government
funding 
Started – covered
under HNSU
project 
(December 2024) 
1.5 Assess financial viability of Perth
City Centre Network
• Development of an Outline
Business Case for heat
network in the Perth City
Centre
HNSU, SFT Heat Network
Support Unit
(HNSU) Scottish
Government
funding 
Started – covered
under HNSU
project 
(December 2024) 
1.6 Complete Building Assessment
Reports 
(BARs) for required Council
owned building
• Complete BARs for Council
owned building prioritising
those with a higher
suitability for connection
and located within potential
Heat Network 
Zones. 
• Facilitate and support other
public sector organisations
across Perth and Kinross to
discharge this duty.
Public sector
organisations
Required, but
source not
identified  
Started -
BARS online form
developed by the
Improvement
Service awaiting
Scottish
Government
funding 
(December 2024)
Page 27 of 302

Page 28

ID ACTION SUMMARY  STAKEHOLDERS FUNDING PROGRESS 
& RAG 
1.7 Explore and quantify viability of
low carbon or renewable heat
sources for potential heat
networks including though not
limited to:
• Deep geothermal
• Heat from wastewater treatment
plants/wastewater 
network
• Ground Source heat pumps 
• Other sources of waste heat
• Work with stakeholders,
including Scottish Water
Horizons, Waste Heat
Steering Group etc., to
quantify the renewable or
low carbon heat
opportunities to support the
designation of heat
networks zones and inform
development of feasibility
studies and business cases
for Potential Heat Network
Zones 
Scottish
Government,
Scottish Water
Horizons, SEPA
Heat Network
Support Unit
(HNSU) Scottish
Government
funding 
Started – covered
under HNSU
project 
(December 2024) 
1.8 Work with business support
organisations to engage the non-
domestic sector to develop
awareness and engagement
campaigns, and identification and
engagement with non-domestic
building owners on suitability for
heat networks, within Potential
Zones. 
• Support a local business
programme that provides
practical support to
business owners.
• Use information generated
as part of dedicated
engagement plan for the
non-domestic sector to
inform this
Business Energy
Scotland, Perth
Chamber of
Commerce, FSB,
Business Gateway
Required, but
source not
identified  
Not started – 
(December 2025 
1.9 Engage with Historic Environment
Scotland and SSEN to assess
considerations impacting viability
of heat networks
• Engage with Historic
Environment Scotland to
understand implications that
conservation area status
might have on heat network
development. 
• Engage with SSEN on the
impact of the proposed heat
network on electricity
infrastructure, and potential
capacity for expansion of
the proposed heat network. 
Historic
Environment
Scotland (HES),
SSEN
N/A Started - exploring
Fife Pilot to improve
granularity of HES
data 
(December 2024)
Page 28 of 302

Page 29

ID ACTION SUMMARY  STAKEHOLDERS FUNDING PROGRESS 
& RAG 
1.10
L1.1
Explore expansion and
boundaries of potential heat
network zones in the Perth City
Centre 
• Explore long-term potential
for interconnection with
Perth HMP, Perth Royal
Infirmary, Perth College
UHI, Perth Grammar
School, nearby residential
estates and through
connecting the heat
network to planned
redevelopment of the bus
and railway station, Perth
Leisure Centre and Dewars
Centre. 
• Further analysis of viability
and potential socio-
economic impacts of
connecting Letham to a
heat network (Zone 7). 
HMP, PRI, Perth
College UHI, Perth
Grammar, Perth
Leisure Active.
HNSU, SFT
Heat Network
Support Unit
(HNSU) Scottish
Government
funding 
Started – covered
under HNSU
project. Further
policy guidance to
be published by the
Scottish
Government – Q4
2024/Q1 2025. 
(June 2025) 
1.11
L1.1
Explore expansion and viability of
potential heat network boundaries
in Auchterarder, Kinross and
Blairgowrie. 
• Assess the suitability for
nearby housing stock for
connection to a heat
network.  
• Consider potential for
connecting to heat networks
at early stages of site
development for future
housing and employment
sites.
Housing
Association, RSLs,
Strategic Housing
Forum
Required, but
source not
identified  
Not Started -
Further policy
guidance to be
provided by
Scottish
Government – Q4
2024/Q1 2025 
(June 2025) 
Page 29 of 302

Page 30

ID ACTION SUMMARY  STAKEHOLDERS FUNDING PROGRESS 
& RAG 
1.12 Explore expansion and viability of
potential heat network boundaries
in Kinross.
• Engage with local
community in Kinross and
CATCH around appetite for
connection of domestic
properties to heat network.
• Conduct a deeper dive of
suitability for housing stock
in proximity to Loch Leven
Leisure Centre for
connection to a heat
network (Zone 5).
CATCH, Housing
Association, RSLs,
Strategic Housing
Forum 
Required, but
source not
identified  
Not Started -
Further policy
guidance to be
provided by
Scottish
Government on
Heat Network
Zoning – Q4
2024/Q1 2025. 
(June 2025)  
1.13 Explore expansion and viability of
potential heat network boundaries
in Blairgowrie.
• Explore opportunity for a
heat network connecting
Blairgowrie Campus,
including connecting to
residential area between
the anchor loads, noting
that low heat demand and
low number of social
housing (Zone 4). 
• Engage with HEAT project
and Proctor Production
Facilities to understand
existing project, appetite for
connection to a heat
network and potential for
waste heat opportunity from
the site.
HEAT project,
Proctor Production
Facilities. Housing
Association, RSLs,
Strategic Housing
Forum 
Required, but
source not
identified  
Not Started -
Further policy
guidance to be
provided by
Scottish
Government on
Heat Network
Zoning – Q4
2024/Q1 2025. 
(June 2025)  
1.14  Explore expansion and viability of
potential heat network boundaries
in Auchterarder.
• Explore feasibility of
connecting residential areas
in proximity to Auchterarder
Community School (Zone 6) 
Communities,
Housing developers
Housing
Association, RSLs,
Required, but
source not
identified  
Not Started -
Further policy
guidance to be
provided by
Scottish
Page 30 of 302

Page 31

ID ACTION SUMMARY  STAKEHOLDERS FUNDING PROGRESS 
& RAG
Strategic Housing
Forum
, 
Government on
Heat Network
Zoning – Q4
2024/Q1 2025. 
(June 2025)   
Page 31 of 302

Page 32

Strategic Priority 1: Decarbonising heat within a transitioning energy system – 1B: Heat Pumps
ID ACTION SUMMARY  STAKEHOLDERS FUNDING PROGRESS 
& RAG
L2.1 Launch campaign to encourage and
educate businesses, homeowners,
private landlords, and tenants (where
applicable) to install heat pumps and
other low carbon heating solutions.
• Develop resources to share
in residential areas with
high heat pump suitability.
This could be combined
with campaigns around
energy efficiency measures
and renewables to provide
a whole system campaign.
SGov, Housing
Association, RSLs,
Strategic Housing
Forum Community
groups and other
institutional
landowners and
businesses
Green Heat
Innovation Support
Fund, Home
Energy Scotland
Grant, Council
Green Business
Grants Social
Housing Net Zero
Heat Fund
EES:ABS
PKC, Housing
Associations
IUK Social Retrofit
and Rural
Transport
Started Innovate
UK Revitalising
Homes Project
including the One
Stop Shop (OSS) 
in progress. 
(December 2024)
1.15
L2.3
Target social housing with immediate
potential for heat pump retrofit in line
with LHEES delivery plan
• Heat pump retrofit plan
developed within the
Council’s social housing
stock, targeting properties
first with inefficient, carbon
intensive systems (e.g.,
LPG and Oil).
• Direct funding and advice
for retrofit through
EES:ABS and wider funding
sources into Delivery Areas
identified within the LHEES.
Collaborate with housing
associations to encourage
Housing
Association, RSLs,
Strategic Housing
Forum. Heat Pump
Installers
Social Housing Net
Zero Heat Fund
EES:ABS
PKC, Housing
Associations
IUK Social Retrofit
and Rural
Transport
Started 
Innovate UK
Revitalising Homes
Project including
the One Stop Shop
(OSS) in progress.
Developing a
strategic Council
decarbonisation
programme across
the Council’s
building stock.
Page 32 of 302

Page 33

ID ACTION SUMMARY  STAKEHOLDERS FUNDING PROGRESS 
& RAG
heat pump installations.  Continue to deliver
measures under
EES:ABS
(December 2024)
1.16 Work with key delivery partners to
target privately owned, off gas grid
properties suitable for heat pump
retrofit 
• Collaborating with local
energy groups (e.g. HEAT
Project) to engage with
residents by providing
informative materials to
promote the benefits of heat
pumps and promote
existing funding options.
• Prioritise working with
private landlords that own
large portfolios to
decarbonise to their
housing stock. 
• Develop awareness
campaigns to educate
property owners about heat
pumps, installation, and
funding.
Housing
Associations, RSLs,
Strategic Housing
Forum,
Communities,
HEAT projects 
EES:ABS  Continue to deliver
measures under
EES:ABS for
private properties
adjacent to targeted
social housing 
(December 2027)
1.17 Work with key delivery partners to
target off-gas private homes that
require energy efficiency
improvements to enable suitability for
heat pumps 
• Collaborating with local
energy groups (e.g. HEAT
Project) to engage with
residents by providing
informative materials to
promote the benefits of heat
pumps and promote
existing funding options. 
• Prioritise working with
private landlords that own
Housing
Associations, RSLs,
Strategic Housing
Forum,
Communities,
HEAT projects
EES:ABS  Continue to deliver
measures under
EES:ABS for
private properties
adjacent to targeted
social housing 
(December 2027) 
Page 33 of 302

Page 34

ID ACTION SUMMARY  STAKEHOLDERS FUNDING PROGRESS 
& RAG
large portfolios to
decarbonise to their
housing stock. 
• Develop awareness
campaigns to educate
property owners about heat
pumps, installation, and
funding.
1.18 Work with key delivery partners to
target privately owned non-domestic
properties suitable for heat pump and
retrofit
• Continued engagement with
the private sector, to
identify barriers associated
with building retrofit to
provide tailored solutions
aimed at addressing the
specific challenges.
• Work with Business Energy
Scotland to engage the
non-domestic sector to
develop awareness and
engagement campaigns,
and identification and
engagement with non-
domestic building owners. 
• Promote awareness of
funding incentives available
for small and medium-sized
enterprises (SMEs)
Communities,
HEAT projects,
Businesses
NA Not Started
(December 2027) 
1.19
L2.2 
Work with SSEN to align investment
planning and grid reinforcement to
support heat  pumps and heat
networks.
• Use RESOP and LENZA
platform to collate and
share data and feed into
SSEN investment plan
SSEN Ofgem funding Started - LHEES
and LAEP data
published to
LENZA platform.
(December 2024)  
Page 34 of 302

Page 35

Strategic Priority 2: Improving buildings’ energy efficiency aiming for affordable warmth and regulatory compliance. 
2A - Improving buildings’ energy efficiency to meet regulatory standards
ID ACTION SUMMARY  STAKEHOLDERS FUNDING PROGRESS 
& RAG
2.1 Target social housing and privately
owned homes with energy efficiency
requirements to meet regulatory
standards
• Prioritise social housing
with poor energy
efficiency but relatively
low intervention costs for
"quick wins.” 
• Prioritise areas with
substantial energy
savings and CO2
emissions reductions
potential at a lowest cost. 
• Collaborate with partners
and Scottish Government
to incentivise improving
energy efficiency in
privately owned homes.  
• Direct funding and advice
for retrofit through
EES:ABS and wider
funding sources into
Delivery Areas 
identified within the
LHEES.
Housing
Association, RSLs,
Strategic Housing
Forum, Scottish
Government
EES:ABS
Private
PKC IUK Social
Housing Retrofit
and Rural
Transport
Continue to deliver
measures under
EES:ABS for
private properties
adjacent to targeted
social housing 
(December 2025)
Page 35 of 302

Page 36

ID ACTION SUMMARY  STAKEHOLDERS FUNDING PROGRESS 
& RAG
2.2  Work with delivery partners to target
non-domestic buildings that require
retrofit to meet regulatory targets 
• Facilitate collaboration
between the public and
private sectors and align
strategic energy planning
potentially through
Strategic Energy
Partnership. 
• Promote awareness of
funding incentives
available for small and
medium-sized 
enterprises (SMEs) 
• Continued engagement
with the private sector, to
identify barriers
associated with building
retrofit to provide tailored
solutions aimed at
addressing the specific
challenges. 
• Work with Business
Energy Scotland to
engage the non-domestic
sector to develop 
awareness and
engagement campaigns,
and identification and
engagement with non-
domestic building owners.
Business Energy
Scotland, Public
sector non
domestic
Private  Not Started
(December 2025) 
Page 36 of 302

Page 37

2B - Improve buildings’ energy efficiency aiming for affordable warmth
ID ACTION SUMMARY  STAKEHOLDERS FUNDING PROGRESS 
& RAG
L1.5 Rollout programme for energy efficiency
retrofit of council buildings, housing
stock, and other non-domestic buildings
(e.g. schools)
• Strategic Council
Decarbonisation planning
undertaken across the
Council’s building stock
aligning with the LHEES
delivery plan. 
• Smart energy systems
could also be considered
as part of programme.
N/A PKC Started 
Technical
consultants draft
report delivered
July 2024
(December 2028)
L1.6 Report levels of EPC improvement
publicly
• Publicly report progress in
improving privately rented
domestic and commercial
buildings.
Property owners,
Housing
Associations, RSLs
NA Not Started
(December 2025)
2.3  Target delivery areas for social housing
that does not meet regulations (e.g.,
below EPC B) identified for energy
efficiency retrofit   
• Prioritise social housing
likely to experience a
greater reduction in fuel
poor households due to
the implementation of
low-cost retrofit
measures.
Housing
Association
RSLs
Required, but
source not
identified
Not Started -
(December 2025)
2.4 Target delivery areas for privately
owned homes that do not meet targets
(e.g., below EPC C) and potential
suitability for EEPS:ABS funding 
• Promote retrofitting in
targeted areas though
awareness campaigns
about available funding to
support fuel-poor
households. 
• Direct funding and advice
for retrofit through
EES:ABS and wider
funding sources into
Delivery Areas 
identified within the
LHEES
Communities,
HEAT projects
EES:ABS Not Started
(December 2025)
Page 37 of 302

Page 38

ID ACTION SUMMARY  STAKEHOLDERS FUNDING PROGRESS 
& RAG
2.5 Target privately owned properties below
EPC band E 
• Promote retrofitting in
targeted areas though
awareness campaigns
about available funding to
support fuel-poor
households. Direct
funding and advice for
retrofit through EES:ABS
and wider funding
sources into Delivery
Areas 
identified within the
LHEES
Communities,
HEAT projects,
Businesses
EES:ABS Not Started
(December 2025) 
Page 38 of 302

Page 39

Strategic Priority 3 - Reduce Transport Demand
ID ACTION SUMMARY  STAKEHOLDER  FUNDING PROGRESS 
& RAG
L3.1 Review and finalise Perth and Kinross’s
Mobility Strategy
• Finalise the Council’s
draft mobility strategy to
align with the outcomes
presented in this LAEP
explore opportunities to
enhance stakeholder
collaboration, address
potential barriers, and
ensure effective
implementation.
Tactran, public
transport
providers
N/A Started 
Produced the Draft
Mobility Strategy
and Action Plan
which was
approved for
consultation by the
Climate Change
and Sustainability
Committee 
(October 2024).  
L3.2 Investigate the use of multi-modal
transport hubs and inner-city car parking
restrictions to increase public transport
usage
• Development of multi-
modal transport hubs
such as ‘Park & Ride’
systems, which
encourage parking
outside of congested
areas and travelling in via
public transport. Urban
area car parking
restrictions, preventing
long-stays, would further
encourage multimodal
travel, including cycling.
Stagecoach, other
transport providers
Perth Theatre and
Concert Hall and
Creative Carbon
Scotland
Cycling Friendly
programme, EST e-
bike grant and
loans, Network
Support Grant,
Community Bus
Fund scheme,
Smarter Choices,
Smarter Places
funding
Started 
Perth Theatre and
Concert Hall report
recommendations
as part of the
Transforming
Audience Travel
Through Art
(TATTA) project
Requirement to
align the actions
within the Council’s
Mobility and Action
Plan and LHEES
and LAEP
Strategies and
Shared Action Plan
Page 39 of 302

Page 40

Target date to be
set with Mobility
Delivery Plan
L3.3 Investigate improvements in last mile
delivery logistics within Perth to reduce
emissions.
• Collaborate with local
delivery partners on how
last mile delivery in Perth
can increase efficiency to
reduce emissions
Delivery companies
operating in
Perth and Kinross
N/A Not Started
Requirement to
align the actions
within the Council’s
Mobility and Action
Plan and LHEES
and LAEP
Strategies and
Shared Action Plan
to ensure effective
and joined up
delivery of actions
across the Council
and our Delivery
Partners
Target date to be
set with Mobility
Delivery Plan
Page 40 of 302

Page 41

L3.4 Encourage the uptake of home-working
/ coworking spaces to reduce transport
demand
• Continue to support
schemes for
hybrid/homeworking
equipment to encourage
working from home when
appropriate. 
• Council-owned spaces
can be used as local co-
working spaces for free,
to reduce transport
demands, especially at
rush-hour.
TACTRAN N/A Not Started
Requirement to
align the actions
within the Council’s
Mobility and Action
Plan and LHEES
and LAEP
Strategies and
Shared Action Plan
to ensure effective
and joined up
delivery of actions
across the Council
and our Delivery
Partners Target
date to be set with
Mobility Delivery
Plan 
L3.5 Encourage active travel through public
campaign and facilitation of electric bike
hire schemes.
• Encourage active travel
through the promotion of
health/environmental
benefits. Introduce
electric bike/scooter
schemes where they can
be loaned or hired for
both short-term or long-
term, especially in rural
areas. 
• Potential to introduce
grants/interest-free loans
for low-income
households 
N/A N/A Not Started
Requirement to
align the actions
within the Council’s
Mobility and Action
Plan and LHEES
and LAEP
Strategies and
Shared Action Plan
to ensure effective
and joined up
delivery of actions
across the Council
and our Delivery
Partners Target
Page 41 of 302

Page 42

date to be set with
Mobility Delivery
Plan
L3.6 Establish a Future Transport Advisory
Board to monitor data on active travel
and private car use against targets.
• Develop a Future
Transport Advisory Board
to monitor the rates of
active travel and trends of
private car use, in order to
ensure progress is being
made towards the set
target and identify
problem areas
TACTRAN N/A Not Started
Requirement to
align the actions
within the Council’s
Mobility and Action
Plan and LHEES
and LAEP
Strategies and
Shared Action Plan
to ensure effective
and joined up
delivery of actions
across the Council
and our Delivery
Partners Target
date to be set with
Mobility Delivery
Plan 
Page 42 of 302

Page 43

Strategic Priority 4 – Decarbonise Transport
ID ACTION SUMMARY  STAKEHOLDERS FUNDING PROGRESS 
& RAG
L4.1 Explore the potential for all buses to be
EVs and encourage uptake via
specialised services for specific groups
• Collaborate with local
transport companies such
as Stagecoach to ensure
all buses are electrified.
• Investigate the curation of
specialised, cost-effective
services e.g. for students,
key workers etc. to
provide a reliable service
and increase public
transport uptake/reduce
reliance on cars.
Stagecoach (+
other bus
companies),
schools, NHS)
Scottish zero
emission bus
challenge fund
Started 
Stagecoach has
introduced EV fleet
in Perth City
(December 2027)
L4.2 Investigate the use of cargo bikes within
Perth to reduce emissions
• Collaborate with local
delivery partners and
explore the possibility of
using cargo bikes for
moving goods locally.
Local Delivery
Companies
N/A Not Started
Requirement to
align the actions
within the Council’s
Mobility and Action
Plan and LHEES
and LAEP
Strategies and
Shared Action Plan
to ensure effective
and joined up
delivery of actions
across the Council
and our Delivery
Partners Target
date to be set with
Mobility Delivery
Plan
Page 43 of 302

Page 44

L4.3 Explore increasing the number of rapid
EV charging stations
• Encourage the uptake of
EVs via increasing the
number of on-street
changing stations.
Transport Scotland,
The Office for Low
Emission Vehicles
and Energy
Savings Trust
The OZEV EV
Domestic
Chargepoint Grant,
EST Domestic
Chargepoint Grant,
Used Electric
Vehicle Loan,
Business
chargepoint funding 
Continue to install
publicly accessible
chargers.  
(December 2029)
L4.4 Explore opportunities for the use of
hydrogen in HGVs
• Collaborate with Binn
Ecopark to investigate
opportunities to fuel the
Council’s refuse lorries
with green hydrogen. 
• Utilise the findings to
determine the feasibility of
fuelling more of public
sector HGV fleets with
green hydrogen. 
The Binn Group £50 million 10-year
Energy from Waste
contract with Binn
Ltd in June 2023
Started 
Feasibility stage
(December 2029) 
L4.5 Ultra Low Emission Zones (ULEZ)
Policy roll-out
• Investigate the roll-out of
ULEZ policy in urban
areas, to reduce
congestions of cars within
high demand areas and
increase public transport
uptake. 
• Utilise the findings of
TACTRAN Regional
Transport Strategy 2024-
2034, which provides a
regional target of ULEV
achieving 72.2% of the
56% CO2
Public transport
providers,
TACTRAN
N/A Not Started
Requirement to
align the actions
within the Council’s
Mobility and Action
Plan and LHEES
and LAEP
Strategies and
Shared Action Plan
to ensure effective
and joined up
delivery of actions
Page 44 of 302

Page 45

across the Council
and our Delivery
Partners Target
date to be set with
Mobility Delivery
Plan 
Page 45 of 302

Page 46

Strategic Priority 5 – Deploy Local Renewable Generation
ID ACTION SUMMARY STAKEHOLDERS FUNDING PROGRESS 
& RAG
L5.1 Stimulate and support the local supply
chain to facilitate installation and
maintenance of local renewable energy
generation.
• Collaborate with local
colleges to establish a
targeted skills programme
dedicated to renewable
energy generation. 
• Council should continue to
invest in current staff,
retraining them to have the
required skillset. 
Renewable
energy
installation
companies,
developers and
manufacturers.
Efficiency Business
Support
Service, Smart
Export Guarantee
(SEG), PPA
Started  
Mapping out
provision and
demand
Regional Skills
Investment Plan
updated and
progressed Tay
City Deal (TCD)
Digital Skills
Strategic Outline
Case 2026 – 2030   
L5.2 Advocate for a One-Stop-Shop (OSS)
scheme for Rooftop PV and other
renewables
• Emphasise to Scottish
Government the significance
of centralising installation
information and issuing
through a reliable authority. 
• OSS can serve as a
valuable resource for
information on energy
efficiency and heat
decarbonisation,
encouraging a holistic
approach to whole house
retrofit solutions
N/A IUK Social Housing
Retrofit and Rural
Transport 
Started 
Innovate UK
Revitalising Homes
Project including
the One Stop Shop
(OSS)  in progress.
(March 2025) 
Page 46 of 302

Page 47

L5.3 Reassess potential suitability for
renewables.
• Identify locations suitable for
onshore wind,
hydroelectricity, and PV
installations differentiating
between public and private
land ownership to determine
the most viable deployment
approach. 
• Investigate opportunities for
co-locating generation
assets with battery storage.  
• Action aligned to NPF4
Policy 11 requirements. 
Renewable
energy
developers
NA Started 
Produced a
consultation Topic
Paper on Energy,
Heat and Cooling
as part of the LDP
Evidence Report 
(Aligned to LDP3
timescales) 
L5.4 Engage regularly with Scottish and
Southern Electricity Networks (SSEN).
• Share LAEP plan through
the LENZA to evidence base
for network reinforcement.
SSEN Ofgem Started
Worked with SSEN
to publish LHEES
and LAEP evidence
and develop a road
map for the
LENZA platform
used to plan and
coordinate retrofit
and roll out of low
carbon
technologies 
(Ongoing)
Page 47 of 302

Page 48

L5.5 Launch a campaign to encourage and
educate businesses, homeowners,
private landlords, and tenants (where
applicable) to install rooftop PV.
• Collaborate with local
community groups to
organize workshops. 
• Refer landlords and
residents to key available
funding schemes. 
• Leverage insights from the
assessment conducted on
rooftop suitability for solar
PV, derived from the
outcomes of Action 5.3. 
• Promote the resources
available on the Council’s
Climate Action website.
Community
Energy Groups
Required, but
source not
identified 
Not Started 
(2027)
5.6 Support community energy schemes • Collaborate with Community
Energy Scotland to identify
potential local community
energy projects. 
Community
Energy Scotland
and other local
community
energy groups,
SSEN, BABLE,
CATCH
Scalable Cities EU
funding
Started
Scalable Cities
project to explore
how to involve
communities in
local energy
generation and
heat
decarbonisation as
part of a strategic
approach to
building a local and
decentralised
energy system   
(March 2025) 
Page 48 of 302

Page 49

PERTH AND KINROSS COUNCIL 
Climate Change & Sustainability Committee 
23 October 2024 
FLOOD STUDIES - ‘BLAIRGOWRIE & RATTRAY SURFACE WATER
MANAGEMENT PLAN’ & ‘ALYTH NATURAL FLOOD MANAGEMENT STUDY’ 
Report by Strategic Lead – Environment and Infrastructure
(Report No. 24/287) 
1. PURPOSE 
1.1. This report sets out the outcomes of the Council’s flood studies, 'Blairgowrie &
Rattray Surface Water Management Plan (SWMP)' and ‘Alyth Natural Flood
Management Study (NFM)’. The report recommends that a flood protection
scheme is taken forward for both studies as they have been found to be
economically viable.  The proposed schemes will be submitted to SEPA for
national prioritisation and inclusion in the next Tay Flood Risk Management
Plan and Local Flood Risk Management Plan, to be published in 2028. 
2. RECOMMENDATIONS
2.1   It is recommended that the Committee: 
▪ Notes the completion of the Blairgowrie & Rattray SWMP and Alyth NFM
as required by the Tay Flood Risk Management Plan and Local Flood
Risk Management Plan. 
▪ Notes that public engagement events have been held to disseminate the
findings of the studies. 
▪ Approves the recommendations of the studies, including the proposals for
a flood protection scheme in Blairgowrie & Rattray and Alyth. 
▪ Notes the requirement to monitor, review and update the Blairgowrie &
Rattray SWMP in Cycle 3 (2028-2034). 
▪ Notes that details of the recommended flood protection scheme for
Blairgowrie & Rattray and Alyth will be submitted to SEPA for national
prioritisation and inclusion in the Cycle 3 (2028-2034) Tay Flood Risk
Management Plan, to be published in December 2027, and Tay Local
Flood Risk Management Plan, due for publication in 2028. 
5
Page 49 of 302

Page 50

3. STRUCTURE OF REPORT 
3.1  This report is structured over the following sections: 
• Section 4: Background / Main Issues
• Section 5: Proposals
• Section 6: Conclusions
• Appendices 
4. BACKGROUND / MAIN ISSUES. 
4.1 Under the Flood Risk Management (Scotland) Act 2009, SEPA and lead local
authorities published their Cycle 1 Flood Risk Management (FRM) Strategies
and Local FRM Plans in December 2015 and June 2016 respectively. These
documents set out a range of actions that SEPA and responsible authorities
took to manage and, where possible, reduce the risk of flooding over a six-
year period. 
4.2 The (then) Environment Committee approved the content and publication of
the Cycle 1 Tay Local FRM Plan on 1 June 2016 (Report 16/241 refers). The
(then) Environment and Infrastructure Committee subsequently approved the
content of an Interim Report on the progress made in implementing the Cycle
1 Local FRM Plans on 23 January 2019 (Report 19/16 refers). 
4.3 SEPA and lead local authorities published updated Cycle 2 FRM Plans and
Local FRM Plans in December 2021 and December 2022 respectively for the
six-year period from 2022 to 2028. The Climate Change & Sustainability
Committee approved the content and publication of the Cycle 1 Final Report
and Cycle 2 Tay Local FRM Plan on 19 December 2022 (Report 22/307
refers). The published documents can be viewed at the following link:
http://www.pkc.gov.uk/frmplans 
4.4 The published FRM Plans and Local FRM Plans identify various flood studies
as a means of further improving the understanding of flood risk in certain
locations. The plans identified a Surface Water Management Plan (SWMP) for
Blairgowrie & Rattray and Natural Flood Management (NFM) Study for Alyth. 
The purpose of these studies was to investigate what further action would be
required to manage flood risk in these locations. Actions could then be
identified and assessed against technical, economic and acceptability factors
to determine feasibility. Any feasible actions could then be implemented as
part of a flood protection scheme. 
4.5 The 2009 Act provides local authorities with discretionary powers to promote
flood protection schemes. Only those flood schemes which have been
included in the published FRM Plans, the Local FRM Plans and the national
priority list are taken forward in the subsequent 6-year period. 
Page 50 of 302

Page 51

4.6 Although public authorities are expected to take a proactive role in managing
and, where achievable, lowering flood risk, the primary responsibility for
avoiding or managing flood risk still remains with land and property owners.
The 2009 Act does not alter this. Individuals, businesses and communities
must, therefore, play a critical role in making themselves more resilient and
helping to reduce the impact of flooding. 
Blairgowrie & Rattray 
4.7 Blairgowrie & Rattray is located in the River Tay catchment within Potentially
Vulnerable Area (PVA) 02/08/06. 
4.8 The main potential sources of flooding in Blairgowrie & Rattray is pluvial
(surface water) flooding. The term surface water flooding is often used to
describe the complex interaction of many sources of flooding as a result of
rainfall run-off flowing overland, exceedance of small urban watercourses
(including culverted watercourses) or artificial drainage systems (e.g.
combined sewer), and groundwater. 
4.9 In October 2022, consultant engineers, Binnies (a division of RSK Group
Limited), were engaged to carry out a SWMP for Blairgowrie & Rattray. 
4.10 Binnie’s investigations involved extensive data gathering and analysis,
consultations, topographic surveys, a hydrological assessment, hydraulic
modelling, an environmental desk study, an options study, an economic
appraisal and the production of final reports. 
4.11 The SWMP analysed the integrated flooding mechanisms affecting
Blairgowrie & Rattray and a series of flood maps were produced. This work
provided a detailed understanding of surface water flood risk across the study
area and identified 3 areas at high risk of flooding (referred to as ‘flooding
hotspots’) in the town centre, Burnhead Road, and from the Rattray Burn. The
properties located in the town centre are at risk of flooding from the combined
sewer network and surface water runoff from the north-west. The Burnhead
Road properties are at risk of flooding from the Cuttle Burn and surface water
runoff from the surrounding agricultural land. David Grimmond Place, Back
Row, Schoolfield Road, High Street, New Road and Honeyberry Drive are at
risk of flooding from the Rattray Burn. 
4.12 The SWMP identified that up to 76 properties are potentially at risk during a 1
in 30-year flood event (the flood event with a 3.33% chance of occurring in
any one year). In future this is estimated to increase to 91 properties due to
the effects of climate change. A total of 94 properties are potentially at risk
during a 1 in 200-year flood event (the flood event with a 0.5% chance of
occurring in any one year).  In future this is estimated to increase to 102
properties due to the effects of climate change. 
Page 51 of 302

Page 52

4.13 In managing flood risk, the Council is required to have regard to the economic,
social and environmental impact of its actions. The Scottish Government’s
guidance recommends that decision making in flood risk management should
be supported by an options appraisal. 
4.14 An options appraisal includes a cost-benefit analysis and other techniques to
determine whether a flood protection scheme meets its objectives, is
sustainable and represents best value for money. In general, the cost of flood
damage avoided over time must be greater than the cost of building the flood
defences, i.e., they must achieve a benefit/cost ratio of greater than 1.0. 
4.15 Binnies initially considered a long list of 85 potential actions to manage the
risk of flooding. A high level scoring exercise evaluated the actions to provide
an initial short-list of 18 actions.  This short-list was refined by a technical,
environmental and economic appraisal to produce a preferred short-list of 5
options. Plans showing the five short listed options are included in Appendix 1
and consist of: 
4.15.1 Option A: Surface water diversion (speed hump) at Upper Allan Street
4.15.2 Option B: Natural Flood Management (leaky dams) on the Rattray
Burn
4.15.3 Option C: Disconnection of the industrial area at Welton Road from the
combined sewer network
4.15.4 Option D: Construction of SuDS on Rattray Common
4.15.5 Option E: Construction of a swale behind Burnhead Road 
4.16 The final short list of potential options, together with the estimated costs and
benefit/cost ratios, is shown in Appendix 2. All options have a benefit/cost
ratio greater than one and could be progressed individually. 
4.17 To improve efficiencies the report recommends combining all five short-listed
options into a single flood protection scheme for Blairgowrie and Rattray.   
The scheme will provide varying levels of benefit to reduce surface water flood
risk in each of the three flooding hotspots and so a standard of protection
cannot be designated.  However, If the scheme was implemented the total
number of properties at risk of flooding up to the 1 in 30-year flood event
would be reduced by 66, rising to 71 in the 1 in 200-year flood event. 
4.18 The recommended scheme is estimated to have a capital cost of £3.95M and
an overall benefit/cost ratio of 2.3. The study has, therefore, concluded that
this flood protection scheme is economically viable and should be
implemented. 
Page 52 of 302

Page 53

4.19 In order to disseminate the findings of the SWMP, and to outline how flood
risk is being managed in the area, a newsletter was posted to local residents
and published on the Council’s consultation hub in February 2024. Community
drop-in sessions were also held at Blairgowrie Town Hall, Brown Street,
Blairgowrie on Wednesday 28 March and Thursday 7 March from 2pm to
8pm. This allowed the community to view and comment on the study findings.
Further details are provided in Section 4 of the Annex to this report. 
4.20 The SWMP also recommends non-structural actions (e.g. promote property
flood resilience measures and formation of a flood action group) that align with
on-going actions to manage flood risk under the Tay Local FRM Plan.   
4.21 SWMPs should be monitored, reviewed and updated to align with the six-year
Flood Risk Management planning cycle. The next update is likely to be
required in Cycle 3 (2028-2034). 
Alyth 
4.22 Alyth is located in the River Tay catchment within Potentially Vulnerable Area
(PVA) 02/08/04.   
4.23 The main potential sources of flooding in Alyth is fluvial (river) flooding from
the Alyth Burn and other smaller watercourses including Johnshill Burn (a
tributary of the Alyth Burn) and Doctor’s Burn. 
4.24 In January 2022, consulting engineers, AECOM, were commissioned to carry
out a NFM study for Alyth. 
4.25 AECOM investigations involved extensive data gathering and analysis,
consultations, topographic surveys, a hydrological assessment, hydraulic
modelling, an environmental desk study, an options study, an economic
appraisal and the production of final reports. 
4.26 The flood study analysed the flooding mechanisms affecting Alyth and a
series of flood hazard maps were produced.  The study identified properties at
risk of flooding from the Alyth Burn in the vicinity of Barrell Wynd, Market
Square, Pitnacree Street, Commercial Street, Mill Street, Cairnleith Place and
Springbank Road. There is also a risk of flooding from the Johnshill Burn to
properties on Johnshill Road, Bamff Road and Market Square. Additionally,
there is a risk of flooding from the Doctor’s Burn to properties on St Ninian’s
Road, St Ninian’s Court, Cambridge Street and New Alyth Road. 
4.27 The study identified that up to 150 properties are potentially at risk during a 1
in 200-year flood event (the flood event with a 0.5% chance of occurring in
any one year). In future this is estimated to increase to 265 properties due to
the effects of climate change. 
Page 53 of 302

Page 54

4.28 In managing flood risk, the Council is required to have regard to the economic,
social and environmental impact of its actions. The Scottish Government’s
guidance recommends that decision making in flood risk management should
be supported by an options appraisal. 
4.29 An options appraisal includes a cost-benefit analysis and other techniques to
determine whether a flood protection scheme meets its objectives, is
sustainable and represents best value for money. In general, the cost of flood
damage avoided over time must be greater than the cost of building the flood
defences, i.e., they must achieve a benefit/cost ratio of greater than 1.0. 
4.30 AECOM initially considered a long list of 28 potential actions to manage the
risk of flooding. This long list was refined by a technical, environmental and
economic appraisal to produce a short list of five options for more detailed
appraisal. Plans showing the five short listed options are included in Appendix
3 and consist of: 
(i) Option A: Johnshill Burn culvert upgrades
(ii) Option B: Alyth Burn flood walls and Johnshill Burn culvert upgrade
(iii) Option C: Alyth Burn weir removal, Johnshill Burn culvert upgrade &
flood wall 
(iv) Option D: Doctor’s Burn channel upgrades
(v) Option E: Catchment wide NFM (excluding loch upsizing) 
4.31 The final short list of potential options, together with the estimated costs and
benefit/cost ratios, is shown in Appendix 4. 
4.32 Each of the five short-listed options have varying levels of benefit and
standard of protection. 
4.33 The study concluded that three of the five options were not economically
viable as they all have a cost benefit ratio of less than 1.0.  However, Option A
(Johnshill Burn culvert upgrades) & Option D (Doctor’s Burn channel
upgrades) achieved a cost benefit ratio of greater than 1.0. 
4.34 The study recommends an economically viable flood protection scheme for
Alyth comprising of Options A and D with a cost benefit ratio of 1.79 and
capital cost of £1.447M should be implemented. 
4.35 If these actions were implemented, the risk of flooding would be reduced for
50 properties.  The standard of protection for Option A is 1 in 200-year and
Option D is 1 in 100-year.   
4.36 In order to disseminate the findings of the NFM study, and to outline how flood
risk is being managed in the area, a letter was posted to local residents and
published on the Council’s consultation hub in June 2024. Community drop-in
sessions were also held at Alyth Town Hall, Albert Street, Alyth on Tuesday
28 May and Thursday 30 May from 2pm to 7pm. This allowed the community
to view and comment on the study findings.  Further details are provided in
Section 4 of the Annex to this report.
Page 54 of 302

Page 55

5. PROPOSALS 
Blairgowrie & Rattray 
5.1 The Council’s consulting engineers, Binnies, have recommended a flood
protection scheme for Blairgowrie & Rattray. It is proposed that this scheme is
taken forward by the Council. 
5.2 The proposed flood protection scheme involves a combination of five options
as set out in Appendices 1 & 2. 
Alyth 
5.3 The Council’s consulting engineers, AECOM, have recommended a flood
protection scheme for Alyth. It is proposed that this scheme is taken forward
by the Council. 
5.4 The proposed flood protection scheme involves a combination of two options
as set out in Appendices 3 & 4. 
Next Steps 
5.5 The conclusion for both studies was after the publication of the Tay FRM Plan
and Local FRM Plan for the period covering 2022 - 2028. The Council will
submit details of the proposed scheme to SEPA for prioritisation (within the
national list of flood schemes) and inclusion within the Cycle 3 Tay FRM Plan
and Local FRM Plan covering the period from 2028 - 2034. This process is
essential to secure the necessary capital grant funding to design and
construct the scheme. The process also cannot be accelerated. 
5.6 The Cycle 3 Tay Local FRM Plan should set out the proposed implementation
arrangements for the flood schemes in Blairgowrie & Rattray and Alyth,
including timescales and how it will be funded. However, due to the on-going
Scottish Government/COSLA Joint Funding Working Group review of capital
funding for flood schemes, and the other schemes that the Council is already
progressing, the timescales and funding arrangements for the Blairgowrie &
Rattray and Alyth flood schemes remain unclear for the time being. The next
phases of work to develop the flood scheme proposals will therefore not
commence until the funding review provides further clarity around capital grant
funding and provision is made within the Council’s capital programme. 
6. CONCLUSION 
6.1 This report provides an update on the outcome of the Blairgowrie & Rattray
SWMP and Alyth NFM. 
6.2 The Council engaged consulting engineers to carry out these studies. The
communities of Blairgowrie & Rattray and Alyth were identified as being
among the Council’s highest priority actions within the Tay Flood Risk
Management Strategy and Local Flood Risk Management Plan. 
Page 55 of 302

Page 56

6.3 The Council’s consulting engineers have recommended a flood protection
scheme for Blairgowrie & Rattray and Alyth. Both proposed schemes are
economically viable, and the preliminary proposals consist of various
measures to reduce the risk of flooding from a combination of flood
mechanisms. This report, therefore, seeks the Committee’s approval to
promote the consulting engineer’s recommended proposals as a flood
scheme for Blairgowrie & Rattray and Alyth, subject to funding. 
Authors
Name  Designation Contact Details 
Russell Stewart 
David Stephens 
Andrew Smith 
Senior Engineer
(Flooding) 
Technician (Flooding) 
Technician (Flooding) 
01738 475000
EPLCommitteeReports@pkc.gov.uk 
Approved 
Name Designation Date
Fraser Crofts  Strategic Lead,
Environment &
Infrastructure 
7 October 2024 
APPENDICES 
• Appendix 1 – Blairgowrie & Rattray SWMP – Plans of Short-Listed Potential
Options
• Appendix 2 – Blairgowrie & Rattray SWMP – Short List of Potential Options
Summary Table
• Appendix 3 - Alyth NFM – Plans of Short Listed Potential Options
• Appendix 4 - Alyth NFM – Short List of Potential Options Summary Table 
Page 56 of 302

Page 57

ANNEX 
1. IMPLICATIONS, ASSESSMENTS, CONSULTATION AND
COMMUNICATION  
Strategic Implications Yes / None
Community Plan / Single Outcome Agreement  Yes
Corporate Plan  Yes
Resource Implications  
Financial  Yes
Workforce None
Asset Management (land, property, IST) None
Assessments  
Equality Impact Assessment Yes
Strategic Environmental Assessment Yes
Sustainability (community, economic, environmental) Yes
Legal and Governance  Yes
Risk Yes
Consultation 
Internal  Yes
External  Yes
Communication 
Communications Plan  Yes 
1. Strategic Implications  
Community Plan/Single Outcome Agreement 
1.1 This report supports the following priorities within the Community Plan 2022-
27. 
(i) Mental and physical wellbeing
(ii) Employability 
Corporate Plan 
1.2 This report supports the objectives within the draft new Corporate Plan:- 
(i) Children and young people grow up safe, respected, well-educated,  
and confident in their ability to realise their full potential; 
(ii) People and businesses are increasingly able to prosper in a local 
economy which support low carbon ambitions and offers opportunities  
for all; 
(iii) People can achieve their best physical and mental health and have 
access to quality care and support when they need it; 
(iv) Communities are resilient and physically, digital and socially    
connected; 
(v) Perth and Kinross is a safe and vibrant place, mitigating the impact of 
climate and environmental change for this and future generations.
Page 57 of 302

Page 58

2. Resource Implications 
Financial 
2.1 It should be noted that the proposed flood protection schemes in Blairgowrie
& Rattray and Alyth will not be implemented at this time. The implementation
arrangements (if known) will be set out in the Cycle 3 Tay Local FRM Plan,
which will cover the six year period from 2028-2034 and is due to be
published in June 2028. Subject to available funding, consulting engineers will
be re-engaged to carry out further investigations and develop the flood
scheme proposals at some time during 2028-2034.  As a result, there are no
immediate resource implications arising directly from the recommendations in
this report. 
2.2 However, the flood risk management planning process will have future
financial implications. The Cycle 3 Tay Local FRM Plan will contain the
implementation arrangements including a timetable for the proposed flood
schemes, who will be responsible for implementing it, as well as how it will be
funded (if known) and coordinated by SEPA and the responsible authorities
over the next six-year cycle from 2028-2034. 
2.3 The 2009 Act requires the Scottish Government to have regard to the FRM
Plans and Local FRM Plans when allocating funds to SEPA and responsible
authorities. The Scottish Government, CoSLA and SEPA agreed the
distribution of capital funding to the actions identified nationally in the Cycle 1
FRM Strategies and Local FRM Plans. The following arrangements currently
apply: 
(i) Only works and schemes that are prioritised in the FRM Plans and Local
FRM Plans are eligible for capital funding.
(ii) Flood protection schemes attract capital grant assistance of up to 80% of
their estimated project cost at tender stage from the Scottish
Government. Local authorities are required to fund the remainder of the
cost of flood schemes.
(iii) The Scottish Government allocates capital funding to local authorities
engaged in flood risk management across Scotland. 80% of this capital
funding will continue to be allocated to flood protection schemes with the
remaining 20% to other actions within the FRM Plans, as detailed in the
Local FRM Plans. This 20% is distributed to the 32 Scottish local
authorities based on the number of properties at risk of flooding and the
estimated annual average flood damages. 
2.4 At present, the allocated capital grant is adjusted as the flood scheme
proposals are developed. The estimated costs of flood schemes across
Scotland will therefore continue to be reported to the Scottish Government by
local authorities on an annual basis. 
2.5 These arrangements are currently under review by the Scottish Government
and CoSLA, due to the current projected costs of Cycle 1 flood schemes
across the country, and the available funding.
Page 58 of 302

Page 59

2.6 The Council currently has four flood protection schemes that had been
included in the national priority list for Cycle 1 from 2016-2022 and work on
them continues. However, as a result of the above review, the 4th priority flood
scheme, on the Annaty Burn in Scone, was previously paused although this is
due resume later this year.  This scheme is likely to take longer or be paused
again in future due to these funding limitations. 
2.7 No capital funding has been allocated to any new Cycle 2 or 3 flood schemes
in Scotland.  The Council has not made an allocation for its 20% contribution
to the capital costs at this time.  The timescales and funding arrangements for
the proposed new flood schemes in Blairgowrie & Rattray and Alyth therefore
remain unclear for the time being. 
2.8 The conclusion of the national review into capital funding for flood schemes is
awaited. In the meantime, CoSLA leaders have confirmed that it is expected
that the Local Government General Capital Grant will continue to include
resources allocated for flooding projects, and decisions on quantum and
distribution will be taken by Scottish Ministers and CoSLA Leaders nearer the
time. 
2.9 The proposals and cost estimates for the recommended flood schemes in
Blairgowrie & Rattray and Alyth still have to be developed through a long
process of further investigations, consultation, outline design, the statutory
process, detailed design, tendering and construction. Experience on other
similar schemes has invariably shown that the costs estimated at feasibility
stage always increase. The scheme costs noted in this report are therefore
subject to change and will have to be carefully monitored going forward. 
2.10 There are no current revenue funding implications arising from the
recommendations in this report. 
Workforce 
2.11 There are no workforce implications arising directly from the
recommendations in this report. 
Asset Management (land, property, IT) 
2.12 The proposals in this report have no asset management implications at this
time. 
Page 59 of 302

Page 60

3. Assessments 
Equality Impact Assessment 
3.1 Under the Equality Act 2010, the Council is required to eliminate
discrimination, advance equality of opportunity, and foster good relations
between equality groups.  Carrying out Equality Impact Assessments for plans
and policies allows the Council to demonstrate that it is meeting these duties. 
The Equality Impact Assessment undertaken in relation to this report can be
viewed at https://www.pkc.gov.uk/EqIA. 
3.2 The proposals in this report have been considered under the Corporate
Equalities Impact Assessment process (EqIA) with the following outcome: 
(i) It was determined that the proposals be assessed as relevant with the
following actions taken to reduce or remove the following negative
impacts: 
• The construction works for the proposed flood scheme could
temporarily have a greater impact on mobility impaired, sight
impaired, blind people or disabled people, on children and the
elderly and infirm, and on pregnant women or nursing mothers, in
relation to adverse psychological, physical and health impacts.
Appropriate mitigation measures will be adopted to minimise
disruption, noise, dust and vibration and to ensure adequate safe
access throughout the construction works. 
(ii) The proposals be assessed as relevant and the following positive
outcomes expected following implementation: 
• The proposed flood scheme will have the same positive impact for
all equality groups as the reduction in flood risk to both
communities will provide benefits for all (improved safety, health &
wellbeing through the avoidance of flood impacts and damages) in
the long term. 
Strategic Environmental Assessment 
3.3 The Environmental Assessment (Scotland) Act 2005 places a duty on the
Council to identify and assess the environmental consequences of its
proposals. 
3.4 The matters presented in this report were considered under the Environmental
Assessment (Scotland) Act 2005 and no further action is required as it does
not qualify as a PPS as defined by the Act and is therefore exempt. 
3.5 It is likely that an Environmental Impact Assessment will be required to
support the proposed flood scheme described in this report. This assessment
will be progressed once consulting engineers have been engaged. 
Page 60 of 302

Page 61

Sustainability 
3.6 Under the provisions of the Local Government in Scotland Act 2003 the
Council has to discharge its duties in a way which contributes to the
achievement of sustainable development.   Under the Climate Change
(Scotland) Act 2009 the Council also has a duty relating to climate change
and, in exercising its functions must act: 
• in the way best calculated to delivery of the Act’s emissions reduction
targets;
• in the way best calculated to deliver any statutory adaptation
programmes; and
• in a way that it considers most sustainable. 
3.7 Following an assessment using the Integrated Appraisal Toolkit, it was
previously determined that the proposal is likely to contribute positively to the
following corporate sustainable development principles: 
(i) Climate Change 
Efficient use of resources now and in the future in the built environment
and service provision (e.g. energy efficiency, land, water resources,
flood defence, waste minimisation) (Principle 2)
Mitigation and adaptation to manage the impact of climate change &
reduce the production of greenhouse gases (Principle 3) 
Justification:
The flood schemes proposed in this report will help to manage the
increased flood risk to Blairgowrie & Rattray and Alyth brought about
by climate change. 
(ii) Community 
Creating a sense of place (e.g. a place with a positive ‘feeling' for
people, and local distinctiveness) (Principle 22) 
Justification:
The flood schemes proposed in the report will help to make Blairgowrie
& Rattray and Alyth communities safer and more sustainable for
residents, through a reduction in flood risk. This will help the
communities to thrive in the longer term despite the temporary
construction impacts. 
Page 61 of 302

Page 62

3.8 Following an assessment using the Integrated Appraisal Toolkit, it was
previously determined that the proposal is likely to contribute negatively to the
following corporate sustainable development principles: 
(iii) Consumption and Resources 
Efficient use of resources now and in the future in the built environment
and service provision (e.g. energy efficiency, land, water resources,
flood defence, waste minimisation) (Principle 2)
Mitigation and adaptation to manage the impact of climate change &
reduce the production of greenhouse gases (Principle 3) 
Justification:
There will be a short-term increase in the use of materials and
resources during construction of the flood scheme, but a future
reduction due to reduced flood risk. 
Mitigation:
The Environmental Impact Assessment and eventual Construction
Environmental Management Plan will consider energy consumption
and waste management practices during construction. 
Legal and Governance 
3.9 The Strategic Lead - Legal and Governance has been consulted on this 
report. 
3.10 The legal basis for the proposals set out in this report is the Flood Risk
Management (Scotland) Act 2009. 
Risk 
3.11 Flooding is a natural phenomenon that can never be entirely prevented.
However, the Council is required to manage and, where possible, reduce
flood risk. 
3.12 The flood schemes proposed in this report will reduce flood risk in Blairgowrie
& Rattray and Alyth. The risks associated with the proposals set out in this
report will be identified and managed through each scheme. 
4. Consultation 
Internal 
4.1 The Strategic Lead – Legal and Governance and The Strategic Lead –
Finance and Business Support have been consulted in the preparation of this
report. 
Page 62 of 302

Page 63

External 
Blairgowrie & Rattray 
4.2 Blairgowrie Community Council, SEPA, NatureScot, Transport Scotland,
Scottish Forestry, Scottish Water and all relevant landowners and occupiers
were consulted during the development of the proposals. 
4.3 In February 2024, a letter was issued to the local elected members and the
community council, and 743 letters were sent to residents and businesses
within the local community.  This letter directed residents to the consultation
hub, invited them to the drop-in sessions, and outlined an opportunity to
record their views and questions on comment forms. 
Social media posts were also arranged through the Council’s communications
team. 
4.4 A summary of the draft outputs from the surface water management plan was
placed on the Council’s consultation hub at
https://consult.pkc.gov.uk/communities/blairgowrieswmpevent/. 
The community were invited to view and comment on the surface water
management plan findings between the dates of 23 February 2024 and 22
March 2024 as part of a consultation event. This consultation event provided
detail on: 
• The flood risk in Blairgowrie & Rattray
• The surface water management plan’s findings
• The development of resilience and awareness in the communities 
4.5 A community drop-in session was held at Blairgowrie Town Hall, Brown Street
from 2pm to 8pm on the 28 February 2024 and the 7 March 2024. This event
offered residents a further opportunity to view and comment on the draft
outputs from the surface water management plan. Representatives from the
Council’s Flooding Team, Binnies (consultant), Scottish Water, SEPA, and the
Scottish Flood Forum were available to answer questions and provide further
information. 
A total of 51 attendees signed the register at the drop-in sessions. 
4.6 A total of 34 responses were provided as a mixture of e-mails and completed
comment forms. 
4.7 In general, the comments received from the community were positive.
However, a number of concerns were raised, these included the historic issue
of construction throughout the town in areas subject to flooding, the capacity
for additional flow into the Cuttle Burn, and the safety of SuDS/open water in a
public recreation area such as the Rattray Common. 
Page 63 of 302

Page 64

4.8 The Council collated all comments and issued a response to the community in
June 2024 answering questions raised during the consultation period. The
Council’s consultation hub has also been updated to confirm the outcome of
this process. 
Alyth 
4.9  Alyth Community Council, SEPA, NatureScot, Transport Scotland, Scottish
Forestry, Scottish Water and all relevant landowners and occupiers were
consulted during the development of the proposals. 
4.10    In May 2024, a letter was issued to the local elected members and the
community council, and 298 letters were sent to residents and businesses
within the local community.  This letter directed residents to the Council’s
consultation hub, invited them to the drop-in sessions, and outlined an
opportunity to record their views and questions on comment forms. 
Social media posts were also arranged through the Council’s communications
team. 
4.11 A summary of the NFM draft outputs was placed on the Council's consultation
hub at https://consult.pkc.gov.uk/communities/alythnfmstudy/. 
The community were invited to view and comment on the NFM findings
between 24 May 2024 and 14 June 2024 as part of a consultation event. This
consultation event provided details on the following- 
• The flood risk in Alyth,
• The NFM study findings,
• Other actions to raise awareness and improve community resilience. 
4.12    A community drop-in session was held at Alyth Town Hall from 2pm to 7pm
on the 28 and 30 May 2024. This event offered residents a further opportunity
to view and comment on the draft outputs from the NFM study.
Representatives from the Council's Flooding Team, AECOM (engineering
consultant) and the Scottish Flood Forum were available to answer questions
and provide further information. 
A total of 50 attendees signed the register at the two drop-in sessions. 
4.13    A total of 3 responses were provided as a mixture of e-mails, verbal feedback
and completed comment forms. 
4.14    In general, the community's comments were positive. However, several
concerns were raised, including engineering vs. natural solutions, Waste
Water Treatment Works infrastructure, new developments, and dredging
possibilities. 
Page 64 of 302

Page 65

4.15    The Council collated all comments and issued a response to the community in
August 2024, answering questions raised during the consultation period. The
Council's consultation hub has also been updated to confirm the outcome of
this process. 
5. Communication 
5.1 The communication arrangements to date were as noted in Section 4 above. 
5.2 The Council will continue to communicate with the local communities,
statutory consultees, local landowners and other stakeholders as the flood
scheme proposals are developed. 
2. BACKGROUND PAPERS 
2.1 The following background papers, as defined by Section 50D of the Local
Government (Scotland) Act 1973 (and not containing confidential or exempt
information) were relied on to a material extent in the preparation of the above
report; 
• PKC – Enterprise and Infrastructure Committee – 24 October 2007, Flood
Mitigation Schemes and Flood Studies (Report No 07/681)
• PKC – Environment Committee – 9 September 2015, The Flood Risk
Management (Scotland) Act 2008, Selected Actions and Prioritisation (Report
No 15/359)
• PKC – Environment Committee – 1 June 2016, The Flood Risk Management
(Scotland) Act 2008, Publication of Local Flood Risk Management Plans
(Report No 16/241)
• PKC - Environment and Infrastructure Committee – 23 January 2019, The
Flood Risk Management (Scotland) Act 2009, Publication of Interim Report
(Report No 19/16)
• PKC - Environment and Infrastructure Committee – 19 May 2021, The Flood
Risk Management (Scotland) Act 2009, Second Cycle of Flood Risk
Management Plans (Report No 21/60)
• PKC - Climate Change & Sustainability Committee – 19 December 2022, The
Flood Risk Management (Scotland) Act 2009, Publication of Final Reports
(Cycle 1) & Local Flood Risk Management Plans (Cycle 2) (Report No
22/307) 
Page 65 of 302

Page 66

Page 66 of 302

Page 67

Appendix 1 
Blairgowrie & Rattray Surface Water Management Plan (SWMP) – Plans of
Short Listed Potential Options 
Option A  Surface water diversion (speed hump) at Upper Allan Street 
This was the top scoring option from the multi-criteria assessment.
It is a simple speed ramp, placed on Upper Allan Street. The
rationale behind this is to intercept overland flow that currently
causes some of the flood risk experienced in Blairgowrie town
centre and direct it into Cuttle Burn Den which will naturally enable
it to flow towards the River Ericht away from buildings in the town.
Figure 1 indicates on a map where this feature would be sited. 
Figure 1 – Surface water diversion (speed hump) at Upper Allan Street (Option A) 
5
Page 67 of 302

Page 68

Option B  Leaky Dams / Natural Flood Management on the Rattray Burn 
This option scored 2nd place in the multi-criteria assessment. The
rationale behind this is to hold water further up in the Rattray Burn
catchment releasing it slowly to keep it within the capacity of the
Rattray Burn channel for as long as possible thus reducing the
amount of time it spills out-of-bank towards the urban area of
Rattray. Figure 2 indicates on a map where these features could be
sited. 
Figure 2 – Surface water diversion (speed hump) at Upper Allan Street (Option B) 
Page 68 of 302

Page 69

Option C  Disconnection of the industrial area at Welton Road from the
combined sewer network 
This option scored 3rd place in the multi-criteria assessment. The
rationale behind this is to redirect surface water runoff out of the
combined sewer into an open pond to treat it prior to discharge into
the River Ericht. This increases the combined sewer capacity
upstream reducing the surface water flood risk in Blairgowrie town
centre. Figure 3 indicates on a map where this features could be
sited. 
Figure 3 – Disconnection of the industrial area at Welton Road from the combined sewer network (Option C) 
Page 69 of 302

Page 70

Option D  Construction of SuDS on Rattray Common 
This option scored 4th place in the multi-criteria assessment. The
rationale behind this is to direct excess flows from the Rattray Burn
and route them to a new SuDS facility in Rattray Common prior to
discharge to Loon Braes. A high volume of water is estimated to be
required for storage/attenuation but the storage for this can be split
between Rattray Common, Loon Braes and potentially to an
expanded SuDS facility at David Grimmond Place (subject to
agreeing use of land). Figure 4 indicates on a map where the
features could be sited. 
It is important to note that the proposals at feasibility study stage
are primarily to understand if the option is viable, and that the final
form of an intervention of this size can be a community driven
design and sometimes involves other aspects such as landscape
architecture and/or active travel routes depending on other local
aspirations. 
Figure 4 – Construction of SuDS on Rattray Common (Option D)  
Page 70 of 302

Page 71

Option E  Construction of a swale behind Burnhead Road 
This option scored 5th place in the multi-criteria assessment. The
rationale behind this is to collect overland flow in a small ditch from
steep fields behind Burnhead Road and direct it towards the Cuttle
Burn Den so it can then naturally flow into the River Ericht and away
from properties. Figure 5 indicates on a map where this option
could be sited. 
Figure 5 – Construction of a swale behind Burnhead Road (Option E) 
Page 71 of 302

Page 72

Page 72 of 302

Page 73

Appendix 2 
Blairgowrie & Rattray Surface Water Management Plan (SWMP) – Short List of
Potential Options 
• Option A: Surface water diversion (speed hump) at Upper Allan Street
• Option B: Natural Flood Management (leaky dams) on the Rattray Burn
• Option C: Disconnection of the industrial area of Welton Road from the combined sewer
network.
• Option D: Construction of SuDS on Rattray Common
• Option E: Construction of a swale behind Burnhead Road 
5
Page 73 of 302

Page 74

Page 74 of 302

Page 75

Appendix 3 
Alyth Natural Flood Management Study (NFM) – Plans of Potential Options 
Option A Johnshill Burn culvert upgrades 
This option involves the replacement of the existing culvert to
accommodate 1 in 200 year flood flow (the flood event with a 0.5%
chance of occurring in any given year/also known as AEP) and will
reduce the risk of flooding to 10 properties from the Johnshill Burn.
Flood risk from Alyth Burn will remain. 
Figure 1 – Culvert upgrade on the Johnshill Burn (Option A) 
5
Page 75 of 302

Page 76

Option B Alyth Burn flood walls and Johnshill Burn culvert upgrade 
This option provides a 1 in 200 year (0.5% AEP) standard of
protection by constructing flood walls on both banks of the burn
around the centre of Alyth and upgrading Johnshill Burn. 
Figure 2 - Alyth Burn flood walls (0.5% AEP SOP) and Johnshill Burn culvert upgrade (Option B)    
Page 76 of 302

Page 77

Option C Alyth Burn weir removal, Johnshill Burn culvert upgrade and
flood wall 
This option provides a 1 in 100-year (1% AEP) standard of
protection and involves removing the weirs within Alyth, in
combination with Johnshill culvert upgrades and flood walls. 
Figure 3 - Alyth Burn weir removal, Johnshill Burn culvert upgrade and flood wall (1% AEP SoP) (Option C) 
Page 77 of 302

Page 78

Option D Doctor’s Burn channel upgrades 
The option provides a 1 in 100-year (1% AEP) Standard of
Protection by upgrading and raising flood embankments, creation
of a flood storage area and upgrading a culvert. This option
reduces flood risk to 40 properties. 
Figure 4 - Improved existing flood embankments, culvert upgrade and flood storage area on the Doctor’s Burn (Option D) 
Page 78 of 302

Page 79

Option E  Catchment wide NFM (excluding loch upsizing)
This option considered the implementation of a wide range of NFM
measures across the catchment of the Alyth Burn as illustrated in
Figures 7 to 11. 
Figure 5 - NFM options in the northern portion of study area (Option E) 
Page 79 of 302

Page 80

Figure 6 - NFM options in the central portion of the study area (Option E) 
Figure 7 - NFM options in the southern portion of the study area (Option E)
Page 80 of 302

Page 81

Appendix 4 
Alyth Natural Flood Management Study (NFM) – Short List of Potential Options 
Optio
n ID Description
Total
Benefit 
(present
value)
Estimated
Capital Cost
Standard
of
Protection
(SoP)
No. of properties
protected to the
measure SOP
Benefit-
Cost 
Ratio
A Johnshill Burn culvert upgrades £837,381 £647,064 0.5% AEP 10* 1.19
B
Alyth Burn flood walls and Johnshill
Burn culvert upgrade £3,644,226 £5,855,524 0.5% AEP 106 0.61
C
Alyth Burn weir removal, Johnshill
Burn culvert upgrades and flood wall £3,407,015 £6,888,605 1% AEP 67 0.49
D Doctor's Burn channel upgrades £2,040,776 £800,161 1% AEP 40 2.25
E
Catchment wide NFM (excluding loch
upsizing) £412,827 £1,114,301 n/a 0 0.18 
*However, there is still a residual risk of flooding from the Alyth Burn.
5
Page 81 of 302

Page 82

Page 82 of 302

Page 83

PERTH AND KINROSS COUNCIL 
CLIMATE CHANGE AND SUSTAINABILITY COMMITTEE 
23 October 2024 
Public Bodies Climate Change Duties Compliance Reporting 2024 –
Carbon Emissions 
Report by Strategic Lead, Environment & Infrastructure
(Report No. 24/288) 
1. PURPOSE 
1.1 This report provides an overview of the Council’s annual Public Sector
Climate Change Reporting Duty submission. It includes an update on the
Council’s carbon footprint and emissions trends for the reporting year 2023/24
and wider actions the Council is taking to address the Climate Emergency.
Based on this evidence, the report to the Scottish Government has been
developed for consideration. 
2. RECOMMENDATIONS 
2.1  It is recommended that the Committee: 
(i) Notes the contents of the report, along with the updated report to the
Scottish Government (Appendix A) 
a. notes the progress in developing benchmarking information 
b. notes the intention to use it to provide an evidence-based 
platform to inform decisions and monitor performance 
3.  STRUCTURE OF REPORT 
3.1 This report is structured over the following sections: 
• Section 4: Background/Main Issues
• Section 5: Conclusion
• Appendix A: Public Bodies Climate Change Duties Compliance Report
• Appendix B: Perth and Kinross Council briefing note – High Carbon
within PKC’s purchased goods and services. 
6
Page 83 of 302

Page 84

4. BACKGROUND / MAIN ISSUES 
4.1 Perth and Kinross Council, as a listed public body in Schedule 1 of the
Climate Change (Duties of Public Bodies; Reporting Requirements) (Scotland)
Order 2015 as amended by the Climate Change (Duties of Public Bodies:
Reporting Requirements) (Scotland) Amendment Order 2020, is required to
report annually via the Sustainable Scotland Network (SSN) Report to the
Scottish Government. This is required in order for Perth and Kinross Council
to comply with its climate change duties as established under Section 44 of
the Climate Change (Scotland) Act 2009 and as stated in Schedule 2 of the
2015 Order. 
4.2 In addition to the above, the 2020 Amendment Order set out additional
reporting requirements from 2021/22 in response to the global climate
emergency and Scotland’s net zero targets, as well as the interim targets as
set out in the legislation. The compliance reports must now address additional
sections that include, but are not limited to, the Council’s target date for
achieving zero direct emissions, how the Council will align its spending plans
and use of resources to deliver its emissions reduction targets, and how the
Council will publish its progress to achieving its emissions reductions targets. 
4.3 The Council first reported in the pilot year 2014/15. The baseline year
however has been set as 2015/16 as per the reporting guidance, as in
2014/15 only Scope 1 and 2 emissions were calculated.  A summary of the
annual data is presented Table 1. For greater clarity, changes to the reporting
envelope have been illustrated below to reflect additional emissions sources
that have been added to the Council’s carbon footprint reporting over the
years. This includes the addition of employee transport, homeworking,
employee commuting emissions and a change in electric vehicle (EV)
electricity consumption reporting. 
Page 84 of 302

Page 85

Table 1 : Perth & Kinross Council’s Carbon Footprint (tCO2e) 
4.4 The scopes mentioned in the table above refer to: 
i. Scope 1 emissions are direct emissions from sources owned or
controlled by the Council - e.g. emissions from fleet or oil-fired boilers.
ii. Scope 2 emissions are from the generation of purchased electricity.
iii. Scope 3 emissions are all other indirect emissions which relate to the
Council’s activities, including waste, homeworking, staff travel to/from
work or emissions associated with electricity which is lost in the
Transmission and Distribution system used for delivering purchased
electricity. 
Reporting
Year
Scope 1  Scope 2 Scope 3  Total
Footprint 
Changes to the
reporting envelope
2015/16
(baseline)
9,033 14,676 14,995 38,705 
2016/17 8,339 12,661 18,859 39,859 
2017/18 8,593 9,967 19,153 37,713 
2018/19 10,180 5,314 20,488 35,982 Scope 1: Addition of
employee transport 
2019/20 10,722 6,823 19,560 37,105 
2020/21 10,163 5,106 19,337 34,605 Scope 3: Addition of
homeworking
emissions
2021/22 10,670 5,217 20,122 36,008 
2022/23 9,719 4,730 26,021 40,471 Scope 3: Addition of
employee commuting 
2023/24 9,441 4,518 13,987 27,946 Scope 2 to Scope 3 –
Transfer of EV
charging electricity
from Scope 2 to
Scope 3 following the
introduction of
charging for electricity
consumption 
Page 85 of 302

Page 86

Figure 2 Perth & Kinross Council’s Carbon Footprint divided by Sector 
4.5  In 2023/24, the Council’s carbon footprint decreased by approximately 31%
compared to 2022/23. This significant reduction is largely due to changes in
waste processing, with smaller reductions in emissions from energy produced
on site, business travel, and employee commuting. 
Figure 1 Perth & Kinross Council’s Carbon Footprint (tCO2e) 
Page 86 of 302

Page 87

Transport 
Table 2 : Perth & Kinross Council’s Transport Carbon Footprint (tCO2e) 
n/a stands for not available due to
data unavailability in the reporting
year 
4.6  Overall, emissions arising from transport (Scopes 1 and 3) have shown a
slight reduction (approximately 10%). More specifically, the use of diesel
vehicles in the Council’s fleet has decreased while the use of petrol and hybrid
fleet cars has increased significantly. This has resulted in a year-on-year 45%
emissions reduction from diesel vehicles and a 27% increase from petrol
vehicles when compared to 2022/23. The Fleet Team have introduced more
hybrid cars to the Council’s fleet which resulted in a 15% emissions increase
from hybrid vehicles. The use of personal vehicles for business travel (non-
commuting), however, has increased further contributing to an 8% emissions
increase. Positively, emissions arising from vans and Heavy Goods Vehicles
(HGVs) have shown a slight decrease. This is mostly due to a landfill site
location change from Falkirk to Dundee, resulting to decreased mileage for
HGVs. 
4.7  Emissions associated with employee commuting have fallen by 14% (752
tCO2e) when compared to 2022/23. This is based on a staff travel and
homeworking survey undertaken between June 2024 – August 2024 – with
1055 respondents (approximately 20.6% overall staff). The responses were
then analysed and scaled up to reflect the full workforce and as a result, it is
estimated that Perth and Kinross Council staff emit 4,617 tCO2e annually on
their commutes to and from work. The modal split of respondents was: 
• 74.9% by car
• 13.7% by walking and cycling
• 8.4% by bus, 
• 2.7% by train
• 0.3% by motorbike. 
Reporting
Year
Scope 1
Transport
Scope 3
Employee
Commuting
Total
Transport
Footprint 
2015/16
(baseline)
n/a n/a n/a
2016/17 n/a n/a n/a
2017/18 n/a n/a n/a
2018/19 2,607 n/a 2,607
2019/20 2,684 n/a 2,684
2020/21 2,333 n/a 2,333
2021/22 2,589 n/a 2,691
2022/23 2,691 5,369 8,060
2023/24 2,571 4,616 7,187
Page 87 of 302

Page 88

This means that 24.8% of employees are using a sustainable travel method
and 15.5% of employees are using low carbon travel options (bus, train and
EVs). Lastly, according to the survey, it is estimated that Council employees
emit approximately 691.9 tCO2e annually from working from home (this figure
takes into consideration the office equipment and heating emissions as per
the UK Government Greenhouse Gas Conversion Factors for Company
Reporting). 
4.8  It is important to note that the employee commuting methodology developed
has some limitations that impact the ability to accurately monitor year-on-year
trends.  As the survey results represent only a sample of PKC employees
(20.6%) and there is not a mechanism to compare changes to individual
employee behaviours, when extrapolating up to the full workforce’s footprint,
response bias can be introduced.  This is because not all employees have the
same working pattern, site locations, vehicle types, travel behaviours or other
variables that influence their emissions. In 2022/23 the response rate was
higher at 33.3%, which means that the commuting patterns of more
employees were captured. The decrease in carbon emissions may therefore
be attributed to the quality of data analysed rather than be seen as an
improvement. Nevertheless, the methodology allows the calculation of a best
estimated figure of employee commuting. There is currently no uniform
approach in estimating employee commuting emissions across Scotland, but
it is something that is being considered by the SSN. Despite the uncertainties
described, however, the inclusion of this data facilitates a better
understanding of the Council’s carbon footprint. 
Energy 
Table 3 : Perth & Kinross Council’s Transport Carbon Footprint (tCO2e) 
Reporting
Year
Scope
1
Energy 
Scope 2
(Purchased
Energy)
Scope
3
Energy
(T&D
and
water)
Scope 3 
Energy
Sold at
public EV
Chargers
Scope 3
Homeworking
emissions
Total
Energy
Footprint
2015/16
(baseline)
9,033 14,676 1384 n/a n/a 25,093
2016/17 8,339 12,661 1333 n/a n/a 22,333
2017/18 8,593 9,967 1101 n/a n/a 19,661
2018/19 7,573 5,314 638 n/a n/a 13,525
2019/20 8,038 6,823 773 n/a n/a 15,634
2020/21 7,830 5,106 489 n/a n/a 13,425
2021/22 8,081 5,217 506 n/a 178 13,982
2022/23 7,028 4,730 472 n/a 786 13,016
2023/24 6,871 4,517 431 248 692 12,759
Page 88 of 302

Page 89

4.9  With regards to emissions arising from energy (Scopes 1, 2, and 3) across the
Council’s estate portfolio, they have decreased when compared to 2022/23.
More specifically, natural gas and gas oil consumption (Scope 1) has reduced
by 2% and 11% respectively. Scope 3 emissions from water supply have also
shown a reduction (3%) while emissions from water treatment have increased
by approximately 5%. In relation to Scope 1 emissions arising from the use of
wood chips and burning oil (kerosene), they increased by 40.6% and 28.9%
respectively. The biomass woodchip consumption was higher in 2023/24 due
to the boiler at Breadalbane Community Campus (dual fuel using both
biomass and gas) being back online whilst it had been offline in 2022/23. This
caused an increase in biomass and a decrease in gas for 2023/24.  Burning
oil has increased as Arngask Primary School heating was converted from gas
oil to kerosene in 2023/24. 
4.10  For Scope 2 (Purchased Energy) there has been a change in usage of
2,644,806 kWh (kilowatt hour) within Council operations when compared to
the 2022/23 figures. This is mainly due to a change in the reporting of
emissions arising from public EV charging. The Council introduced charges
for electricity usage from April 2023 onwards, as opposed to EV vehicle
owners using the chargers free of charge.  These emissions had previously
been reported under Scope 2 due to the Council paying for this usage. From
this reporting year, however, these will now be reported under Scope 3 in line
with the Protocol for Greenhouse Gas Reporting, as illustrated in the table
above. The actual kWh reduction across the Council’s electricity consumption,
taking into account the changes in Scopes, is therefore closer to
1,500,000kWh. For scale, this electricity reduction equates to three times the
annual electricity consumption of Pullar House. This reduction is mostly
attributed to reduced usage of EV chargers due to the new charges Also, a
large number of EV chargers had been offline throughout 2023/24 due to
maintenance issues, further contributing to reduced usage. It is worth noting
that excluding the electricity consumption from EV chargers, the Council’s
electricity consumption has reduced by 464,348 kWh. 
Waste 
4.11 In August 2023, Perth and Kinross Council committed to a long-term residual
waste contract for Energy from Waste (incineration) rather than landfilling of
residual waste.  While only a partial year, this led to a dramatic decrease in
year-on-year emissions from Landfill of 11,868 tCO2e (64.5%). This more than
offsets the small emissions increase of 400 tCO2e attributed to the increased
levels of incineration of waste. Furthermore, Twin Stream recycling was rolled
out in January 2024 with the introduction of a new grey-lidded bin to improve
recycling rates across Perth and Kinross. By encouraging residents to
separate their waste and reducing bin contamination rates, recycling rates
increased significantly (48% for plastics, paper and board), further diverting
waste away from landfill and contributed to the emissions reduction mentioned
above. 
Page 89 of 302

Page 90

Purchased goods and services 
4.12  In November 2023, the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee
requested officers to circulate a briefing note on high carbon within PKC’s
purchased goods and services (Report No. 23/329). The briefing note has
been attached as an appendix to this Report – Appendix B. The note outlines
the outputs of the analysis carried out by a consultant (CO2Analysis) on the
Council’s procurement and finance spend data. The outputs of the report
include recommendations and actions that could reduce the Council’s carbon
footprint such as engaging with our top 10 suppliers and internal
departments/cost centres. 
4.13 It is crucial to note that the analysis was a one-off procedure that took place to
provide a better understanding of the Council’s emissions arising from
purchased goods and services. The estimated emissions have not been
included in the PBCCDR this reporting year due to the data analysed referring
to 2022/23.  It was decided not to commission a re-run of the data on 2023/24
data due to data gaps and lack of granularity in certain aspects of the data
and the fact that there is currently no statutory requirement for the Council to
report on its purchased goods and services emissions. However, it is under
consideration to be added to the public bodies’ climate change duty
compliance reporting in the future as per the SSN guidance. 
4.14 Overall, although there is a decreasing trend in emissions when compared to
the emissions sources reported in 2022/23, this would need to be accelerated
in order to reach the objectives set out in the Climate Change Strategy and
Action Plan (Report No. 21/245 refers). 
5. CONCLUSION   
5.1  Perth and Kinross Council’s carbon footprint in 2023/24 has decreased year
on year. However, the change in waste operations in August 2023 is the main
contributor to the significant decrease in Scope 3 emissions while transport,
energy and employee commuting emissions show little progress. 
5.2  In achieving Perth and Kinross Council’s climate objectives, the emissions
reductions trend to date is not sufficient to achieve the targets related to the
Council operations and functions as set out in the Climate Change Strategy
and Action Plan. 
5.3  Working towards achieving the targets, via the activities outlined in the Action
Plan should remain a key priority for Perth and Kinross Council in order to
accelerate the decrease in emissions trends and comply with the net zero and
interim targets as set out in the legislation. 
Page 90 of 302

Page 91

Author
Name  Designation Contact Details
Eirini Kourtesi  Climate Change and
Sustainable
Development Officer 
01738 475000
EPLCommitteeReports@pkc.gov.uk 
Approved 
Name Designation Date
Fraser Crofts  Strategic Lead,
Environment &
Infrastructure
8 October 2024 
APPENDICES 
• Appendix A – Public Bodies Climate Change Duty Report 2023/24
Submission 
• Appendix B – Perth and Kinross Council briefing note – High Carbon within
PKC’s purchased goods and services 
Page 91 of 302

Page 92

ANNEX 
1. IMPLICATIONS, ASSESSMENTS, CONSULTATION AND
COMMUNICATION 
Strategic Implications Yes / None
Community Plan / Single Outcome Agreement  Y
Corporate Plan  Y
Resource Implications  
Financial  N
Workforce N
Asset Management (land, property, IST) N
Assessments  
Climate Change Assessment Y
Strategic Environmental Assessment N
Sustainable Procurement & Supply Assessment N
Equality & Fairness Assessment N
Child Rights & Wellbeing Assessment N
Consultation 
Internal  Y
External  N
Communication 
Communications Plan  N 
1. Strategic Implications  
Community Plan/Single Outcome Agreement 
1.1 The activities detailed in the report supports the delivery of Perth and Kinross
Community Plan/Single Outcome Agreement in terms of the following
priorities: 
(i) Reducing poverty
(ii) Physical and Mental Wellbeing 
(iii) Digital Participation 
(iv) Learning and Development
(v) Employability 
1.2 This report relates to (i) Reducing poverty. 
Page 92 of 302

Page 93

Corporate Plan 
1.3 The activities detailed in the report supports the achievement of the Council’s
Corporate Plan Priorities: 
(i) Tackling poverty 
(ii) Tackling climate change and supporting sustainable places
(iii) Developing a resilient, stronger and greener local economy 
(iv) Enabling our children and young people to achieve their full potential 
(v) Protecting and caring for our most vulnerable people
(vi) Supporting and promoting physical and mental wellbeing
(vii) Working in partnership with communities 
1.4  This report relates to (i) Tackling poverty, (ii) Tackling climate change and
supporting sustainable places and (iii) Developing a resilient, stronger and
greener local economy. 
2. Resource Implications 
Financial 
2.1 There are no financial implications arising from the recommendations in the
report. 
Workforce 
2.2 There are no workforce implications arising from the recommendations in the
report. 
Asset Management (land, property, IT) 
2.3 There are no asset management implications arising from the
recommendations in the report. 
3. Assessments 
Climate change Assessment 
3.1 Under the Climate Change (Scotland) Act 2009, Perth & Kinross Council has
a statutory duty to report on its carbon emissions.  This report has no further
climate change implications other than those already associated with the
existing Climate Change Strategy and Action Plan. 
Equality & Fairness Assessment 
3.2 Under the Equality Act 2010, the Council is required to eliminate
discrimination, advance equality of opportunity, and foster good relations
between equality groups. Carrying out Equality Impact Assessments for plans
and policies allows the Council to demonstrate that it is meeting these duties. 
Page 93 of 302

Page 94

3.3 The information contained within this report has been considered under the 
Corporate Equalities Impact Assessment Process (EqIA) and has been
assessed as not relevant for the purposes of EqIA. 
Strategic Environmental Assessment 
3.4 The Environmental Assessment (Scotland) Act 2005 places a duty on the
Council to identify and assess the environmental consequences of its
proposals. 
3.5 The proposals have been considered under the Act and no action is required
as the Act does not apply to the matters presented in this report. This is
because the Committee are requested to note the contents of the report only
and the Committee are not being requested to approve, adopt or agree to an
action or to set the framework for future decisions. 
Sustainable Procurement & Supply Assessment 
3.6 Under the Procurement Reform (Scotland) Act 2014, the Council has a duty to
consider sustainable procurement  as part of its procurement process. The
Council is required to consider how in conducting the procurement process it
can – (i) improve the economic, social, and environmental wellbeing of the
authority’s area, (ii) facilitate the involvement of small and medium
enterprises, third sector bodies and supported businesses in the process, and
(iii) promote innovation. 
3.7 The report does not have any impacts on sustainable procurement and
supply.   
Child Rights & Wellbeing Assessment  
3.8 The United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) was 
ratified by the UK Government in 1991. It sets out the civil, political, economic, 
social and cultural rights that all children, everywhere, are entitled to and is 
regarded as the global “gold standard” for children’s rights. Screening for 
Child Rights and Wellbeing Impacts, alongside the Getting it Right for Every 
Child (GIRFEC) wellbeing indicators ensures that Council policies protect 
and promote the rights and wellbeing of children and young people. 
This proposal was considered under the Council’s Impact and Value 
Assessment. No impacts on Child Rights and Wellbeing were identified. 
Legal and Governance 
3.9 The Strategic Lead, Legal and Governance has been consulted. 
Page 94 of 302

Page 95

4. Consultation 
Internal 
4.1 There has been no other internal consultation. 
2. BACKGROUND PAPERS 
2.1 No background papers, as defined by Section 50D of the Local Government 
(Scotland) Act 1973 (other than any containing confidential or exempt 
information) were relied on to a material extent in preparing the above report.
Page 95 of 302

Page 96

Page 96 of 302

Page 97

Public Bodies Climate Change Duties Compliance Reporting Financial Year Template 2023/24
1. Overview
This template is provided for public bodies required to report annually in accordance with the Climate Change (Duties of Public Bodies Reporting
Requirements) (Scotland) Order 2015, as amended by the Climate Change (Duties of Public Bodies: Reporting Requirements) (Scotland)
Amendment Order 2020 which took effect for reporting periods commencing on or after 1 April 2021.
Reports must be submitted to ccreporting@ed.ac.uk by 30th November. Late submissions will not be accepted for analysis and may be deemed
non-compliant with Public Bodies Duties reporting requirements.
2. Guidance
1. Please do not delete any cells, rows or columns. This may corrupt the template/data and compromise analysis. You can hide any extra rows
within tables.
2. Please complete the new "Boundary info" tab. This will enable improved assessment of data coverage and inform SSN analysis.
3. The "Profile of Body" tab must be completed before proceeding to add any other data. 
4. To ensure that the correct emission factors are applied please ensure that you are using the correct template for the reporting year type under
Q1f. If your organsiation reports according to the academic year, usually August to July, you must use the Academic Year template. 
5. If you need to add more rows in any table please email the file to ccreporting@ed.ac.uk
6. In Q3b emissions sources can be filtered by type in Column C. The list of available factors is visble on the Emission Factors tab. Please do not edit this list, use "other" if an EF is not available.
7. Only use the "other" rows when there is no relevant emission source available in the dropdown list or if you have bespoke data/emission factors. Please provide a brief explanation in the comment.
8. Water supply and treatment (sewage) emission factors are based on Scottish Water's carbon intensities for service supply. If you wish to use UK factors you need to enter manually in an "Other" row.
9. More detailed guidance is available on the SSN website
3. Colour Coding used in the template
Dropdown box - select from list of options
Uneditable/fixed entry cell
Editable cell
6
Page 97 of 302

Page 98

Public Bodies Climate Change Duties Compliance Reporting Template 2023/24 FY
Please answer all questions below with respect to the public body's reporting boundary for the reporting period.
The information is intended to improve data coverage and inform analysis, in particular, to help identify data gaps. 
There are 3 possible responses:
YES - where data is available and is reported
NA - where a category is relevant but no data is available
NO - the category is not relevant
Any points of clarification can be added in the comments field for the corresponding emission source(s) in Table 3b on the Emissions tab.
Category
Select from
dropdown list
Owned estate  Are any buildings owned by the PB? Yes
Managed sevices  Are building services managed on behalf of another public body that shares or leases space? Yes
Leased premises  Are building services managed and provided by another public body?   No
Streetlighting  Are streetlights owned or operated? NA
Fleet and equipment  Are any vehicles or fossil-fueled machinery or equipment owned or leased, excludes short-term or infrequent hires? YES
Refrigerants/F-gases  Are there any air conditioning or refrigeration systems that require refrigerant gas top-ups? NA
Medical gases  Are medical gases used? No
Business travel - private  Do staff undertake business travel using private cars? Yes
Business travel - flights  Do staff undertake any business travel by plane?  NA
Homeworking  Do staff work from home - including hybrid?  Yes
Supply chain  Are any goods or services purchased? NA
Land use   Are more than 10 hectares of land owned or managed for public services provision, including for research or recreation?  NA
Waste services  Is the public body responsible for collecting household or municipal waste? Yes
Page 98 of 302

Page 99

PART 1 Profile of Reporting Body
1a Name of reporting body
Provide the name of the listed body (the "body") which prepared this report.
Perth and Kinross Council
1b Type of body
Select from the options below
Local Government
1c Highest number of full-time equivalent staff in the body during the report year
5111.33
1d Metrics used by the body
Metric Units Value Comments
Population size served population 150953 Census 2022
Floor area m2 5286000000.00 This is the land area of the Council rather than the area of Council buildings
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Other (please specify in comments) 
Other (please specify in comments) 
Other (please specify in comments) 
Other (please specify in comments) 
Other (please specify in comments) 
Other (please specify in comments)
15 Other (please specify in comments)
1e Overall budget of the body
Specify approximate £/annum for the report year.
Budget Budget Comments
£450,525,000 Revenue
1f Report type
Check the report year type is correct. The alternative template must be used for academic year reporting.
Reporting type Report year comments
Financial/Calendar/Other Financial year 2023/24
1g Context
Public Sector Report on Compliance with Climate Change Duties 2024 Template FY
Specify the metrics that the body uses to assess its performance in relation to climate change and sustainability.
Provide a summary of the body's nature and functions that are relevant to climate change reporting.
In addition to the Council's own offices, the Council's own emissions result from its ownership, operation and maintenance of a large number of public buildings including schools and libraries along with its vehicle fleet,
waste and water, and street lighting. The Council also has a wider influence through directing, supporting and enabling climate change related action in the wider local authority area; directly  through involvement with
social housing, transport planning, waste collection and development planning and control; and indirectly through programmes to raise awareness and influence behaviour, and through strategic partnerships in the wider
region.
Page 99 of 302

Page 100

PART 2 Governance, Management and Strategy
Governance and management
2a
2b
Strategy
2c
Provide a brief summary of objectives if they exist.
Wording of objective
Creating a safe and sustainable place for future generations.We will use our own organisations and influences to address climate change, tackle pollution, make sustainable energy choices, reduce and recycle waste and promote sustainable transport options, such as cycling and walking to support people’s health and wellbeing.By 2018/19 there will be:- Future risks and opportunities for partners and our communities of predicted climate change scenarios and impacts identified, and action taken to adapt accordingly. Future risks and opportunities for partners and our communities identified in relation to the sustainable use of resources. The total domestic energy consumption in the Perth and Kinross area (kWh) will have reduced. By 2020/21 there will be:- Further contributions locally to the Scottis                             
Tackling Climate Change and Promoting Sustainable Places
2d
2e
Provide the name of any such document and the timeframe covered.
Topic area Name of document Link Time period covered Comments
Adaptation Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan LDP2, The Perth & Kinross Council Climate Change Strategy and Action Planhttps://www.pkc.gov.uk/media/45242/Adopted-Local-Development-Plan-2019-/pdf/LDP_2_2019_Adopted_Interactive.pdf?m=637122639435770000  https://www.pkclimateaction.co.uk/climate-change-strategy2019-2029, 2021 onwards
Business travel TACTRAN Regional Transport Strategy Refreshhttps://www.tactran.gov.uk/documents/RTSRefresh-FinalReport.pdf2015-2036 5.4.2 TRAVEL PLAN GUIDANCE AND SUPPORT The strategy seeks the development and co-ordination of workplace travel plans across the region.TP1 Maintain close working relationships with the ScottishGovernment, other RTPs, local authorities, travel organisations, business organisations and stakeholders to share best practice and establish a seamless approach to implementing and coordinating effective Travel Plans.TP2 Provide support and advice to establish effective Travel Plans throughout the public sector.TP3 Encourage the development of private sector Travel Plans with major employers.TP4 Pro                                             
Staff Travel TACTRAN Regional Transport Strategy Refreshhttps://www.tactran.gov.uk/documents/RTSRefresh-FinalReport.pdf2015-2036 6.4 - Climate Change DutiesTactran has undertaken work on producing a Transport Carbon Assessment which identifies the baseline position for both the Tactran and TAYplan regions and their constituent authority areas. This work identified key priority mitigation areas where the Partnership and its RTS have significant potential to contribute to or support reduction in transport carbon emissions:  • supporting low carbon vehicles and infrastructure;• promoting eco-driving training and advice;• Travel Planning;• supporting road-based public transport infrastructure and services improvements• support                 
Energy efficiency Perth and Kinross Local Housing Strategy https://www.pkc.gov.uk/article/15102/Local-Housing-Strategy 2022-27 Deliver quality homes with affordable warmth, zero emissions and SMART technology - Improving the quality and energy efficiency of all types of homes, tackling fuel poverty through investment in properties, and setting a road map for reducing domestic carbon emissions.
Fleet transport Perth and Kinross Council Fleet Usage Policyhttps://www.pkc.gov.uk/media/50200/Fleet-Usage-Policy/pdf/Perth_and_Kinross_Council_Fleet_Usage_Policy_March_2022_002.pdf?m=638001523524000000PKC is working towards delivering the Scottish
ICT Digital Perth and Kinross 2023-27 https://www.pkc.gov.uk/article/23352/Digital-Strategy-Becoming-digital-Perth-and-Kinross#:~:text=Digital%20Perth%20and%20Kinross%202023%2D2027&text=It's%20a%20world%20in%20which,%2C%20place%2C%20economy%20and%20government.&text=Being%20connected%20and%20increasing%20digital,becoming%20Digital%20Perth%20and%20Kinross.2023-27 Connecting digitally/working smarter to reduce energy consumption
Renewable energy Perth and Kinross Local Development https://www.pkc.gov.uk/media/45242/Adopted-Local- 2019-29 Policy 33: Renewable and Low-Carbon Energy . Policy 32: Embedding Low and Zero Carbon Generating Technology in New Development Proposals
Sustainable/renewable heat Perth and Kinross Local Development https://www.pkc.gov.uk/media/45242/Adopted-Local- 2019-29 Policy 34: Sustainable Heating and Cooling) of the Local Development Plan (2019) notes that the Council will prepare Supplementary Guidance to assist in the consideration of planning applications and sustainable heating/cooling taking in to account a range of factors.
Waste management Perth and Kinross Waste Management Planhttps://www.pkc.gov.uk/media/1278/Perth-and-Kinross-Waste-Management-Plan/pdf/Perth_and_Kinross_Waste_Management_Plan.pdf?m=6360989513842700002010-2025 The Perth & Kinross Council Waste Management Plan
Water and sewerage Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan LDP2https://www.pkc.gov.uk/media/45242/Adopted-Local-Development-Plan-2019-/pdf/LDP_2_2019_Adopted_Interactive.pdf?m=6371226394357700002019-2029 Policy 51: Water Environment and Drainage.
Land Use Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan LDP2https://www.pkc.gov.uk/media/45242/Adopted-Local-Development-Plan-2019/pdf/LDP_2_2019_Adopted_Interactive.pdf?m=6371226394357700002019-2029 Policy 14: Open Space Retention and Provision. Policy 33: Renewable and Low Carbon Energy. Policy 38: Environment and Conservations. Policy 40: Forestry, Woodland and Trees
Other (please specify in comments)
Other (please specify in comments) Local Flood Risk Management Plans (LFRMP)https://www.pkc.gov.uk/frmplans 2022-2028 Flooding and Flood Risk Policy 50: New Development and Flooding.Within the parameters as defined by this policy the Council supports the delivery of the actions and objectives to avoid an overall increase, reduce overall, and manage flood risk as set out within the relevant SEPA Flood Risk Management Strategies and the Local Flood Risk Management Plans.
Other (please specify in comments) EV Infrastructure Strategy https://perth-and-kinross.cmis.uk.com/perth-and-kinross/Meetings/tabid/70/ctl/ViewMeetingPublic/mid/397/Meeting/3467/Committee/136/Default.aspxEV Infrastructure Item 4 - Appendices 1 and 2. PKC want
Other (please specify in comments)
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
2f What are the body’s top 5 priorities for climate change governance, management and strategy for the year ahead?
Provide a brief summary of the body’s areas and activities of focus for the year ahead.
Provide a summary of the roles performed by the body’s governance bodies and members in relation to climate change. If any of the body’s activities in relation to climate change sit outside its own
governance arrangements (in relation to, for example, land use, adaptation, transport, business travel, waste, information and communication technology, procurement or behaviour change), identify
these activities and the governance arrangements. Provide a diagram / chart to outline the governance structure within the body.
Perth and Kinross Council declared their support for action to address the climate emergency through a motion in June 2019, outlining a plan of action to mitigate and adapt to the effects of
Climate Change. The Interim Climate Emergency Report and Action Plan was approved by Perth and Kinross Council in December 2019 with a view to establishing a baseline from which the Council
can engage with national and local elected representatives, partners, communities and citizens. The planned extensive public engagement on the draft plan was planned for early 2020,  however
was delayed due to the Covid-19 pandemic and took place from October 2020 through to January 2021. Following this, a finalised Climate Change Report and Action Plan was approved by the
Council in December 2021.
Day to day governance of many issues  concerning climate change are primarily through the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee. The Committee considers matters relating to: climate
change, sustainability of the natural environment, biodiversity, and environmental well-being. The Committee monitors and oversees progress in relation to the Council's Climate Change Action
Plan, while it also provides guidance to the relevant Committees in relation to:  Environmental Protection and Enhancement, Countryside Management, Parks and Open Spaces,  Trees and
Woodlands,  Flood Prevention and Waste Management.
How is climate change action managed and embedded in the body?
Provide a summary of how decision-making in relation to climate change action by the body is managed and how responsibility is allocated to the body’s senior staff, departmental heads etc. If any
such decision-making sits outside the body’s own governance arrangements (in relation to, for example, land use, adaptation, transport, business travel, waste, information and communication
technology, procurement or behaviour change), identify how this is managed and how responsibility is allocated outside the body. Provide a diagram to show how responsibility is allocated to the
body’s senior staff, departmental heads etc.
The Depute Chief Executive  leads on Climate Change within the Council and act as the Executive Sponsor of the Climate Change and Sustainability Group.  Co-ordination and progress reporting of
the Council's commitments under the Climate Change (Scotland) Act 2009 is part of the remit of the Climate Change and Zero Waste Team based in Environment & Infrastructure.The Climate
Change and Sustainability Group (previously named Low Carbon Working Group) consisting of representatives from the relevant housing and environment teams allows for co-ordinated sharing of
best practice across the services. The Group is divided into thematic subgroups (Energy & Buildings, Transport, Climate Resilience, Waste & Circular Economy, Education & Engagement, Governance,
Business & Industry, and Land use).
The corporate committee report template includes requirement for Sustainability and Climate Change and Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) to be considered as part of the committee
reporting process. The sustainability assessment section also reflects the Council’s duty under the Climate Change (Scotland) Act 2009. The template also requires use of the council's Integrated
Public Sector Report on Compliance with Climate Change Duties 2024 Template FY
How is climate change governed in the body?
Corporate Plan 2022/23 to 2027/28 https://www.pkc.gov.uk/article/23060/Corporate-Plan-Priority-Tackling-climate-change-and-supporting-sustainable-places
Does the body have specific climate change mitigation and adaptation objectives in its corporate plan or similar document?
Name of document Document Link
Perth and Kinross Community Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan) 2017-2027, 'Creating a safe and sustainable place for future generations' - 5. Building a Sustainable Future, page 42http://www.pkc.gov.uk/media/40553/Community-Plan-Local-Outcomes-Improvement-Plan-2017-2027/pdf/LOIP_online.pdf?m=636567189070430000
Perth and Kinross Council Climate Change Strategy and Action Plan available at https://www.pkclimateaction.co.uk/climate-change-strategy
Does the body have any plans or strategies covering the following areas that include climate change?
Does the body have a climate change plan or strategy?
If yes, provide the name of any such document and details of where a copy of the document may be obtained or accessed.
Page 100 of 302

Page 101

2g
If yes, please provide details of the key findings and resultant action taken.
(a) This refers to the tool developed by Resource Efficient Scotland for self-assessing an organisation’s capability / performance in relation to climate change.
Further information
2h Supporting information and best practice
The Council has a a cross-organisational Climate Change and Sustainability Group that is responsible for overall progress and delivery of climate action.
The Council has worked with Community leaders to establish an independent Climate Change Commission (that includes 25% young people) to provide scrutiny over Council's climate progress
1.Connue to mainstream climate change into commiee procedures and council operaons, including through the rollout of embedding the Impact and Value Assessment Tool in commiee
reporting;
2.Connue rollout of carbon literacy training to all council employees with a targeted focus on elected officials and key decision makers;
3.Develop an acon plan for our Scope 3 carbon footprint
4.Connue to build capacity of procurement and contract management staff around ensuring climate change is appropriately considered in procurement and delivery processes, including in
category strategies for high emission categories
5.Support the Perth & Kinross Climate Commission to relaunch and rebrand
Has the body used the Climate Change Assessment Tool (a) or equivalent tool to self-assess its capability / performance?
The CCAT completed for Perth & Kinross Council in July 2024 gave an overall score of 71%, an increase of 2% on the previous year. There was overall progress in line with Council targets. Two of the
five sub-topics showed progress, with Climate Governance showing the biggest improvement moving up from 89% to 93%.  This increase is attributed to the inclusion of Climate Change as a
strategic priority in the new Corporate Plan, increased organisational accountability and the implementation of the Impact and Value Assessment Tool which was introduced in 2023. Progress was
also identified in the Adaptation sub-topic that covers questions related to  climate risks and opportunities as a result of climate hazards – utilising the results of the Climate Risk and Opportunity
Assessment for Perth and Kinross that was finalised in Spring 2023.
Procurement has remained the lowest scoring sub-topic at 38% - the need to improve climate considerations in procurement is an identified aim of the ongoing procurement transformation
programme.
Provide any other relevant supporting information and any examples of best practice by the body in relation to governance, management and strategy.
Page 101 of 302

Page 102

Page 102 of 302

Page 103

PART 3 Corporate Emissions, Targets and Project Data
Emissions
3a Emissions from the start of the year which the body uses as a baseline (for its carbon footprint) to the end of the report year
Reference year Year Year type Scope 1 Scope 2 Scope 3 Total Units Comments
Baseline Year 2015/16 Financial/Calendar/Other 9,033 14,676 14,995 38,704.60 tCO2e
Baseline has been amended to provide
consistency in trend data. Diesel was
removed to avoid double counting with
emissions calculated by transport mileage. 
2015/16 baseline to reflect this. Figures may
differ from previous years' submission due
to a recalculation after coding emissions
under the correct scope to allow accuracy in
data.
3 Year 1 carbon footprint 2016/17 Financial/Calendar/Other 8,339 12,661 18,859 39,859.00 tCO2e
Figures  differ from previous years'
submission due to a recalculation after
coding emissions under the correct scope to
allow accuracy in data.
4 Year 2 carbon footprint 2017/18 Financial/Calendar/Other 8,593 9,967 19,153 37,713.00 tCO2e
Figures  differ from previous years'
submission due to a recalculation after
coding emissions under the correct scope to
allow accuracy in data.
5 Year 3 carbon footprint 2018/19 Financial/Calendar/Other 10,180 5,314 20,488 35,981.70 tCO2e
Includes fleet and business travel data for
the first time. Scope 2 emission total has
been updated from 2018/19 report to
account for multiple sources as in previous
years. Scope 1 total is lower than previous
years due to lower gas figure as 2018 was a
mild winter, introduced fixed temperatures
and heating seasons, and extended the use
of BMS and half hourly (HH). Figures may
differ from previous years' submission due
to a recalculation after coding emissions
under the correct scope to allow accuracy in
data.
6 Year 4 carbon footprint 2019/20 Financial/Calendar/Other 10,722 6,823 19,560 37,104.50 tCO2e
Scope 1 total increased in 2019/20 due to
colder weather and biomass boilers being
offline for works and repairs, so gas
increased as used as back up for heating.
This also explains why there was  reduced
biomass consumption. Kerosene 2019/20
increased as during refurbishment works
two schools were converted from Gas Oil to
kerosene (cheaper and less polluting fuel).
Figures may differ from previous years'
submission due to a recalculation after
coding emissions under the correct scope to
allow accuracy in data.
7 Year 5 carbon footprint 2020/21 Financial/Calendar/Other 10,163 5,106 19,337 34,605.20 tCO2e
Scope 1 emissions increased due to some
vehicle emissions transferrring from being
erroneously coded as Scope 3 and Out of
Scope to Scpe 1 this year.
With this removal from Scope 3, the Scope 3
emissions stayed relatvely flat due to the
addition of homeworking emissions.  Figures
may differ from previous years' submission
due to a recalculation after coding
emissions under the correct scope to allow
accuracy in data.
8 Year 6 carbon footprint 2021/22 Financial/Calendar/Other 10,670 5,217 20,122 36,008.00 tCO2e
Scope 1 emissions increased from 2020/21
due to increased vehicle use across Councll
fleet. Transport emissions have still
decreased since 2019 which is the last
comparable year without the Covid-19
impacts.
Scope 2 and 3 emissions have remained
relatively flat in comparison to the previous
reporting year, however, some energy
emissions were erroneously coded as Scope
2 which partly justifies the increase in this
year's Scope 3 emissions.
9 Year 7 carbon footprint 2022/23 Financial/Calendar/Other 9,719.30 4,730.42 26,021.91 40,471.63 tCO2e
Scope 1 and 2 emissions decreased from
2021/22. Scope 3 emissions increased,
however, this is attributed to adding more
accurate data in relation to staff travel to
and from work as a result of a staff travel
and homeworking survey that was
conducted. This has been added on the
table below and as a result, 5368.92 tCO2e
have been added to this reporting year's
footprint. Without the inclusion of these
emissions, the total footprint would have
reduced when compared to last year's
figure, however, this would not provide an
accurate representation of the Council's
footprint.
10 Year 8 carbon footprint 2023/24 Financial/Calendar/Other 9,441.47 4,517.73 13,987.42 27,946.63 tCO2e
Perth and Kinross Council's footprint
decreased by approximately 31% compared
to 2022/23.  This significant reduction is
largely due to changes in waste processing,
with smaller reductions in emissions from
energy produced on site, business travel and
employee commuting.   In August 2023,
Perth and Kinross Council committed to a
long-term residual waste contract for
Energy from Waste (incineration) rather
than landfilling of residual waste.  While
only a partial year, this led to a dramatic
decrease in year-on-year emissions from
Landfill of 11,868 tCO2e (64.5%). In April
2023, the Council introduced a tarrif for
public EV (electric vehicle) charging. As a
result, emissions arising from public EV
charging are now reported under Scope 3, as
opposed to being included in the Council's
Scope 2 emissions in the previous years. 
The introduction of the tarrif also led to
decreased usage of EV chargers across the
local authority area, further contributing to
the reductions of emissions associated with
elecricity consumption (now Scope 3).
11 Year 9 carbon footprint 0 Financial/Calendar/Other - tCO2e
12 Year 10 carbon footprint 0 Financial/Calendar/Other - tCO2e
13 Year 11 carbon footprint 0 Financial/Calendar/Other - tCO2e
14 Year 12 carbon footprint 0 Financial/Calendar/Other - tCO2e
15 Year 13 carbon footprint 0 Financial/Calendar/Other - tCO2e
16 Year 14 carbon footprint 0 Financial/Calendar/Other - tCO2e
17 Year 15 carbon footprint 0 Financial/Calendar/Other - tCO2e
18 Year 16 carbon footprint 0 Financial/Calendar/Other - tCO2e
19 Year 17 carbon footprint 0 Financial/Calendar/Other - tCO2e
20 Year 18 carbon footprint 0 Financial/Calendar/Other - tCO2e
3b Breakdown of emissions sources Please refrain from deleting rows or columns anywhere in this template. This workbook is password protected to prevent this and should not be unlocked.
Emission Factor Year 2023
You can filter emission sources by "type" in column C to enable quicker selection of emission source in column D. See the list in the Emissions Tab.
User defined emission sources can be entered in rows 131 onwards. Please only use these if you cannot find a relevant emission source in the dropdown list or you have a bespoke emission factor or non-standard derivation of emissions e.g. based on a survey/consumption data. If you require extra rows in the table please send the template to ccreporting@ed.ac.uk.
Emission Type Emission source Scope Consumption data Units Emission factor Units Emissions (tCO2e) Comments
Waste Commercial and industrial waste - Landfill Scope 3 3,196 tonnes 520.33474 kg CO2e/tonnes 1662.98151
Waste Organic: food and drink waste - Anaerobic digestion Scope 3 1,120 tonnes 8.91242 kg CO2e/tonnes 9.98284
Waste Organic: garden waste - Composting Scope 3 19,020 tonnes 8.91242 kg CO2e/tonnes 169.51117
Waste Paper and board: mixed - Recycled Scope 3 6,554 tonnes 21.28081 kg CO2e/tonnes 139.47441
Waste WEEE - mixed - Combustion Scope 3 1,186 tonnes 21.28081 kg CO2e/tonnes 25.24053 This is for WEEE - Mixed - Recycled but it was not an option in the list. WEEE combustion has the same emission factor so reported the figures under that option as advised.
Waste Glass - Recycled Scope 3 3,880 tonnes 21.28081 kg CO2e/tonnes 82.56834
Waste Plastics: average plastics - Recycled Scope 3 1,366 tonnes 21.28081 kg CO2e/tonnes 29.06958
Waste Clothing - Recycled Scope 3 217                                                                                    tonnes 21.28081 kg CO2e/tonnes 4.60759
Waste Commercial and industrial waste - Combustion Scope 3 5,579 tonnes 21.28081 kg CO2e/tonnes 118.73556
Waste Wood - Recycled Scope 3 3,312 tonnes 21.28081 kg CO2e/tonnes 70.48510
Waste Household/Municipal/Domestic waste - Combustion Scope 3 19,599 tonnes 21.28081 kg CO2e/tonnes 417.07399
Waste Tyres - Recycled Scope 3 85                                                                                      tonnes 21.28081 kg CO2e/tonnes 1.81398
Waste Plasterboard - Recycled Scope 3 213                                                                                    tonnes 21.28081 kg CO2e/tonnes 4.53451
Waste Average construction - Recycled Scope 3 5,333 tonnes 0.98491 kg CO2e/tonnes 5.25236
Waste Mineral oil - Recycled Scope 3 20                                                                                      tonnes 21.28081 kg CO2e/tonnes 0.42742
Waste Metal: scrap metal - Recycled Scope 3 1,072 tonnes 21.28081 kg CO2e/tonnes 22.81303
Waste Metal: steel cans - Recycled Scope 3 352                                                                                    tonnes 21.28081 kg CO2e/tonnes 7.48297
Waste Metal: aluminium cans and foil (excl. forming) - Recycled Scope 3 271                                                                                    tonnes 21.28081 kg CO2e/tonnes 5.77370
Waste Household/Municipal/Domestic waste - Landfill Scope 3 9,756 tonnes 497.04471 kg CO2e/tonnes 4848.95642
Waste Books - Recycled Scope 3 48                                                                                      tonnes 21.07310 kg CO2e/tonnes 1.01198
Electricity Electricity: UK Scope 2 21,816,963 kWh 0.20707 kg CO2e/kWh 4517.73209 Includes unmeasured and corporate consumption
Electricity Transmission and distribution - Electricity: UK Scope 3 21,816,963 kWh 0.01792 kg CO2e/kWh 390.85332
Fuels Natural gas Scope 1 34,915,144 kWh 0.18293 kg CO2e/kWh 6386.98980
Fuels Gas oil Scope 1 1,529,014 kWh 0.25650 kg CO2e/kWh 392.18541
Public Sector Report on Compliance with Climate Change Duties 2024 Template FY
Complete the following table using the greenhouse gas emissions total for the body calculated on the same basis as for its annual carbon footprint / management reporting or, where applicable, its sustainability reporting. Include greenhouse gas
emissions from the body’s estate and operations (a) (measured and reported in accordance with Scopes 1 & 2 and, to the extent applicable, selected Scope 3 of the Greenhouse Gas Protocol (b). If data is not available for any year from the start of the
baseline year to the end of the report year, provide an explanation in the comments column.
(a) No information is required on the effect of the body on emissions which are not from its estate and operations.
(b) This refers to “The greenhouse gas protocol. A corporate accounting and reporting standard (revised edition)”, World Business Council for Sustainable Development, Geneva, Switzerland / World Resources Institute, Washington DC, USA (2004),
ISBN: 1-56973-568-9.
Complete the following table with the breakdown of emission sources from the body’s most recent carbon footprint (greenhouse gas inventory); this should correspond to the last entry in the table in 3(a) above. Use the ‘Comments’ column to explain what is included within each category of emission source entered in the first column. If there is no data
consumption available for an emission source enter the emissions in kgCO2e in the ‘Consumption’ column of one of the “Other” rows and assign the scope and an emission factor of 1.
SELECT APPROPRIATE BASELINE YEAR. TOTAL EMISSIONS IN THE MOST RECENT FOOTPRINT YEAR IN THIS QUESTION SHOULD EQUAL TOTAL EMISSIONS IN Q3B
(a) Emissions factors are published annually by the UK Department for Energy Security & Net Zero
Page 103 of 302

Page 104

Fuels Burning oil (Kerosene) Scope 1 277,358 kWh 0.24677 kg CO2e/kWh 68.44453
Bioenergy Wood chips Scope 1 2,218,106 kWh 0.01074 kg CO2e/kWh 23.82246
Water Water supply Scope 3 146,641 cubic metres 0.10000 kg CO2e/cubic metres 14.66410
Water Water treatment Scope 3 134,042 cubic metres 0.19000 kg CO2e/cubic metres 25.46798
Transport - car Average car - Unknown Scope 3 1,386,571 miles 0.26817 kg CO2e/miles 371.83328 This is the total Grey Fleet miles claimed
Transport - car Small car - Hybrid Scope 1 920,643 miles 0.16336 kg CO2e/miles 150.39234 Fleet vehicles - mileage taken from tracker/FMS
Transport - car Small car - Diesel Scope 1 351,394 miles 0.22420 kg CO2e/miles 78.78101 Fleet vehicles - mileage taken from tracker/FMS
Transport - car Medium car - Diesel Scope 1 7,607 miles 0.26902 kg CO2e/miles 2.04640 Fleet vehicles - mileage taken from tracker/FMS
Transport - car Large car - Diesel Scope 1 7,628 miles 0.33570 kg CO2e/miles 2.56069 Fleet vehicles - mileage taken from tracker/FMS
Transport - car Small car - Petrol Scope 1 144,704 miles 0.22660 kg CO2e/miles 32.78949 Fleet vehicles - mileage taken from tracker/FMS
Transport - van/HGV Vans - Class II (1.305 to 1.74 tonnes) - Diesel Scope 1 171,541 miles 0.28013 kg CO2e/miles 48.05361 Fleet vehicles - mileage taken from tracker/FMS
Transport - van/HGV Vans - Class III (1.74 to 3.5 tonnes) - Diesel Scope 1 1,289,319 miles 0.40792 kg CO2e/miles 525.93770 Fleet vehicles - mileage taken from tracker/FMS
Transport - van/HGV HGV (all diesel) - All rigids - Average laden Scope 1 1,007,654 miles 1.32470 kg CO2e/miles 1334.84211 Fleet vehicles - mileage taken from tracker/FMS
Transport - van/HGV HGV (all diesel) - All artics - Average laden Scope 1 209,613 miles 1.45877 kg CO2e/miles 305.77745 Fleet vehicles - mileage taken from tracker/FMS
All Vans - Average (up to 3.5 tonnes) - Diesel Scope 1 238,704 miles 0.37224 kg CO2e/miles 88.85493 Fleet vehicles - mileage taken from tracker/FMS - this is our Fleet Minibuses (no option under transport)
Transport - car Small fleet car - Battery Electric Vehicle Scope 1 38,321 miles 0.00000 kg CO2e/miles 0.00000 Fleet vehicles - mileage taken from tracker/FMS
Transport - car Large fleet car - Battery Electric Vehicle Scope 1 69,901 miles 0.00000 kg CO2e/miles 0.00000 Fleet vehicles - mileage taken from tracker/FMS
Homeworking Homeworking (office equipment + heating) Scope 3 2072971 FTE Working Hour 0.33378 kg CO2e/FTE Working Hour 691.91876 estimated FTE working hour figure as a result of a staff travel and homeworking survey
Electricity Electricity: UK Scope 3 1,102,690 kWh 0.20707 kg CO2e/kWh 228.33875 emissions arising from EV public charging
Electricity Transmission and distribution - Electricity: UK Scope 3 1,102,690 kWh 0.01792 kg CO2e/kWh 19.75481
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box 0.00000 Please state in comments if this value is 0 because no emissions exist or if emissions likely exist, but are unknown
Other Other (please specify in comments) Scope 3 - 0.0000000 4616.796378 estimated emissions arising from staff travel to/from work as a result of a staff travel and homeworking survey
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
Other Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box -
121 27,946.634 #NAME?
3c Generation, consumption and export of renewable energy
Provide a summary of the body’s annual renewable generation (if any), and whether it is used or exported by the body.
Total consumed by the body (kWh) Total exported (kWh) Total consumed by the body (kWh) Total exported (kWh) Comments
Biomass - - 2,218,106 -
Air Source Heat Pump 160,222
Solar thermal 25,000
Solar PV 373,512
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Targets
3d Organisational targets
Name of target Type of target Target Units Boundary/scope of target Year used as baseline Baseline figure Units of baseline Target completion year
Progress against
target Comments
Net zero target Absolute net zero by 2045 total % reduction All emissions 2015/16 43,308 tCO2e 2045/46 Emissions have reduced since the baseline year, however,  we need to accelerate emissions reductions in the upcoming years in order to meet the 2045 net zero target.Baseline year 2015/16
Emissions arising from Council Estate (non-domestic properties)Absolute 68% reduction by 2030 compared to 2020 levels tCO2e reduction Energy use in buildings 2015/16 10,111 tCO2e 2030/31 Emissions have been steadily decreasing since the baseline year
Energy consumption reduction target for non-domestic Perth and Kinross Council portfolioPercentage 3% annual reduction for 2022/23 KWh reduction Energy use in buildings Please select from drop down box 57,939,867 kWh 2022/23 Emissions have been reducing, however, baseline is consumption for 2022/23 and we are therefore not abel to track progress against the baseline year.Baseline will be the projected consumption for 2022/23
Remove oil as fuel for heating and hot water in PKC estateAbsolute all sites with oil as heat to be removed by 2030 KWh reduction Energy use in buildings 2020/21 2,923,457 kWh 2030/31 Emissions have been reduced significantly.Baseline year 2021
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
3da
3db How will the body publish, or otherwise make available, it's progress towards achieving its emissions reduction targets?
Provide any other relevant supporting information. In the event that the body wishes to refer to information already publshed, provide information about where the publication can be accessed.
Simply referencing this report or it's availabilty on the SSN website is insufficient information.
Technology
Renewable Electricty Renewable Heat
List all of the body’s targets of relevance to its climate change duties. Where applicable, targets for reducing indirect emissions of greenhouse gases, overall carbon targets and any separate land use, energy efficiency, waste, water, information and
communication technology, transport, travel and heat targets should be included. Where applicable, you should also provide the body’s target date for achieving zero direct emissions of greenhouse gases, or such other targets that demonstrate how
the body is contributing to Scotland achieving its emissions reduction targets.
How will the body align its spending plans and use of resources to contribute to reducing emissions and delivering its emission reduction targets?
Provide any relevant supporting information that is not already included elsewhere in this report.
Climate change is becoming increasingly embedded within the Council’s financial planning.  There is an annual revenue budget of c. £500k linked directly to delivery of the acon plan.  Starng from the 2023/24 budget seng process, all proposals were screened on climate change implicaons and this has connued yearly
Page 104 of 302

Page 105

Projects and changes
3e
Emissions source Total estimated annual carbon savings (tCO2e) Comments
Electricity 31
Natural gas 55
Other heating fuels 8                                                                                                                                                              Gas oil and Kerosene
Waste 11,420
Water and sewerage
Travel
Fleet transport
Other (please specify in comments)
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Total 11,514
3f
Project name Funding source First full year of CO2e savings Are these savings figures estimated or actual? Capital cost (£) Operational cost (£/annum) Project lifetime (years) Primary fuel/emission source saved
Estimated carbon savings per year
(tCO2e/annum)
Estimated costs
savings (£/annum) Behaviour Change Comments
Heating and Controls Upgrade - 2 High Street Revenue & Capital 2024/25 estimated £46k £45k 25 Please select from drop down box 23                                                                          £6k Yes
Hot Water rationislation - Alyth PS Borrowing 2024/25 estimated £27k £13k 25 Please select from drop down box 3                                                                            £1.5k No
BMS Upgrade - Arngask Borrowing 2024/25 estimated £26k £9k 25 Please select from drop down box 8                                                                            £2.3K Yes
Auchterarder PS - LED upgrade Borrowing 2024/25 estimated £69k 25 Please select from drop down box Please select from dropdown box
Blairgowrie HS - LED upgrade Borrowing 2024/25 estimated £30k 25 Please select from drop down box Please select from dropdown box
Auchterarder HS - LED upgrade Borrowing 2024/25 estimated £29k 25 Please select from drop down box Please select from dropdown box
Auchterarder HS - Energy Saving Projects Borrowing 2024/25 estimated £17k 25 Please select from drop down box Please select from dropdown box
AK Bell - New Boilers Borrowing 2024/25 estimated £50k 25 Please select from drop down box Please select from dropdown box
Residual Waste Contract Revenue 2024/25 actual £4.6m 10 (3+2) Please select from drop down box 11,400 Please select from dropdown box
project lifetime is 10 years with a potential expansion of 5 years (3+2)
as stated in the contract award. Carbon savings identified are actual
carbon savings for the first half year (2023/24 - project began in August
2023). These are expected to fluctuate for the duration of the contract
Twin Stream Capital, revenue & income 2024/25 estimated £2.25m 3 (1+1) Please select from drop down box 20 Please select from dropdown box
Project rolled out January 2024 - estimated carbon savings provided as
a result of improving recycling by reducing contamination rates and
diverting waste away from landfill. This project was funded mainly
through capital from RIF, however PKC did contribute to the initial
Communications for this also as a one off cost (£131k). Cardboard,
paper & container mix are anticipated to deliver an income, however
this is reliant on market conditions throughout the contracts, as there
has been expenditure & income with the container mix contract to
date. Both are 3 year contracts with the possibility to extend for 2
years (1+1).
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from dropdown box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from dropdown box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from dropdown box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from dropdown box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from dropdown box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from dropdown box
3g
Emissions source Total estimated annual emissions (tCO2e) Increase or decrease in emissions Comments
Estate changes Please select from drop down box
Service provision Please select from drop down box
Staff numbers Please select from drop down box
Other (please specify in comments) Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Total -
3h Anticipated annual carbon savings from all projects implemented by the body in the year ahead
Emissions source Total estimated annual carbon savings (tCO2e) Comments
Electricity -
Natural gas 40
Other heating fuels 10
Waste
Water and sewerage
Travel
Fleet Transport
Other (please specify in comments)
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Total 50
3i
Emissions source Total estimated annual emissions (tCO2e) Increase or decrease in emissions Comments
Estate changes 150 decrease 3% target year on year energy consumption decrease across the Council's estate portfolio
Service provision 5,000 decrease Energy from Waste Plant - diverting waste away from landfill
Staff numbers Please select from drop down box
Other (please specify in comments) 281 increase new Perth Museum will contribute to total energy increase
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Total 4,869-                                                                                        
3j
Total savings Total estimated emissions savings (tCO2e) Comments
Total project savings since baseline year Not enough valid data to comment
Further information
3k
If no projects are expected to be implemented against an emissions source, enter “0”.
If the organisation does not have any information for an emissions source, enter “Unknown”.
If the organisation does not include the emissions source in its carbon footprint, enter “N/A”.
Estimated total annual carbon savings from all projects implemented by the body in the report year
If no projects were implemented against an emissions source, enter "0".
If the body does not have any information for an emissions source, enter “Unknown”.
If the body does not include the emissions source in its carbon footprint, enter “N/A”.
Detail the top 10 carbon reduction projects to be carried out by the body in the report year
Provide details of the 10 projects which are estimated to achieve the highest carbon savings during report year.
Estimated decrease or increase in the body’s emissions attributed to factors (not reported elsewhere in this form) in the report year
If the emissions increased or decreased due to any such factor in the report year, provide an estimate of the amount and direction
Progress towards Perth & Kinross Council's emissions reduction targets is made publilcy available on the Perth and Kinross Climate Action website, where an annual report is published. The third annual progress report of Perth and Kinross Council's
Climate Change Strategy and Action Plan will be completed and published by November 2024. https://www.pkclimateaction.co.uk/
Climate Change progress is also reported via the Council's  Corporate Plan.
Estimated decrease or increase in emissions from other sources in the year ahead
If the body’s corporate emissions are likely to increase or decrease for any other reason in the year ahead, provide an estimate of the amount and direction.
Total carbon reduction project savings since the start of the year which the body used as a baseline for its carbon footprint
If the body has data available, estimate the total emissions savings made from projects since the start of that year ("the baseline year").
Supporting information and best practice
Provide any other relevant supporting information and any examples of best practice by the body in relation to corporate emissions, targets and projects.
Page 105 of 302

Page 106

PART 4 Adaptation -  please do not include information in this part on measures that solely reduce emissions with no implications for climate adaptation. These are climate mitigation measures which should be reported in the Emissions tab.
Assessing and managing risk
4a Has the body assessed current and future climate-related risks?
4b
Taking action
4c What action has the body taken to adapt to climate change?
4d Where applicable, what contribution has the body made to helping deliver the Programme?
Provide any other relevant supporting information
Review, monitoring and evaluation
4e What arrangements does the body have in place to review current and future climate risks?
4f What arrangements does the body have in place to monitor and evaluate the impact of the adaptation actions?
Future priorities for adaptation
4g
Further information
4h
In 2021 the Council created a cross-departmental Resilience Working Group that has developed a resilience action plan that has been included in the Council's updated action plan adopted in December
2021.  We also are actively involved with the Tayside Resilience Forum, which looks at resilience planning across the Tayside Region.
Increased flooding includng scour is currently our most significant climate risk.  We are working to implement our Flood Risk Management Plan and a Bridge Scour Programme. A Tayside Adapts Partnership
was formed in Spring 2024. This involves Perth and Kinros Council, Angus Council and Dundee City Council. 
Include details of work to increase awareness of the need to adapt to climate change and build the capacity of staff and stakeholders to assess risk and implement action. The body may wish to make
reference to the Scottish Climate Change Adaptation Programme  (“the Programme”).
We have developed a staff e-learning course covering both mitigation and adaption to help build wider awareness of the need to adapt.  Awareness of the risks have been built with working group members
- many of whom are key actors (e.g. head of greenspace)
In 2023, we began climate literacy training for all Council staff that includes both adaptation and mitigation modules.
Public Sector Report on Compliance with Climate Change Duties 2024 Template
If yes, provide a reference or link to any such risk assessment(s).
We procured a consultant to  carry out a Climate Change Risk and Opportunity Assessment for Perth and Kinross Council looking at both risks for Perth and Kinross as an area and operational risks to the
Council. The Assessment was finalised in August 2023 and can be accessed via the links below.
https://www.pkclimateaction.co.uk/files/CCRA_Executive_Summary.pdf
https://www.pkclimateaction.co.uk/files/PK_CCROA_pdf.pdf
What arrangements does the body have in place to manage climate-related risks?
Provide details of any climate change adaptation strategies, action plans and risk management procedures, and any climate change adaptation policies which apply across the body.
Supporting information and best practice
Provide any other relevant supporting information and any examples of best practice by the body in relation to adaption.
Perth and Kinross Council is an active member of the Public Sector Climate Adaptation Network (organised by Adaptation Scoland, previously named Adaptation Scotland Working Group) and attends
monthly online sessions and bi-annual in person sessions with the group. Perth and Kinross Council undertook a climate risk and opportunity assessment in the reporting year and the results, as well as, the
methodology and lessons learnt from the process have been communicated with the group members and those who are at an early stage in their adaptation journey. The Council is also a member of
developing the Tayside Adapts Partnership between Angus Council, Dundee City Council, Perth and Kinross Council the Adaptation Scotland programme.
The Climate Adaptation plan will be updated annually. 
The comprehensive assessment that was undertaken in 2023 will be refreshed at minimum of five yearly cycles to align with updated risk assessments
Please provide details of monitoring and evaluation criteria and adaptation indicators used to assess the effectiveness of actions detailed under Question 4(c) and Question 4(d).
We have developed a KPI framework to monitor and evaluate the impact of the adaptation actions. These are:
Annual Adaptation Scotland Capability Framework Score
Number of community groups engaged in proactive resilience work
Red/amber/green of flood risk management actions
Number of bridge scour assessments undertaken
What are the body’s top 5 climate change adaptation priorities for the year ahead?
Provide a summary of the areas and activities of focus for the year ahead.
Undertake a strategic climate change risk and opportunity assessment for Perth and Kinross Council Area
Develop updated roads development guide to resolve conflicts with adoption criteria for SUDS with roads maintenance requirements as well as providing wider resilience benefits (e.g. shading and
biodiversity corridors and protection)
Develop and implement scour protection programme for key Council assets"
Continuing contribution and support to the delivery of Nature Rich Leven and other catchment management approaches 
Continued delivery of Flood Risk Management Cycle 1 Projects and commence Cycle 2 projects.
Provide details of arrangements to review current and future climate risks, for example, what timescales are in place to review the climate change risk assessments referred to in Question 4(a) and
adaptation strategies, action plans, procedures and policies in Question 4(b).
Page 106 of 302

Page 107

PART 5 Procurement
5a How have procurement policies contributed to compliance with climate change duties?
5b How has procurement activity contributed to compliance with climate change duties?
Further information
5c Supporting information and best practice
Public Sector Report on Compliance with Climate Change Duties 2024 Template
Sustainable outcomes are included in Councils specifications.
Examples of positive outcomes delivered in 2023/24 include;
Cross Tay Link Road
Energy Performance Certificates
Consideration of the climate emissions associated with refuse and recycling collection as part of the tender evaluation for new waste contracts.
Provide any other relevant supporting information and any examples of best practice by the body in relation to procurement.
Provide information relating to how the procurement policies of the body have contributed to its compliance with climate changes duties.
A Sustainable Procurement policy was introduced a number of years ago to support the Council to comply with its climate change duties, and commits the Council to buying more sustainably which in turn
offers cost efficiency, support the Councils commitment to Corporate Social Responsibility and promotes health improvements amongst stakeholders.
Key outcomes included in the policy are
•              Reduce carbon emissions
•              Contribute to climate change adaption through procurement activity
•              Embed sustainability at the heart of procurement activity
•              Deliver a variety of sustainable outcomes
A copy of the Council's sustainability policy can be found here https://www.pkc.gov.uk/media/38287/Sustainable-procurement-policy/pdf/Sustainable_procurement_policy.pdf?m=636153429492200000
The 2024-2029 Sustainable Procurement Strategy was approved by Full Council in June 2024. https://www.pkc.gov.uk/media/52863/Sustainable-Procurement-Strategy-2024-
2029/pdf/Sustainable_Procurement_Strategy_2024-2029_FINAL.pdf?m=1719421875317
The Strategy includes an Aim of Protecting our Environment, desined to support a fair transition to net zero and minimise our environmental impact. There are a number of objectives under this aim
including influencing the reduction of carbon omissions and waste minimisation.
Provide information relating to how procurement activity by the body has contributed to its compliance with climate changes duties.
Page 107 of 302

Page 108

PART 6 Validation and Declaration
6a Internal validation process
Briefly describe the body’s internal validation process, if any, of the data or information contained within this report.
6b Peer validation process
Briefly describe the body’s peer validation process, if any, of the data or information contained within this report.
6c External validation process
Briefly describe the body’s external validation process, if any, of the data or information contained within this report.
6d No Validation Process
If any information provided in this report has not been validated, identify the information in question and explain why it has not been validated.
6e Declaration
Name:
Role in the body:
Date: Date in format (dd/mm/yyyy)
Public Sector Report on Compliance with Climate Change Duties 2024 Template
I confirm that the information in this report is accurate and provides a fair representation of the body’s performance in relation to climate change.
The process is initially reviewed by Officers in the Climate Change Team and then reviewed and approved by the Climate Change Board and Climate Change and Sustainability Commiee
The Council annually submits its Local Authority Area report to CDP. The CDP report  includes an annual review of the Council's area wide targets, including mitigation and adaptation.
Page 108 of 302

Page 109

Recommended Reporting: Reporting on Wider Influence
Wider Impact and Influence on GHG Emissions
Q1) Historic Emissions (Local Authorities Only)
Please indicate emission amounts and unit of measurement (e.g. tCO2e) and years. Please provide information on the following components using data from the links provided below. Please use (1) as the default unless targets and actions relate to (2).
Please note : territorial emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O) are provided, but not fluorinated gases, which are also included in the UK territorial greenhouse gas emissions statistics. Prior to the 2005 to 2020 publication the statistics covered emissions of carbon dioxide only
(1) UK local and regional CO2e emissions: subset dataset (emissions within the scope of influence of local authorities):
(2) UK local and regional CO2e emissions: full dataset:
https://data.gov.uk/dataset/723c243d-2f1a-4d27-8b61-cdb93e5b10ff/emissions-of-carbon-dioxide-for-local-authority-areas
Local Authority:(Please State) Perth and Kinross
DESNZ Dataset:(full or sub-set) Full
Source Sector 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 Units Comments
4 Total Emissions                                                                  1,143.59                               1,167.83                                                                1,140.61                      1,100.00                                                                     1,046.51                            1,009.02                                                                  1,007.04                          987.70                                                                                               951.39                                                                                       800.53                                                                                                                                                                  883.55                                                                               878.06 ktCO2e
1 Industry and Commercial                                                                      218.62                                  227.18                                                                   217.33                          226.49                                                                        175.73                                151.65                                                                     145.64                          145.29                                                                                               126.31                                                                                       108.00                                                                                                                                                                  147.40                                                                               133.76 ktCO2e
2 Domestic                                                                      396.62                                  425.22                                                                   406.02                          347.20                                                                        332.14                                303.10                                                                     291.14                          285.97                                                                                               278.71                                                                                       263.90                                                                                                                                                                  271.52                                                                               239.89 ktCO2e
3 Transport total                                                                      528.35                                  515.43                                                                   517.25                          526.31                                                                        538.64                                554.27                                                                     570.27                          556.44                                                                                               546.37                                                                                       428.64                                                                                                                                                                  464.62                                                                               504.41 ktCO2e
5 Per Capita                                                                        11.03                                    11.41                                                                     10.87                            10.41                                                                             9.83                                    9.29                                                                          9.23                              9.04                                                                                                    8.69                                                                                            7.82                                                                                                                                                                      8.42                                                                                    8.33 ktCO2e
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
2a) Targets
Please detail your wider influence targets
Sector Type of Target (units) Baseline value Start year Target Target/End year Saving in latest year
measured Latest Year Measured
Overall Reduction Target Absolute (TCO2) 1452413.1 2005 0.0 2045 47.9 2022
Overall Reduction Target Absolute (TCO2) 1551.0 1990 388.0 2030 47.9 2022
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
2b) Does the organisation have an overall mission statement, strategies, plans or policies outlining ambition to influence emissions beyond your corporate boundaries? If so, please detail this in the box below.
Q3) Policies and Actions to Reduce Emissions
Please detail any of the specific policies and actions which are underway to achieve your emission reduction targets
Sector Start year for policy/action implementation Year that the policy/action will be fully
implemented
Annual CO2 saving once
fully implemented (tCO2) Latest Year measured Saving in latest year
measured (tCO2) Delivery Role During project/policy design and implementation, has
ISM or an equivilent behaviour change tool been used? Please give further details of this behaviour change activity. Value of Investment (£) Ongoing Costs (£/year) Primary Funding Source for Implementation of Policy/Action
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box Please select from drop down box
Please provide any detail on data sources or limitations relating to the information provided in Table 3
Q4) Partnership Working, Communications and Capacity Building
Please detail your Climate Change Partnership, Communication or Capacity Building Initiatives below.
Organisation's project role Lead Organisation (if not
reporting organisation) Private Partners Public Partners 3rd Sector Partners Outputs Comments
Supporting Commissioners while varied in experience do not formally represent their organisation on the
Commission and instead have joined in an indivdiaul capacity
Participant Perth and Kinross
Countryside Trust
Nature Scot, Forestry
Scotland, Cairngorms
NPA, Loch Lommond
and the Trussochs
NPA
NFU
Lead The Perth and Kinross Climate Action website and social media are used to promote both Council
and community initiatives relating to climate action.
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Q5) Please detail key actions relating to Food
and Drink, Biodiversity, Water, Procurement
and Resource Use in the table below
Key Action Type
Food & Drink
Biodiversity
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
A food partnership will encourage more collaborative working by
enabling connections to be made between those working across the
food themes and in turn, making better use of time and resource. The
partnership may also lead to greater funding opportunities.
Addressing the food themes collectively will derive significantly more
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Actions will protect and restore Scotland's biodiversity and help
create nature networks for species to migrate in a warming climate.
There are additional community empowerment impacts through the
delivery of the nature restoration fund.
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Partnership Working Perthshire Nature Connections Partnership - Exploring landscape scale change across Perth and Kinross
Communications Perth and Kinross Climate Action Website and social media (Facebook, Twitter, Instagram)
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Key Action Description
Metric/indicators for monitoring progress
Perth & Kinross Council Climate Change Strategy and Action Plan https://www.pkclimateaction.co.uk/climate-change-strategy-and-action-plan
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Other Notable Reportable Activity
Organisation's Project Role
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Description
Net Zero for Perth and Kinross by 2045
75% reduction by 2030
Status
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Comments
Area wide total greenhouse emissions in 2022 have reduced by 3.67%  compared to the 2021 values
Area wide total greenhouse emissions in 2022 have reduced by 3.67%  compared to the 2021 values
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Good Food Project Officer appointed to work with local community groups and partners to establish a food partnership for the council area and to develop a food strategy and action plan. Climate
and biodiversity concerns will be addressed as a key theme within this work. Specific objectives include promoting sustainable food production and consumption and resource efficiency and
identifying ways to reduce, redirect, and recycle food, packaging, and related waste. These themes overlap with themes addressing procurement, catering and the local food economy - which seek to
source more local food, reducing food miles and carbon footprint as a consequence.
Please select from drop down box
Q6) Please use the text box below to detail further climate change related activity that is not noted elsewhere within this reporting template
Planning applications are screened by the Tree and Biodiversity Officer for potential impacts on biodiversity; PKC respond to Scottish Foresty Consultations to promote sustainable forest
management and planting the right type of woodland in the right place to enhance landscape and biodiversity as well as enhancing carbon capture and storage. Emphasis on native species,
enhancing connectivity of habitats and creating opportunities for public access is encouraged; PKC Community Greenspace changed the grass management regime with a Grassland Management
Trails in response to an action in the Climate Action Plan and several requests from communities to manage more parks and greenspaces for the benefit of biodiversity; PKC are members of the
Perth & Kinross INNS Working Group led by NatureScot with Scottish Forestry, SEPA and TBP.  Through the DM process and new Planning for Nature Guidance, we require INNS management plans
be submitted detailing eradication plans when INNS are present on site; For the past three years,  PKC has been awarded a capital grant of the Scottish Government’s Nature Restoration Fund.
Although the award was intended to be spent on Council land or buildings, in line with the Perth & Kinross Offer, the Council has been able to provide support to community-led biodiversity
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
CommentsImpacts
Supporting
Please select from drop down box
Comments
Key Action Type Description
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
DESNZ Sectors
Other Sectors
Please select from drop down box
Partnership Working
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Please select from drop down box
Establishment of a Perth and Kinross Climate Change Commission
Page 109 of 302

Page 110

Scope Level 1 Level 3 UOM GHG Conversion Factor 2023
(kgCO2e/unit)
Scope 1 Bioenergy Biogas kWh 0.00022
Scope 1 Bioenergy Biogas tonnes 1.23595
Scope 1 Bioenergy Landfill gas kWh 0.00020
Scope 1 Bioenergy Wood chips kWh 0.01074
Scope 1 Bioenergy Wood chips tonnes 40.58114
Scope 1 Bioenergy Wood pellets kWh 0.01074
Scope 1 Bioenergy Wood pellets tonnes 51.56192
Scope 2 Electricity Electricity: UK kWh 0.20707
Scope 3 Electricity Transmission and distribution - Electricity: UK kWh 0.01792
Scope 1 Fuels Aviation spirit kWh 0.24382
Scope 1 Fuels Aviation spirit litres 2.33116
Scope 1 Fuels Aviation turbine fuel kWh 0.24758
Scope 1 Fuels Aviation turbine fuel litres 2.54269
Scope 1 Fuels Burning oil (Kerosene) kWh 0.24677
Scope 1 Fuels Burning oil (Kerosene) litres 2.54016
Scope 1 Fuels Burning oil (Kerosene) tonnes 3165.04181
Scope 1 Fuels Coal (industrial) tonnes 2396.47994
Scope 1 Fuels Diesel (100% mineral diesel) litres 2.65937
Scope 1 Fuels Diesel (average biofuel blend) litres 2.51206
Scope 1 Fuels Fuel oil kWh 0.26813
Scope 1 Fuels Fuel oil litres 3.17492
Scope 1 Fuels Fuel oil tonnes 3228.89019
Scope 1 Fuels Gas oil kWh 0.25650
Scope 1 Fuels Gas oil litres 2.75541
Scope 1 Fuels Gas oil tonnes 3226.57859
Scope 1 Fuels LPG kWh 0.21450
UK Government GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting
Factors by Category
Category
Page 110 of 302

Page 111

Scope 1 Fuels LPG litres 1.55713
Scope 1 Fuels Marine fuel oil litres 3.10202
Scope 1 Fuels Marine gas oil litres 2.77139
Scope 1 Fuels Natural gas kWh 0.18293
Scope 1 Fuels Petrol (100% mineral petrol) litres 2.34503
Scope 1 Fuels Petrol (average biofuel blend) litres 2.09747
Scope 1 Fuels Propane kWh 0.21410
Scope 1 Fuels Propane litres 1.54358
Scope 1 Fuels Waste oils kWh 0.25641
Scope 1 Fuels Waste oils litres 2.74924
Scope 1 Fuels Waste oils tonnes 3219.37916
Scope 2 Heat and steam District heat and steam kWh 0.17965
Scope 2 Heat and steam Onsite heat and steam kWh 0.17965
Scope 3 Heat and steam Transmission and distribution - district heat & steam, 5% loss kWh 0.00945
Scope 3 Homeworking Homeworking (office equipment + heating) FTE Working Hour 0.33378
Scope 3 Hotel stay Hotel stay - UK Room per night 10.40000
Scope 3 Hotel stay Hotel stay - UK (London) Room per night 11.50000
Scope 3 Material use Aggregates - Primary material production tonnes 7.75138
Scope 3 Material use Aggregates - Recycled source tonnes 3.19491
Scope 3 Material use Aggregates - Re-used tonnes 2.21000
Scope 3 Material use Asbestos - Primary material production tonnes 27.00000
Scope 3 Material use Asphalt - Primary material production tonnes 39.21249
Scope 3 Material use Asphalt - Recycled source tonnes 28.65491
Scope 3 Material use Asphalt - Re-used tonnes 1.73826
Scope 3 Material use Average construction - Primary material production tonnes 80.21282
Scope 3 Material use Batteries - Alkaline - Primary material production tonnes 4633.47826
Scope 3 Material use Batteries - Li ion - Primary material production tonnes 6308.00000
Scope 3 Material use Batteries - NiMh - Primary material production tonnes 28380.00000
Scope 3 Material use Bricks - Primary material production tonnes 241.75138
Scope 3 Material use Clothing - Primary material production tonnes 22310.00000
Scope 3 Material use Clothing - Re-used tonnes 152.25000
Scope 3 Material use Compost derived from food and garden waste - Primary material productiontonnes 114.83405
Scope 3 Material use Compost derived from garden waste - Primary material production tonnes 112.01742
Scope 3 Material use Concrete - Primary material production tonnes 131.75138
Page 111 of 302

Page 112

Scope 3 Material use Concrete - Recycled source tonnes 3.19491
Scope 3 Material use Electrical items - fridges and freezers - Primary material production tonnes 4363.33333
Scope 3 Material use Electrical items - IT - Primary material production tonnes 24865.47556
Scope 3 Material use Electrical items - large - Primary material production tonnes 3267.00000
Scope 3 Material use Electrical items - small - Primary material production tonnes 5647.94563
Scope 3 Material use Food and drink - Primary material production tonnes 3701.40359
Scope 3 Material use Glass - Primary material production tonnes 1402.76667
Scope 3 Material use Glass - Recycled source tonnes 823.18954
Scope 3 Material use Insulation - Primary material production tonnes 1861.75138
Scope 3 Material use Insulation - Recycled source tonnes 1852.08125
Scope 3 Material use Metal: aluminium cans and foil (excl. forming) - Primary material productiontonnes 9108.72731
Scope 3 Material use Metal: aluminium cans and foil (excl. forming) - Recycled source tonnes 990.47810
Scope 3 Material use Metal: mixed cans - Primary material production tonnes 5254.64731
Scope 3 Material use Metal: mixed cans - Recycled source tonnes 1461.67759
Scope 3 Material use Metal: scrap metal - Primary material production tonnes 3669.43615
Scope 3 Material use Metal: scrap metal - Recycled source tonnes 1620.27606
Scope 3 Material use Metal: steel cans - Primary material production tonnes 3086.72731
Scope 3 Material use Metal: steel cans - Recycled source tonnes 1726.72731
Scope 3 Material use Metals - Primary material production tonnes 4005.13777
Scope 3 Material use Metals - Recycled source tonnes 1558.94894
Scope 3 Material use Mineral oil - Primary material production tonnes 1401.00000
Scope 3 Material use Mineral oil - Recycled source tonnes 676.00000
Scope 3 Material use Paper and board: board - Primary material production tonnes 801.52177
Scope 3 Material use Paper and board: board - Recycled source tonnes 699.88184
Scope 3 Material use Paper and board: mixed - Primary material production tonnes 868.06994
Scope 3 Material use Paper and board: mixed - Recycled source tonnes 718.56937
Scope 3 Material use Paper and board: paper - Primary material production tonnes 910.47810
Scope 3 Material use Paper and board: paper - Recycled source tonnes 730.47810
Scope 3 Material use Plasterboard - Primary material production tonnes 120.05000
Scope 3 Material use Plasterboard - Recycled source tonnes 32.17000
Scope 3 Material use Plastics: average plastic film - Primary material production tonnes 2560.25566
Scope 3 Material use Plastics: average plastic film - Recycled source tonnes 1890.70135
Scope 3 Material use Plastics: average plastic rigid - Primary material production tonnes 3263.92202
Scope 3 Material use Plastics: average plastic rigid - Recycled source tonnes 2744.09248
Page 112 of 302

Page 113

Scope 3 Material use Plastics: average plastics - Primary material production tonnes 3102.44851
Scope 3 Material use Plastics: average plastics - Recycled source tonnes 2322.22425
Scope 3 Material use Plastics: HDPE (incl. forming) - Primary material production tonnes 3255.92980
Scope 3 Material use Plastics: HDPE (incl. forming) - Recycled source tonnes 2346.68907
Scope 3 Material use Plastics: LDPE and LLDPE (incl. forming) - Primary material productiontonnes 2586.72731
Scope 3 Material use Plastics: LDPE and LLDPE (incl. forming) - Recycled source tonnes 1793.29541
Scope 3 Material use Plastics: PET (incl. forming) - Primary material production tonnes 4018.48341
Scope 3 Material use Plastics: PET (incl. forming) - Recycled source tonnes 3121.34429
Scope 3 Material use Plastics: PP (incl. forming) - Primary material production tonnes 3090.81790
Scope 3 Material use Plastics: PP (incl. forming) - Recycled source tonnes 2537.38600
Scope 3 Material use Plastics: PS (incl. forming) - Primary material production tonnes 3764.03981
Scope 3 Material use Plastics: PS (incl. forming) - Recycled source tonnes 3187.08199
Scope 3 Material use Plastics: PVC (incl. forming) - Primary material production tonnes 3399.17507
Scope 3 Material use Plastics: PVC (incl. forming) - Recycled source tonnes 2485.74317
Scope 3 Material use Soils - Recycled source tonnes 0.98491
Scope 3 Material use Tyres - Primary material production tonnes 3335.57190
Scope 3 Material use Tyres - Re-used tonnes 731.21789
Scope 3 Material use Wood - Primary material production tonnes 312.61178
Scope 3 Material use Wood - Recycled source tonnes 112.96968
Scope 3 Material use Wood - Re-used tonnes 38.54288
Scope 1 Process Desflurane kg 2540.00000
Scope 1 Process Sevoflurane kg 130.00000
Scope 1 Process Isoflurane kg 510.00000
Scope 1 Process Anaesthetic Nitrous Oxide kg 298.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants HFC-134a kg 1300.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants HFC-32 kg 677.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R404A kg 3943.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R407C kg 1624.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R410A kg 1924.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R422D kg 2473.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R422E kg 2350.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R423A kg 2274.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R424A kg 2212.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R425A kg 1431.00000
Page 113 of 302

Page 114

Scope 1 Refrigerants R426A kg 1371.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R427A kg 2024.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R428A kg 3417.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R429A kg 13.80000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R430A kg 106.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R431A kg 40.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R432A kg 1.80000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R433A kg 0.64000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R433B kg 0.16000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R433C kg 0.55000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R434A kg 3075.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R435A kg 28.40000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R436A kg 1.35000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R436B kg 1.47000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R437A kg 1639.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R438A kg 2059.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R439A kg 1828.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R440A kg 156.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R441A kg 0.23000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R442A kg 1754.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R443A kg 1.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R444A kg 89.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R445A kg 118.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R500 kg 7564.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R501 kg 3870.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R502 kg 4786.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R503 kg 13299.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R504 kg 4299.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R505 kg 7956.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R506 kg 3857.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R507A kg 3985.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R508A kg 11607.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R508B kg 11698.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R509A kg 5758.00000
Page 114 of 302

Page 115

Scope 1 Refrigerants R510A kg 1.24000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R511A kg 7.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R512A kg 196.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R600 = butane kg 0.00600
Scope 1 Refrigerants R600A = isobutane kg 3.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R601 = pentane kg 5.00000
Scope 1 Refrigerants R601A = isopentane kg 5.00000
Scope 2 Renewables Renewable Elec Purchase Direct Supply kWh 0.00000
Scope 2 Renewables Renewable Heat Purchase Direct Supply kWh 0.00000
Scope 2&3 Transport - car Average business travel car - Battery Electric Vehicle km 0.05480
Scope 2&3 Transport - car Average business travel car - Battery Electric Vehicle miles 0.08819
Scope 2&3 Transport - car Average business travel car - Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle km 0.09392
Scope 2&3 Transport - car Average business travel car - Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle miles 0.15113
Scope 3 Transport - car Average car - Diesel km 0.16983
Scope 3 Transport - car Average car - Diesel miles 0.27332
Scope 3 Transport - car Average car - Hybrid km 0.11898
Scope 3 Transport - car Average car - Hybrid miles 0.19147
Scope 3 Transport - car Average car - Petrol km 0.16391
Scope 3 Transport - car Average car - Petrol miles 0.26379
Scope 3 Transport - car Average car - Unknown km 0.16664
Scope 3 Transport - car Average car - Unknown miles 0.26817
Scope 1 Transport - car Average fleet car - Battery Electric Vehicle km 0.00000
Scope 1 Transport - car Average fleet car - Battery Electric Vehicle miles 0.00000
Scope 1 Transport - car Average fleet car - Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle km 0.06588
Scope 1 Transport - car Average fleet car - Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle miles 0.10601
Scope 2&3 Transport - car Large business travel car - Battery Electric Vehicle km 0.05797
Scope 2&3 Transport - car Large business travel car - Battery Electric Vehicle miles 0.09330
Scope 2&3 Transport - car Large business travel car - Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle km 0.10158
Scope 2&3 Transport - car Large business travel car - Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle miles 0.16349
Scope 3 Transport - car Large car - Diesel km 0.20859
Scope 3 Transport - car Large car - Diesel miles 0.33570
Scope 3 Transport - car Large car - Hybrid km 0.15244
Scope 3 Transport - car Large car - Hybrid miles 0.24530
Scope 3 Transport - car Large car - Petrol km 0.27224
Page 115 of 302

Page 116

Scope 3 Transport - car Large car - Petrol miles 0.43812
Scope 3 Transport - car Large car - Unknown km 0.22612
Scope 3 Transport - car Large car - Unknown miles 0.36389
Scope 1 Transport - car Large fleet car - Battery Electric Vehicle km 0.00000
Scope 1 Transport - car Large fleet car - Battery Electric Vehicle miles 0.00000
Scope 1 Transport - car Large fleet car - Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle km 0.07082
Scope 1 Transport - car Large fleet car - Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle miles 0.11397
Scope 2&3 Transport - car Medium business travel car - Battery Electric Vehicle km 0.05257
Scope 2&3 Transport - car Medium business travel car - Battery Electric Vehicle miles 0.08458
Scope 2&3 Transport - car Medium business travel car - Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle km 0.08501
Scope 2&3 Transport - car Medium business travel car - Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle miles 0.13680
Scope 3 Transport - car Medium car - Diesel km 0.16716
Scope 3 Transport - car Medium car - Diesel miles 0.26902
Scope 3 Transport - car Medium car - Hybrid km 0.10904
Scope 3 Transport - car Medium car - Hybrid miles 0.17549
Scope 3 Transport - car Medium car - Petrol km 0.17819
Scope 3 Transport - car Medium car - Petrol miles 0.28676
Scope 3 Transport - car Medium car - Unknown km 0.17246
Scope 3 Transport - car Medium car - Unknown miles 0.27754
Scope 1 Transport - car Medium fleet car - Battery Electric Vehicle km 0.00000
Scope 1 Transport - car Medium fleet car - Battery Electric Vehicle miles 0.00000
Scope 1 Transport - car Medium fleet car - Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle km 0.06144
Scope 1 Transport - car Medium fleet car - Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle miles 0.09887
Scope 3 Transport - car Motorbike - Average km 0.11367
Scope 3 Transport - car Motorbike - Average miles 0.18294
Scope 2&3 Transport - car Small business travel car - Battery Electric Vehicle km 0.04823
Scope 2&3 Transport - car Small business travel car - Battery Electric Vehicle miles 0.07763
Scope 2&3 Transport - car Small business travel car - Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle km 0.05402
Scope 2&3 Transport - car Small business travel car - Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle miles 0.08694
Scope 3 Transport - car Small car - Diesel km 0.13931
Scope 3 Transport - car Small car - Diesel miles 0.22420
Scope 3 Transport - car Small car - Hybrid km 0.10150
Scope 3 Transport - car Small car - Hybrid miles 0.16336
Scope 3 Transport - car Small car - Petrol km 0.14080
Page 116 of 302

Page 117

Scope 3 Transport - car Small car - Petrol miles 0.22660
Scope 3 Transport - car Small car - Unknown km 0.14037
Scope 3 Transport - car Small car - Unknown miles 0.22591
Scope 1 Transport - car Small fleet car - Battery Electric Vehicle km 0.00000
Scope 1 Transport - car Small fleet car - Battery Electric Vehicle miles 0.00000
Scope 1 Transport - car Small fleet car - Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle km 0.02163
Scope 1 Transport - car Small fleet car - Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle miles 0.03481
Scope 3 Transport - public Average local bus passenger.km 0.10215
Scope 3 Transport - public Black cab km 0.30604
Scope 3 Transport - public Black cab passenger.km 0.20402
Scope 3 Transport - public Coach passenger.km 0.02718
Scope 3 Transport - public Ferry - Average (all passenger) passenger.km 0.11270
Scope 3 Transport - public Ferry - Car passenger passenger.km 0.12933
Scope 3 Transport - public Ferry - Foot passenger passenger.km 0.01871
Scope 3 Transport - public Flights - Domestic, to/from UK - Average passenger passenger.km 0.27258
Scope 3 Transport - public Flights - International, to/from non-UK - Average passenger passenger.km 0.17580
Scope 3 Transport - public Flights - International, to/from non-UK - Business class passenger.km 0.39044
Scope 3 Transport - public Flights - International, to/from non-UK - Economy class passenger.km 0.13464
Scope 3 Transport - public Flights - International, to/from non-UK - First class passenger.km 0.53854
Scope 3 Transport - public Flights - International, to/from non-UK - Premium economy class passenger.km 0.21542
Scope 3 Transport - public Flights - Long-haul, to/from UK - Average passenger passenger.km 0.26128
Scope 3 Transport - public Flights - Long-haul, to/from UK - Business class passenger.km 0.58029
Scope 3 Transport - public Flights - Long-haul, to/from UK - Economy class passenger.km 0.20011
Scope 3 Transport - public Flights - Long-haul, to/from UK - First class passenger.km 0.80040
Scope 3 Transport - public Flights - Long-haul, to/from UK - Premium economy class passenger.km 0.32016
Scope 3 Transport - public Flights - Short-haul, to/from UK - Average passenger passenger.km 0.18592
Scope 3 Transport - public Flights - Short-haul, to/from UK - Business class passenger.km 0.27430
Scope 3 Transport - public Flights - Short-haul, to/from UK - Economy class passenger.km 0.18287
Scope 3 Transport - public International rail passenger.km 0.00446
Scope 3 Transport - public Light rail and tram passenger.km 0.02860
Scope 3 Transport - public Local bus (not London) passenger.km 0.11836
Scope 3 Transport - public Local London bus passenger.km 0.07832
Scope 3 Transport - public London Underground passenger.km 0.02780
Scope 3 Transport - public National rail passenger.km 0.03546
Page 117 of 302

Page 118

Scope 3 Transport - public Regular taxi km 0.20806
Scope 3 Transport - public Regular taxi passenger.km 0.14861
Scope 2&3 Transport - van/HGV Business Travel Van - Average (up to 3.5 tonnes) - Battery Electric Vehiclekm 0.07346
Scope 2&3 Transport - van/HGV Business Travel Van - Average (up to 3.5 tonnes) - Battery Electric Vehiclemiles 0.11824
Scope 2&3 Transport - van/HGV Business Travel Van - Class I (up to 1.305 tonnes) - Battery Electric Vehiclekm 0.03850
Scope 2&3 Transport - van/HGV Business Travel Van - Class I (up to 1.305 tonnes) - Battery Electric Vehiclemiles 0.06197
Scope 2&3 Transport - van/HGV Business Travel Van - Class II (1.305 to 1.74 tonnes) - Battery Electric Vehiclekm 0.05932
Scope 2&3 Transport - van/HGV Business Travel Van - Class II (1.305 to 1.74 tonnes) - Battery Electric Vehiclemiles 0.09547
Scope 2&3 Transport - van/HGV Business Travel Van - Class III (1.74 to 3.5 tonnes) - Battery Electric Vehiclekm 0.08967
Scope 2&3 Transport - van/HGV Business Travel Van - Class III (1.74 to 3.5 tonnes) - Battery Electric Vehiclemiles 0.14430
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Fleet Van - Average (up to 3.5 tonnes) - Battery Electric Vehicle km 0.00000
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Fleet Van - Average (up to 3.5 tonnes) - Battery Electric Vehicle miles 0.00000
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Fleet Van - Class I (up to 1.305 tonnes) - Battery Electric Vehicle km 0.00000
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Fleet Van - Class I (up to 1.305 tonnes) - Battery Electric Vehicle miles 0.00000
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Fleet Van - Class II (1.305 to 1.74 tonnes) - Battery Electric Vehicle km 0.00000
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Fleet Van - Class II (1.305 to 1.74 tonnes) - Battery Electric Vehicle miles 0.00000
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Fleet Van - Class III (1.74 to 3.5 tonnes) - Battery Electric Vehicle km 0.00000
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Fleet Van - Class III (1.74 to 3.5 tonnes) - Battery Electric Vehicle miles 0.00000
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV HGV (all diesel) - All artics - Average laden km 0.90644
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV HGV (all diesel) - All artics - Average laden miles 1.45877
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV HGV (all diesel) - All HGVs - Average laden km 0.87205
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV HGV (all diesel) - All HGVs - Average laden miles 1.40341
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV HGV (all diesel) - All rigids - Average laden km 0.82313
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV HGV (all diesel) - All rigids - Average laden miles 1.32470
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV HGVs refrigerated (all diesel) - All artics - Average laden km 1.04867
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV HGVs refrigerated (all diesel) - All artics - Average laden miles 1.68766
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV HGVs refrigerated (all diesel) - All HGVs - Average laden km 1.02098
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV HGVs refrigerated (all diesel) - All HGVs - Average laden miles 1.64310
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV HGVs refrigerated (all diesel) - All rigids - Average laden km 0.98025
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV HGVs refrigerated (all diesel) - All rigids - Average laden miles 1.57754
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Vans - Average (up to 3.5 tonnes) - Diesel km 0.23128
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Vans - Average (up to 3.5 tonnes) - Diesel miles 0.37224
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Vans - Average (up to 3.5 tonnes) - Petrol km 0.20132
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Vans - Average (up to 3.5 tonnes) - Petrol miles 0.32400
Page 118 of 302

Page 119

Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Vans - Average (up to 3.5 tonnes) - Unknown km 0.23037
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Vans - Average (up to 3.5 tonnes) - Unknown miles 0.37075
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Vans - Class I (up to 1.305 tonnes) - Diesel km 0.14212
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Vans - Class I (up to 1.305 tonnes) - Diesel miles 0.22875
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Vans - Class I (up to 1.305 tonnes) - Petrol km 0.18217
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Vans - Class I (up to 1.305 tonnes) - Petrol miles 0.29318
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Vans - Class II (1.305 to 1.74 tonnes) - Diesel km 0.17405
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Vans - Class II (1.305 to 1.74 tonnes) - Diesel miles 0.28013
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Vans - Class II (1.305 to 1.74 tonnes) - Petrol km 0.19594
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Vans - Class II (1.305 to 1.74 tonnes) - Petrol miles 0.31534
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Vans - Class III (1.74 to 3.5 tonnes) - Diesel km 0.25346
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Vans - Class III (1.74 to 3.5 tonnes) - Diesel miles 0.40792
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Vans - Class III (1.74 to 3.5 tonnes) - Petrol km 0.31444
Scope 1 Transport - van/HGV Vans - Class III (1.74 to 3.5 tonnes) - Petrol miles 0.50605
Scope 3 Waste Aggregates - Landfill tonnes 1.23401
Scope 3 Waste Aggregates - Recycled tonnes 0.98491
Scope 3 Waste Asbestos - Landfill tonnes 5.91332
Scope 3 Waste Asphalt - Landfill tonnes 1.23401
Scope 3 Waste Asphalt - Recycled tonnes 0.98491
Scope 3 Waste Average construction - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Average construction - Recycled tonnes 0.98491
Scope 3 Waste Batteries - Landfill tonnes 8.88413
Scope 3 Waste Batteries - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Books - Combustion tonnes 21.07310
Scope 3 Waste Books - Landfill tonnes 1164.09963
Scope 3 Waste Books - Recycled tonnes 21.07310
Scope 3 Waste Bricks - Landfill tonnes 1.23401
Scope 3 Waste Clinical Waste - Orange Stream tonnes 273.00000
Scope 3 Waste Clinical Waste - Other tonnes 1000.00000
Scope 3 Waste Clinical Waste - Red Stream tonnes 1000.00000
Scope 3 Waste Clinical Waste - Yellow Stream tonnes 297.00000
Scope 3 Waste Clothing - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Clothing - Landfill tonnes 496.68331
Scope 3 Waste Clothing - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Page 119 of 302

Page 120

Scope 3 Waste Commercial and industrial waste - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Commercial and industrial waste - Landfill tonnes 520.33474
Scope 3 Waste Concrete - Landfill tonnes 1.23401
Scope 3 Waste Concrete - Recycled tonnes 0.98491
Scope 3 Waste Glass - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Glass - Landfill tonnes 8.88413
Scope 3 Waste Glass - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Household/Municipal/Domestic waste - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Household/Municipal/Domestic waste - Landfill tonnes 497.04471
Scope 3 Waste Mixed dry recyclates - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Insulation - Landfill tonnes 1.23401
Scope 3 Waste Insulation - Recycled tonnes 0.98491
Scope 3 Waste Metal: aluminium cans and foil (excl. forming) - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Metal: aluminium cans and foil (excl. forming) - Landfill tonnes 8.88413
Scope 3 Waste Metal: aluminium cans and foil (excl. forming) - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Metal: mixed cans - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Metal: mixed cans - Landfill tonnes 8.88413
Scope 3 Waste Metal: mixed cans - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Metal: scrap metal - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Metal: scrap metal - Landfill tonnes 8.88413
Scope 3 Waste Metal: scrap metal - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Metal: steel cans - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Metal: steel cans - Landfill tonnes 8.88413
Scope 3 Waste Metal: steel cans - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Metals - Landfill tonnes 1.26435
Scope 3 Waste Metals - Recycled tonnes 0.98491
Scope 3 Waste Mineral oil - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Mineral oil - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Organic: food and drink waste - Anaerobic digestion tonnes 8.91242
Scope 3 Waste Organic: food and drink waste - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Organic: food and drink waste - Composting tonnes 8.91242
Scope 3 Waste Organic: food and drink waste - Landfill tonnes 700.20988
Scope 3 Waste Organic: garden waste - Anaerobic digestion tonnes 8.91242
Scope 3 Waste Organic: garden waste - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Page 120 of 302

Page 121

Scope 3 Waste Organic: garden waste - Composting tonnes 8.91242
Scope 3 Waste Organic: garden waste - Landfill tonnes 646.60659
Scope 3 Waste Organic: mixed food and garden waste - Anaerobic digestion tonnes 8.91242
Scope 3 Waste Organic: mixed food and garden waste - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Organic: mixed food and garden waste - Composting tonnes 8.91242
Scope 3 Waste Organic: mixed food and garden waste - Landfill tonnes 655.98717
Scope 3 Waste Paper and board: board - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Paper and board: board - Composting tonnes 8.91242
Scope 3 Waste Paper and board: board - Landfill tonnes 1164.39042
Scope 3 Waste Paper and board: board - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Paper and board: mixed - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Paper and board: mixed - Composting tonnes 8.91242
Scope 3 Waste Paper and board: mixed - Landfill tonnes 1164.39042
Scope 3 Waste Paper and board: mixed - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Paper and board: paper - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Paper and board: paper - Composting tonnes 8.91242
Scope 3 Waste Paper and board: paper - Landfill tonnes 1164.39042
Scope 3 Waste Paper and board: paper - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Plasterboard - Landfill tonnes 71.95000
Scope 3 Waste Plasterboard - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: average plastic film - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: average plastic film - Landfill tonnes 8.88413
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: average plastic film - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: average plastic rigid - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: average plastic rigid - Landfill tonnes 8.88413
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: average plastic rigid - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: average plastics - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: average plastics - Landfill tonnes 8.88413
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: average plastics - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: HDPE (incl. forming) - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: HDPE (incl. forming) - Landfill tonnes 8.88413
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: HDPE (incl. forming) - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: LDPE and LLDPE (incl. forming) - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: LDPE and LLDPE (incl. forming) - Landfill tonnes 8.88413
Page 121 of 302

Page 122

Scope 3 Waste Plastics: LDPE and LLDPE (incl. forming) - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: PET (incl. forming) - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: PET (incl. forming) - Landfill tonnes 8.88413
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: PET (incl. forming) - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: PP (incl. forming) - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: PP (incl. forming) - Landfill tonnes 8.88413
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: PP (incl. forming) - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: PS (incl. forming) - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: PS (incl. forming) - Landfill tonnes 8.88413
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: PS (incl. forming) - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: PVC (incl. forming) - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: PVC (incl. forming) - Landfill tonnes 8.88413
Scope 3 Waste Plastics: PVC (incl. forming) - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Soils - Landfill tonnes 19.51734
Scope 3 Waste Soils - Recycled tonnes 0.98491
Scope 3 Waste Tyres - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste WEEE - fridges and freezers - Landfill tonnes 8.88413
Scope 3 Waste WEEE - large - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste WEEE - large - Landfill tonnes 8.88413
Scope 3 Waste WEEE - mixed - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste WEEE - mixed - Landfill tonnes 8.88413
Scope 3 Waste WEEE - small - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste WEEE - small - Landfill tonnes 8.88413
Scope 3 Waste Wood - Combustion tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Waste Wood - Composting tonnes 8.91242
Scope 3 Waste Wood - Landfill tonnes 925.24450
Scope 3 Waste Wood - Recycled tonnes 21.28081
Scope 3 Water Water supply cubic metres 0.10000
Scope 3 Water Water supply million litres 110.00000
Scope 3 Water Water treatment cubic metres 0.19000
Scope 3 Water Water treatment million litres 190.00000
END
Page 122 of 302

Page 123

Perth and Kinross Council Briefing Note – High Carbon within
PKC’s purchased goods and services 
Introduction
In November 2023, the Climate Change and Sustainability Committee requested officers to
circulate a briefing note on high carbon within PKC’s purchased goods and services (Report
No. 23/329). This briefing note outlines the outputs of the analysis carried out by a
consultant (CO2Analysis) on the Council’s procurement and finance spend data. 
Methodology
The Council provided detailed extracts from its finance system covering suppliers, purchase
orders, invoices and journaled transactions for the past four financial years (2019/20, 20/21,
21/22 and 22/23). Artificial intelligence was then used to extract the product data from the
descriptions. The AI calculated the carbon footprint of the matched products using MRIO
data from CenSA (now University of Leeds as used by DEFRA). This document focuses on
the latest financial year (2022/23) outputs. 
Outputs
Perth and Kinross Council’s annual climate change report to the Scottish Government
(Report No. 23/329)  highlighted a carbon footprint of 40,471tCO2e for 2022/23. Please note
that the figures illustrated in the table below have been updated to reflect a change in the
methodology by SSN used to estimate homeworking emissions. As a result, although the
2022/23 footprint had been reported as 39,798tCO2e, it has now been updated to 40,471
tCO2e.
Table 1: Perth and Kinross Council’s 2022/23 Carbon Footprint (tCO2e)
Scope 1 Scope 2 Scope 3 Total Scope 3 sources
reported to date
Scope 3 Employee
Commuting
Total Footprint
9,719 4,730 26,022 20,653 5,369 40,471  
The results of the analysis showed an additional 152,126 tCO2e for Scope 3 emissions.
Incorporating this to PKC’s 2022/23 carbon footprint would result to a new total of 192,597
tCO2e. The Council’s updated carbon footprint for 2022/23 is shown in Table 2 below:
Table 2: Perth and Kinross Council’s 2022/23 Updated Carbon Footprint (tCO2e)
Scope
1
Scope
2
Scope 3
Total
Scope 3
sources
reported to
date
Scope 3
Employee
Commuting
Scope 3 purchased
goods and
services/capital
goods
Total Footprint
9,719 4,730 26,022 20,653 5,369 152,126 192,597 
The Top Suppliers and their footprint according to PKC’s spend for 2022/23 are explained in
Figure 1 below:
APPENDIX B
6
Page 123 of 302

Page 124

Figure 1: Supplier Breakdown 
Tayside Contracts is a commercially based local authority contracting organisation providing
catering, cleaning, roads maintenance, vehicle maintenance and winter maintenance
throughout Perth and Kinross.
BAM Nuttall Ltd is the main contractor for the Cross Tay Link Road, part of the Perth
Transport Futures infrastructure upgrade programme.
hub East Central Scotland (hubco) is a public/private partnership organisation delivering new
community infrastructure across Perth and Kinross.  Projects include the multi-million pound
Passivhaus design and building contracts Riverside Primary School, Perth High School and
replacement Blairgowrie Recreation Centre.  The tier 1 and Tier 2 supply chain is managed
directly by hubco.
The Top Cost Centres (PKC Departments) in relation to their annual spend and respective
carbon footprint are illustrated in Figure 2 below:
Page 124 of 302

Page 125

Figure 2: Top Cost Centres 
Recommended actions
PKC’s top 10 suppliers are the largest and easiest group to engage with.  Existing contracts
need to be managed down and new contracts can be developed with condition that will
reduce carbon in line with PKC’s climate change strategy and action plan.  
In addition to the above, engagement with internal cost centres/departments is vital in
achieving our carbon emissions reduction targets. A key action as a result of the analysis, is
to use a representative group to pilot creating carbon reduction plans. Informing all
departments and cost centres of their current usage is also essential in raising awareness of
the carbon impact of activities across PKC. Last, measuring savings for pilot departments
and showing progress along with cash savings resulting from stopping purchasing, reducing
usage and substituting products/services is also recommended as a key action. 
Using the data provided, departments can review every item purchased to look at what they
can:
• Stop purchasing
• Reduce purchasing by using more efficiently
• Substitute for a lower carbon alternative which should be significantly lower cost or
have longer life
Assessment caveats
Although the analysis has proven to be a useful to understand PKC’s spend from a carbon
perspective, there are a number of caveats which concern the validity of the assessment
results. These include, but are not limited to, the following:  
• Some PKC data such as those from the Health and Social Care Partnership were not
included in the analysis due to the sensitivity of personal data involved
Page 125 of 302

Page 126

• Although the data not included only represents a small percentage of PKC spend, it
is still not included meaning the analysis was not made on all PKC spend
• Due to the different finance systems across Council departments, it is believed that
not all data has been captured due to the consultants being unable to extract line
data which was required for the effective carbon impact analysis
• The analysis is a useful internal tool for the setting of departmental carbon reduction
plans, however, it cannot be used to report on the Council’s Scope 3 emissions as
part of its annual report to the Scottish Governments due to the uncertainties
mentioned above, but also the time constraints associated with the analysis of the
data and the annual submissions deadline. 
Page 126 of 302

Page 127

PERTH AND KINROSS COUNCIL 
Climate Change and Sustainability Committee 
23 October 2024 
MOBILITY STRATEGY 
Report by Strategic Lead - Economy, Development & Planning
(Report No. 24/289) 
1. PURPOSE 
1.1 The purpose of the report is to seek approval for the Consultation Draft
Mobility Strategy and associated Draft Action Plan.   
2. RECOMMENDATIONS
2.1   It is recommended that the Committee: 
• Approve the Mobility Strategy (Appendix 1) and the associated Action
Plan (Appendix 2).
• Note the supporting documentation (Consultation Note, Strategic
Environmental Assessment (SEA), and Integrated Impact Assessment
(IIA). 
3. STRUCTURE OF REPORT 
3.1  This report is structured over the following sections: 
• Section 4 – Background
• Section 5 – Context
• Section 6 – Mobility Strategy  
• Section 7 – Action Plan
• Section 8 – Co-ordination with City Centre Visioning
• Section 9 – Engagement and Consultation
• Section 10 – Conclusion  
• Appendices 
4. BACKGROUND 
4.1 Perth & Kinross Council’s Corporate Plan 2022-27 (Report No. 22/311 refers)
includes a list of local, regional and national strategies and plans which set out
the context for how we deliver the priorities contained in the Corporate Plan. A
Mobility Strategy has been identified as a key strategy in delivering two
Corporate Plan priorities: tackling climate change and supporting sustainable
places; and developing a resilient, stronger and greener local economy. 
7
Page 127 of 302

Page 128

4.2 The Mobility Strategy is one of three place-based strategies which shape how
places develop over the long-term: the others being the Local Housing
Strategy and the Local Development Plan. All three strategies aim to deliver
the Council's Corporate Plan vision of a Perth and Kinross where everyone
can live life well free from poverty and inequalities. The three place-based
strategies are visualised in Figure 1, along with their corresponding national
strategies. 
4.3 In addition, of specific relevance is the Council’s Climate Change Strategy and
Action Plan (December 2021) which identified six overarching principles that
will shape our long-term approach to Climate Change. The first principle
focuses on achieving a net zero Perth and Kinross, aligned with Scottish
Government targets. This identified the need to develop a Mobility Strategy to
deliver the best return on investment in the Council’s journey to net zero. 
4.4 The National Transport Strategy 2 (February 2020) sets out an ambitious
vision for Scotland’s transport system for the next 20 years. The vision is
underpinned by four priorities: Reduces Inequalities, Takes Climate Action,
Helps Deliver Inclusive Economic Growth and Improves our Health and
Wellbeing. It is proposed that Perth & Kinross Council’s Mobility Strategy
adopts these key priorities, ensuring they are fundamental to the development
and delivery of the strategy. The Strategy’s Transport Planning Objectives
(TPOs) are also aligned with Tactran’s ministerial approved Regional
Transport Strategy (RTS) and the Council’s Corporate Plan Priorities. 
Figure 1 - Place based strategies
Page 128 of 302

Page 129

Figure 2 – Alignment of Objectives 
4.5 Each objective has undergone a detailed development process and forms  the
basis for creating an organisational framework to inform decision-making, 
planning, and strategic leadership. The TPO’s are shown in Table 1 below: 
Table 1 – Transport Planning Objectives 
Page 129 of 302

Page 130

5. CONTEXT 
5.1 The Mobility Strategy is a local transport strategy which will set out Perth &
Kinross Council’s vision for managing and developing the transport and active
travel network over a 15-year timescale. The Mobility Strategy considers all
modes of transport for the movement of people and goods across Perth and
Kinross’s rural and urban settings, to help achieve national targets and local
objectives. The Strategy will respond to the climate change agenda and other
known drivers of change. 
5.2 The Mobility Strategy considers the impact on transport networks and
people’s travel patterns of emerging technologies, digital services, housing,
inclusion, poverty, health, climate adaptation, economic growth, air quality,
and place making. 
5.3 A simple three-stage approach was used to produce the Mobility Strategy. 
Stage 1 – Let’s Talk Transport – (Approved March 2023)
Stage 2 – Develop Consultation Draft Mobility Strategy – (Approved May 2024)
Stage 3 – Finalising the Mobility Strategy – (Adoption) 
6. MOBILITY STRATEGY
6.1 The Mobility Strategy (Appendix 1) marks the final step in the Council's
planned three-stage approach. This follows on from an 8-week consultation,
allowing for diverse stakeholders to share their thoughts on the documents. 
6.2 The Mobility Strategy (Appendix 1) is structured as follows:
Figure 3 – Mobility Strategy Sections 
Page 130 of 302

Page 131

6.3 Throughout the development process, insights from Let’s Talk Transport have
been important in informing the policy document combining analysed data and
perspectives gathered through the documents’ consultation. This has ensured
that the Mobility Strategy is robust, relevant, and adaptable to the diverse
needs and dynamics of Perth & Kinross. 
7. MOBILITY STRATEGY ACTION PLAN 
7.1 The Mobility Strategy Action Plan (Appendix 2) will enable the Council to plan,
programme, and deliver actions to achieve the Mobility Strategy’s Transport
Planning Objectives. Aligned with the Avoid Shift Improve (ASI) Framework
outlined in the Mobility Strategy (Appendix 1 - page 23), this plan aims to
enhance, facilitate, and promote sustainable transport and active travel
choices. 
7.2 A strategic appraisal of actions has been conducted, utilising Transport
Planning Objectives and various criteria including implementation, public
perception, environmental impacts, and more. The key themes of the action
plan, used to organise strategic actions, are shown in Table 2 below: 
Table 2 – Action Plan Themes 
Page 131 of 302

Page 132

7.3 Given its scope and magnitude, the Action Plan will be developed and
implemented over a 15-year timescale. Some actions will require robust
business case development and will be dependent on external funding, while
others can be executed in the short term. The timeline for each action
depends on its progress, size, scale, and the required resources. Identifying
such actions early in the planning process ensures strategic alignment,
accelerates development and delivery, mitigates risks, and encourages
external funding. 
8. CO-ORDINATION WITH PERTH CITY CENTRE DEVELOPMENT &
DESIGN FRAMEWORK 
8.1 The Mobility Strategy covers all of Perth and Kinross and has been developed
alongside the Perth City Centre Development & Design Framework that has
been recently approved for consultation (report 24/241 refers). 
8.2 The Mobility Strategy and Action Plan will both support and enable many of
the ambitious proposals across Perth City.  
9. ENGAGEMENT & CONSULTATION
9.1 The engagement and consultation on the Mobility Strategy and associated
Action Plan has dovetailed with the Local Development Plan focused Big
Place Conversation, ensuring mobility was not considered in isolation from
wider place-based issues.   
Figure 3 – Engagement and Consultation 
9.2 Following consideration by Committee, the Draft Mobility Strategy and Action
Plan underwent 8 weeks of public consultation using the Council’s
Consultation Hub platform. Officers conducted 6 in-person promotional stalls
across Perth and Kinross, along with using a variety of promotional tools both
physical and digital. 
Page 132 of 302

Page 133

9.3  The findings from the consultation have been summarised in the Consultation
Findings Report (Appendix 3), which also explores proposed changes to the
documents following feedback from the consultations. The recent draft
Mobility Strategy consultation exercises led to changes to the action plan in
response to participant feedback. 
10. NEXT STEPS 
10.1 Following approval of the Mobility Strategy and its Action Plan, officers will
work with internal delivery teams to allocate actions to the appropriate teams
and individuals, ensuring action leads are identified and monitored throughout
the strategy’s timeline. 
10.2 The information provided within the Action Plan on timescales, partners, and
costs, will enable action leads to prioritise and determine what is required for
successful development and delivery. 
10.3 This will align with the emerging Monitoring and Evaluation Plan to track
progress, identify constraints, and address any foreseeable issues which will
be reported on at appropriate intervals. 
11. CONCLUSION 
11.1 Following consultation on the draft Mobility Strategy Policy Document and
Action Plan, the collated feedback has been used to finalise the Mobility
Strategy. General endorsement was received showing support for the Mobility
Strategy, the 11 TPOs, and the Action Plan, in preparation for its adoption. 
Authors 
Name  Designation Contact Details 
Elliot Williamson 
Niall Moran 
Lead Mobility
Strategy Officer,
Planning, Transport &
Housing Strategy 
Team Leader,
Transportation &
Development 
(01738) 475000
EPLCommitteeReports@pkc.gov.uk 
Approved 
Name Designation Date
David Littlejohn  Strategic Lead -
Economy, Development &
Planning 
9 October 2024 
Page 133 of 302

Page 134

APPENDICES 
• Appendix 1 – Mobility Strategy 
• Appendix 2 – Mobility Strategy Action Plan and Methodology
• Appendix 3 – Consultation Note   
Page 134 of 302

Page 135

ANNEX 
1. IMPLICATIONS, ASSESSMENTS, CONSULTATION AND
COMMUNICATION  
Strategic Implications Yes / None
Community Plan / Single Outcome Agreement  Yes
Corporate Plan  Yes
Resource Implications  
Financial  None
Workforce None
Asset Management (land, property, IST) None
Assessments  
Equality Impact Assessment Yes
Strategic Environmental Assessment Yes
Sustainability (community, economic, environmental) Yes
Legal and Governance  No
Risk Yes
Consultation 
Internal  Yes
External  Yes
Communication 
Communications Plan  Yes 
1. Strategic Implications  
Community Plan/Single Outcome Agreement 
1.1 This report supports all of the priorities within the Community Plan 2022-27: 
(i) Reducing Poverty (including child poverty, fuel poverty and food 
poverty)
(ii) Mental and physical wellbeing
(iii) Digital participation
(iv) Skills, learning and development
(v) Employability 
Corporate Plan 
1.2 This report supports the objectives within the new Corporate Plan: - 
i) Children and young people grow up safe, respected, well-educated, and
confident in their ability to realise their full potential; 
ii) People and businesses are increasingly able to prosper in a local economy
which support low carbon ambitions and offers opportunities  for all; 
iii) People can achieve their best physical and mental health and have  access to
quality care and support when they need it; 
iv) Communities are resilient and physically, digital and socially connected; 
Page 135 of 302

Page 136

v) Perth and Kinross is a safe and vibrant place, mitigating the impact of climate
and environmental change for this and future generations. 
2. Resource Implications 
Financial 
2.1 There are no direct financial implications arising from this report. Infrastructure
actions from the Mobility Strategy Action Plan will be appropriately
incorporated into the Council’s 30-year Investment Plan. 
2.2 The finalised Mobility Strategy and associated Action Plan will also be used
as a key tool in supporting and securing external funding opportunities. 
Workforce 
2.3 There are no direct workforce implications regarding this report. Project staff
resourcing is being provided through existing posts and budgets and will be
regularly reviewed. 
Asset Management (land, property, IT) 
2.4 There are no direct asset management implications regarding this report. 
3. Assessments 
3.1 The Mobility Strategy has considered appropriate impact assessments using
the Council’s new Integrated Assessment Toolkit. 
3.2 A full Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) has been finalised and
reviewed by the Scottish Government consultation authorities via the SEA
Gateway. 
3.3 An Integrated Impact Assessment is finalised and adopts a similar approach
to Tactran’s Regional Transport Strategy. 
Legal and Governance 
3.4 There are no direct legal implications in this report. 
Risk 
3.5 Risks associated with the delivery of the Mobility Strategy are identified within
a project risk register. 
Page 136 of 302

Page 137

4. Consultation 
External 
4.1 Figure 3 visualises the different exercises used to engage with stakeholders 
throughout the development of the Mobility Strategy. 
Internal 
4.2 Internal engagement between council officers played a key role in developing
the strategy, this collaboration is governed through the Council’s Mobility
Working Group. 
5. Communication 
5.1 A Communication Plan was developed and delivered.   
2. BACKGROUND PAPERS 
2.1  All documents that have been relied on in preparing the report are already
referenced within the main body of the report.
Page 137 of 302

Page 138

Page 138 of 302

Page 139

Mobility Strategy
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well,
free from poverty and inequalities
7
Page 139 of 302

Page 140

©
Gunther Tschuch
Mobility Strategy
Page 140 of 302

Page 141

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality 1
Contents
1.    Purpose of the Mobility Strategy 5
What is the Mobility Strategy? 7
Who did we speak to when developing the Mobility Strategy?  8
How does the Mobility Strategy align with National, Regional,       
and Local Strategies and Policies?  9
2.    Understand the Problems 10
Let’s Talk Transport  11
Key Findings 11
3.    Objectives 14
Transport Planning Objectives Process 15
Transport Planning Objectives 16
Alignment with Corporate Plan and Other Strategies 17
4.    Action Plan 22
How do we achieve our Transport Planning Objectives?  23
Action Plan Methodology   25
National Transport Strategy 2 Investment Hierarchy  26
Strategic Transport Projects Review 2  26
5.    Delivery 29
Implementation 30
Monitoring and Evaluation 31
Future Uncertainty 32
Page 141 of 302

Page 142

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality
Mobility Strategy
2
Mobility Strategy
Purpose of the Strategy
To support the Perth and Kinross Corporate Plan, Transport Scotland’s National Transport Strategy (NTS2) and other
national and local Climate Change, Development Planning and Health strategies, the need for a Mobility Strategy was
identified to help Perth and Kinross Council to develop a transport system that supports all residents to live life well.
1.
Understand the problems
We undertook a wide consultation process with the public and relevant stakeholders, including the Big Place
Conversation, and produced a ‘Let’s Talk Transport’ report to detail the key transport problems and opportunities 
in Perth and Kinross.
2.
Objectives
We proposed 11 Transport Planning Objectives (TPOs) that helped us to develop targeted actions 
to address the main transport problems that you have identified through the consultation process as evidence.
3.
Action Plan
We proposed a list of Actions (guided by the Transport Planning Objectives) to address the transport problems that you’ve
told us about. The actions are contained in an Action Plan and includes actions like improving active travel infrastructure
and improving bus services.
4.
Delivery
Once the Mobility Strategy is approved by Committee, we will get to work on implementation and delivery 
of the actions. The delivery will be monitored and evaluated against the indicators detailed in the Action Plan 
and against continued consultation.
5.
Page 142 of 302

Page 143

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality 3
Acronyms
ASI Avoid, Shift, Improve
AQMA Air Quality Management Area
BPC Big Place Conversation
EM Elected Members
LDP2 Local Development Plan 2
NCN National Cycle Network
NHS National Health Service
NTS2 National Transport Strategy 2
PKC Perth and Kinross Council
RTS TACTRAN Regional Transport Strategy
SEPA Scottish Environment Protection Agency
SHS Scottish Household Survey
STAG Scottish Transport Appraisal Guidance
STPR2 Strategic Transport Projects Review 2
TPO Transport Planning Objective
Glossary of Terms
Transport Planning Objective: A specific objective
developed to address key transport problems in
Perth and Kinross. There are 11 Transport Planning
Objectives. Each TPO will be characterised by specific
baselines, measurable targets, and identified data
gaps.
Action Plan: A list of actions developed to guide
Perth and Kinross Council in achieving the Transport
Planning Objectives. There are 167 Actions which can
be found in the full Action Plan standalone document.
Let’s Talk Transport: A report that detailed the
problems and opportunities associated with the
Transport Network in Perth and Kinross, often
known as a Main Issues Report. It was developed
by combining input from professional and civic
stakeholders.
Avoid, Shift, Improve: A three-step approach,
streamlining the assessment and decision-making
related to journey-making in a simple and efficient
manner. The approach offers a way to think about
travel behaviour and enables users to prioritise
sustainable travel options where reasonably possible.
Monitoring and Evaluation: This entails Process
Evaluation and Outcome Evaluation, this includes
monitoring the delivery of actions and the progress
of each TPO.
Page 143 of 302

Page 144

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality
Mobility Strategy
4
©
Shutterstock
Mobility Strategy
1. Purpose of the Mobility Strategy
Page 144 of 302

Page 145

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality 5
1. Purpose of the Mobility Strategy
Perth and Kinross Council’s Corporate Plan
2022-27 (December 2022) includes a list of local,
regional and national strategies and plans which
set out the context for how we deliver the priorities
contained in the Corporate Plan, as detailed in
Figure 1. A Mobility Strategy has been identified
as a key strategy in helping deliver two Corporate
Plan priorities: tackling climate change; and
delivering a stronger and greener economy. 
Furthermore, the Mobility Strategy is one of three
place-based strategies which shape how places
develop over the long-term across Perth and
Kinross. These place-based strategies also include
the Local Housing Strategy and the emerging
Local Development Plan 3. All three strategies aim
to deliver Perth and Kinross Council’s Corporate
Plan vision, by achieving places where everyone
can live life well, free from poverty and inequality.
In addition, Perth and Kinross Council’s Climate
Change Strategy and Action Plan (December
2021) identified six overarching principles that
will shape the Council’s long term approach to
Climate Change. The first key principle focuses on
achieving a net zero Perth and Kinross, aligned
with Scottish Government targets. This identified
the need to develop a Mobility Strategy to deliver
the best return on investment in the Council’s
journey to net zero.
Figure 1: Corporate Plan Priorities
Tackling poverty In partnership with
communitites
Stronger
& greener
economy
Physical &
mental wellbeing
Vulnerable
people
Children
& young
peopleTackling
climate
change
The National Transport Strategy 2  (February 2020) sets out an ambitious vision
for Scotland’s transport system for the next 20 years. The vision is underpinned
by four priorities: Reduces Inequalities, Takes Climate Action, Helps Deliver
Inclusive Economic Growth and Improves our Health and Wellbeing. It is agreed
that Perth and Kinross Council’s Mobility Strategy will adopt these key priorities.
Perth and Kinross Council has developed a Mobility Strategy, focusing on
the movement of people and goods. The Mobility Strategy is intended to
set the direction for the Council’s approach. It will also help coordinate the
delivery of transport projects, whilst also providing support for external funding
applications.
Page 145 of 302

Page 146

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality
Mobility Strategy
6
Local Housing 
Strategy
Mobility 
Strategy
Economy 
Plan
Climate Change Strategy
+ Action Plan
Figure 2: Vision and Strategic Landscape
Vision
Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, 
free from poverty and inequality.
Local Development 
Plan 3
Page 146 of 302

Page 147

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality 7
What is the Mobility Strategy?
The Mobility Strategy, known as a local transport
strategy, sets out Perth and Kinross Council’s
vision for managing and developing the transport
network over a period of 15 years. The Mobility
Strategy considers all modes of transport for the
movement of people and goods across Perth 
and Kinross’s rural and urban areas, to help
achieve national targets and local objectives. 
The Mobility Strategy responds to the climate
change agenda and other drivers of change at
this time. The strategy also considers the impact
on the transport networks and people’s travel
patterns and behaviours of emerging technologies,
digital services, housing, inclusion, poverty, health,
climate adaptation, economic growth, air quality
and place making.
Figure 3: Mobility Strategy 3-Step Approach
Big Place Conversation
January - August 20231
2 Let’s Talk Transport
April - May 2023
3 Stakeholder Engagement
Ongoing
4
TACTRAN Regional Transport Strategy
Summer 2023
5 PKC Elected Members Workshops
Autumn 2023
Stage 1
Stage 2 Stage 3
Main Public
Consultation
Summer 2024
Final
Mobility
Strategy
Draft
Mobility
Strategy
The Mobility Strategy follows Scottish Transport
Appraisal Guidance (STAG) and Local Transport
Strategy: Draft Guidance.
The development of a Mobility Strategy was
developed using  a structured 3-step approach that
integrated key concepts from Transport Scotland’s
guidance and Tactran’s comprehensive Regional
Transport Strategy methodology. This approach
ensures clarity, effectiveness, and stakeholder
engagement throughout the process, ensuring that
the Mobility Strategy is transparent and responsive to
the diverse needs and interests of stakeholders.
Page 147 of 302

Page 148

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality
Mobility Strategy
8
Who did we speak to when developing
the Mobility Strategy?
In alignment with the 3-stage approach, as outlined
in Figure 3, extensive engagement initiatives have
been conducted with various internal and external
stakeholders including business representatives,
local communities, and organisational partners.
This was achieved through internal engagement
activities, the Big Place Conversation (BPC), and
online public consultation. A summary of the extent
of this work and the number of participants is
shown adjacent.
Summary of engagement for the Mobility Strategy
Big Place Conversation: Engaged 1,259 participants through 121 events, comprising
focused groups and area-based workshops, using place standard principles.
Mobility Strategy Main Issues Report: Gathered 70 consultation responses.
Elected Member Workshop: A dedicated Elected Members workshop on the Mobility
Strategy and its key principles / objectives.
Recurring Professional and Civic Stakeholder Engagement: Collaborated with over
18 partners throughout key project stages (e.g. SEPA, NHS, Nature Scot, and Sustrans).
Tactran’s Regional Transport Strategy Public Opinion Research: Involved 1,069
participants, with 300 from Perth and Kinross.
Draft Mobility Strategy Consultation: Gathered 72 consultation responses with 29% 
of participants under 18.
Page 148 of 302

Page 149

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality 9
How does the Mobility Strategy align
with National, Regional, and Local
Strategies and Policies?
The Mobility Strategy has been designed to align
with and complement various national, regional,
and local strategies and policies. Due to the
complexity with mobility and transport intersecting
with numerous sectors and elements of society,
a full comprehensive list can be found in the
Let’s Talk Transport report. Scotland’s National
Transport Strategy 2 plays a pivotal role in driving
transformation across the entire transport network,
offering a strategic framework that guides the
actions of both local and national authorities.
This strategic framework has been considered
throughout the development of the Mobility
Strategy.
Strategies and Policies Category
National
National Transport Strategy 2 Transport
Strategic Transport Projects Review 2 Transport
National Planning Framework 4 Spatial Planning
Scotland Climate Change Plan 2018-2032 Climate Change
A Scotland where everybody thrives - Public Health Public Health
Cleaner Air for Scotland 2 Public Health 
(Air Quality)
Fairer Scotland Action Plan Poverty and Inequality
Regional
Regional Transport Strategy Transport
The Tay Cities Deal Spatial Planning
Local
Perth Transport Futures Transport
Perth Local Development Plan 2 Spatial Planning
PKC - Local Housing Strategy Housing
PKC Air Quality Action Plan Air Quality
PKC - Climate Change Strategy and Action Plan Climate Change
PKC Corporate Plan Corporate
Table 1: Strategies and Policies
Scotland’s Vision
(NTS2)
“We will have
a sustainable,
inclusive, safe and
accessible transport
system, helping
deliver a healthier,
fairer and more
prosperous Scotland
for communities,
businesses, and
visitors”.
Page 149 of 302

Page 150

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality
Mobility Strategy
10
©
Shutterstock
2. Understand the Problems
Mobility Strategy
Page 150 of 302

Page 151

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality 11
Let’s Talk Transport
Let’s Talk Transport carefully examines available
data to identify problems and opportunities in Perth
and Kinross’s transport network, combining input
from professional and civic stakeholders. This
report was committee approved in March 2023
and informed the first stage of public consultation.
Combining feedback from the consultation with
evidence from the report gives us a full picture of
the existing transport network. This understanding
forms the basis for the Council’s case for change,
justifying the need for improvements. This is
an early stage of following Scottish Transport
Appraisal Guidance, which promotes a problem-
led and evidence-based approach. Figure 4: Let’s Talk Transport Cover
Key Findings
The key problems faced in Perth and Kinross
encompass various aspects including the nature of
the region, the climate emergency, travel demands
and modes of travel, freight transportation, and
socio-economic factors. Here is a summary of the
key points:
1 - Urban Rural Classification
1. Nature of the Region: Perth
and Kinross, situated in Scotland,
covers a large geographical area
and is predominantly rural. Perth
city, the largest settlement, faces
a slight decline in population, with
projections suggesting an ageing
population over the next decade1.
Fact: The Perth and Kinross region is
predominantly rural, encompassing 68% of
its residents in rural areas and 32% in urban
areas. The population has also experienced
a notable increase in the proportion of
individuals aged over 65 years, currently at
25%, while 15% of the population is 14 years
old or younger.
Page 151 of 302

Page 152

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality
Mobility Strategy
12
3. Travel Demands and Mode of
Travel: Private cars dominate road
traffic in Perth and Kinross, leading
to high car dependency, especially
for long journeys. Despite efforts
to promote alternative modes of
transportation such as cycling, bus
and rail, there's still underutilisation
of these options compared to
national averages.
Fact: The 2020-2021 Scottish Household
Survey (SHS) found that half of all journeys
(51%) were made by driving a car or van.
Walking was the next most popular mode
of transport (37%) and 2% were made by
bicycle. Only 3% of journeys were by bus and
0.1% by rail. Perth and Kinross’s population
has a car kilometre average of 12,547km per
person per year, almost double Scotland’s
national average.
4. Public Transport: When examining
annual trends in Perth and Kinross,
it was observed that bus usage
experienced a decline while
rail usage showed an increase.
However, the advent of COVID-19
severely affected public transport,
causing a sharp decrease in usage.
It was only after the relaxation of
restrictions that passenger numbers
began to recover3.
Fact: Between 2015 and 2020, both local
bus and coach services across Scotland
experienced a decline in passenger usage,
with 12% fall in journey number and 3% in
vehicle kilometres.
2. The Climate Emergency:
Scotland has set ambitious net
zero targets by 2045 to combat
climate change, requiring significant
reductions in greenhouse gas
emissions. Transport, particularly
cars, contributes heavily to carbon
emissions in Perth and Kinross,
posing challenges for meeting
climate goals and enhancing
climate resilience, especially
concerning flooding risks2.
Fact: Perth and Kinross’s total transport
emissions amounts to 2.8 tonnes of CO2e per
person each year, ranking third highest among
Scotland’s local authorities.
2 - Local Authority Emissions in Scotland
3 - Scottish Household Survey
Page 152 of 302

Page 153

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality 13
4 - Scottish Transport Statistics 2022
5 - Road traffic statistics - GOV.UK (www.gov.uk)
6 - Sustrans Walking and Cycling Index (Perth)
7 - Scotland Census 2011
5. Freight Transportation: 
The road network primarily
facilitates the movement of goods
across Perth and Kinross, with rail
freight predominantly focusing on
passenger travel. However, the
new rail freight facility in Blackford
now also plays a crucial role in
transporting goods4,5.
Fact: 67% of freight in Scotland was carried
by road in 2019. In the same year, the
movement of goods across Perth and Kinross
accounted for 29% of vehicle kilometres.
6. Active Travel: The Perth and
Kinross region has several active
travel routes within the National
Cycle Network (NCN), but there are
challenges such as substandard
infrastructure and barriers hindering
their effectiveness. There is
potential for increased active travel
participation if proper infrastructure
is provided6.
Fact: Considering that on average only
2% of all journeys in Perth and Kinross are
cycled, Sustrans Walking and Cycling Index
Perth 2023 shows that the total annual
economic benefit from all trips cycled in Perth
is £7.8 million and NHS saving estimated at
£430,000 per year due to prevented health
conditions.
7. Socio-Economic Summary:
Socio-economic factors significantly
influence mobility patterns and
access to services in Perth and
Kinross. Data from the census
and the Scottish Household
Survey provides information on
employment (including retired rates),
age demographics, car ownership
levels, and health limitations7.
Fact: Between 2015 and 2020, both local
bus and coach services across Scotland
experienced a decline in passenger usage,
with 12% fall in journey number and 3% in
vehicle kilometres
Page 153 of 302

Page 154

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality
Mobility Strategy
14
©
Shutterstock
3. Objectives
Mobility Strategy
Page 154 of 302

Page 155

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality 15
Transport Planning Objectives Process
After identifying strategic problems and
opportunities, Perth and Kinross Council
developed objectives that address these local
problems.
The following Mobility Strategy Transport
Planning Objectives (TPO) have been developed
in alignment with Transport Scotland’s National
Transport Strategy 2 and Tactran’s Regional
Transport Strategy (RTS). Each objective has
undergone a detailed development process,
commencing with the four NTS2 priorities and
corresponding RTS Objectives. This alignment is
then integrated with Perth and Kinross Council’s
Corporate Plan Priorities and the locally identified
problems from the Let’s Talk Transport report.
Finally, specific objectives were developed to
address these key problems, creating specific,
targeted, and unique objectives for Perth and
Kinross Council. This evidence-led process,
visualised adjacent in Figure 5, has resulted in the
generation of 11 Transport Planning Objectives.
Each objective will form the basis for creating an organisational 
framework to inform decision-making, planning, and strategic leadership.
NTS2 
Priorities
RTS 
Objectives
PKC 
Coorporate 
Plan 
Priorities
Existing 
Perth and 
Kinross 
Problems
Perth and 
Kinross 
Transport
Planning
Objectives
Figure 5: TPO Process
Page 155 of 302

Page 156

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality
Mobility Strategy
16
NTS2 Priorities TPO PKC - Transport Planning Objectives
Reduce
Inequalities
1 To improve the affordability of transport options across Perth and Kinross for all.
2 To improve the ability of rural communities and communities with protected characteristics to
access jobs, education and services.
Take Climate
Action
3 To reduce CO2 emissions produced by transport across Perth and Kinross, by reducing car
kilometres, decarbonising motorised transport and increasing the share of everyday journeys of
people and goods by sustainable and active travel modes.
4 To improve climate resilience across Perth and Kinross’s transport network by reducing the
impacts caused by extreme weather events.
Helps deliver
Inclusive
economic
growth
5 To support economic growth by improving the reliability and efficiency of Perth and Kinross’s
transport network.
6 To support local development that encourages and facilitates local living and sustainable access,
across Perth and Kinross, by achieving an increased active travel and public transport mode split
to and from new developments.
7 To improve the capacity and reliability of alternative sustainable freight and logistic modes across
Perth and Kinross.
8 To improve labour market access through sustainable transport, active travel, and digital
opportunities, to and from Perth and Kinross.
Improve our
health and
wellbeing
9 To improve road safety and perceived safety for all transport users across Perth and Kinross.
10 To improve physical; and mental health within Perth and Kinross through walking, 
wheeling and cycling.
11 To improve air quality across Perth and Kinross’s road network by achieving revocation of both
Air Quality Management Areas and reducing preventable pollutants.
Table 2: Perth and Kinross Transport Planning Objectives
Transport Planning Objectives
11 Perth and 
Kinross Transport
Planning 
Objectives
Page 156 of 302

Page 157

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality 17
Alignment with Corporate Plan and Other Strategies
Equality TPO
The Equality priority outlined in the National Transport Strategy 2
encompasses several key areas of focus within the Perth and Kinross
Council Corporate Plan, including addressing poverty, supporting vulnerable
individuals, and aiding children and young people.
TPO 1 and 2 have thus been developed to ensure that all residents of
Perth and Kinross, regardless of age, gender, income, location, and ability,
are able to affordably travel to the places that they want to be. TPO2 is
broader in scope as it encompasses various factors under the umbrella of
accessibility, availability, and reliability.
©
GettyImages
1 To improve the affordability of transport options across Perth and Kinross 
for all.
2 To improve the ability of rural communities and communities with protected
characteristics to access jobs, education and services.
Page 157 of 302

Page 158

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality
Mobility Strategy
18
Climate Change TPO
The Climate Change priority outlined in National Transport Strategy 2
is essential for achieving Scotland’s National Net Zero target, aiming to
decrease climate emissions while enhancing our resilience. Tackling climate
change is also a key organisational priority within the Perth and Kinross
Council Corporate Plan.
TPO3 focuses on mitigation efforts, aiming to reduce transportation-induced
emissions. TPO4 is dedicated to enhancing climate resilience, ensuring that
our infrastructure is designed and implemented with due consideration to
the growing frequency of extreme weather events.
©
GettyImages
3
To reduce CO2 emissions produced by transport across Perth and Kinross, by
reducing car kilometres, decarbonising motorised transport and increasing the
share of everyday journeys of people and goods by sustainable and active travel
modes.
4 To improve climate resilience across Perth and Kinross’s transport network by
reducing the impacts caused by extreme weather events.
Page 158 of 302

Page 159

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality 19
Economy TPO
The Economy priority within National Transport Strategy 2 is crucial for
bolstering Scotland’s economic resilience and achieving sustainable
growth. It aims to enhance productivity, stimulate innovation, and create
job opportunities. Similarly, within the Perth and Kinross Council Corporate
Plan, addressing economic challenges is a central organisational priority,
such as supporting commuters, tourism, events, retail, and the delivery of
goods.
The Mobility Strategy Economy TPOs are thus aimed to make Perth and
Kinross an area in which investment and business can sustainably access
a wide range of markets, in order to thrive, as well as providing sustainable
access to a diverse workforce.
©
Arup
5 To support economic growth by improving the reliability and efficiency of Perth
and Kinross’s transport network.
6
To support local development that encourages and facilitates local living and
sustainable access, across Perth and Kinross, by achieving an increased active
travel and public transport mode split to and from new developments.
7 To improve the capacity and reliability of alternative sustainable freight and
logistic modes across Perth and Kinross.
8 To improve labour market access through sustainable transport, active travel,
and digital opportunities, to and from Perth and Kinross.
Page 159 of 302

Page 160

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality
Mobility Strategy
20
Health TPO
The Public Health priority within National Transport Strategy 2 is vital for
improving the overall well-being and longevity of Scotland’s population.
Similarly, within the Perth and Kinross Council Corporate Plan, enhancing
public health is a core organisational priority.
Enhancing the uptake of active travel and public transport while reducing
emissions and road incidents associated with motorised travel can have
positive public health and wellbeing outcomes. TPOs 9, 10 and 11 embody
a number of problems related to road safety and physical and mental
health.
©
Arup
9 To improve road safety and perceived safety for all transport users across 
Perth and Kinross.
10 To improve physical; and mental health within Perth and Kinross through
walking, wheeling and cycling.
11
To improve air quality across Perth and Kinross’s road network by achieving
revocation of both Air Quality Management Areas and reducing preventable
pollutants.
Page 160 of 302

Page 161

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality 21
Transport Planning Objectives alignment with Corporate Plan Priorities
TPO alignment with Perth and Kinross Corporate Plan Priorities.
Figure 6: TPOs and PKC Corporate Priorities
In partnership
with
communities
2
Children and
young people
2
Physical
and mental
wellbeing
10
Tackling
climate change
643
1187
Vulnerable
people
92
Stronger
and greener
economy
92
Tackling
poverty
851
Page 161 of 302

Page 162

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality
Mobility Strategy
22
©
Shutterstock
4. Action Plan
Mobility Strategy
Page 162 of 302

Page 163

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality 23
How do we achieve our Transport
Planning Objectives?
In order to achieve the Mobility Strategy’s
Transport Planning Objectives, a collective effort
is required from Perth and Kinross Council,
partners, stakeholders and all users of the
transport network. Therefore, Perth and Kinross
Council has adopted the ‘Avoid, Shift, Improve’
Framework to communicate the types and scale of
actions required to provide an improved transport
experience for users of the transport network. The
Avoid Shift Improve Framework acknowledges
that trip-making behaviour is informed by different
variables, including trip purpose, the availability of
options, and the ability and constraints of users of
the network.
The Mobility Strategy’s 11 Transport Planning
Objectives have been designed to support
Perth and Kinross Council to create an enabling
environment for users of the transport network to
make optimal transport decisions that enhance
their wellbeing and reduce their carbon footprint.
Ensuring the continued support and facilitation of
suitable options for everyone is crucial.
Figure 7: ASI Design
Sustainable travel choices
Avoid Shift Improve
Page 163 of 302

Page 164

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality
Mobility Strategy
24
ASI: Sustainable Travel Choices
ASI embodies a commitment to fostering
responsible travel practices that not only
benefit the environment but also support our
local economy and health. We understand the
importance of travel in our modern world but
recognise the need to minimise its negative
impacts. With our three-step approach, we aim to
guide individuals and organisations towards more
sustainable choices:
Avoid: Before planning your trip, think about
whether you can access what you need digitally
instead. This approach encourages thoughtful
travel planning, ensuring that your journeys
are meaningful and beneficial. By using online
resources, can you reduce unnecessary and
unsustainable travel, saving money, while still
meeting your needs?
Shift: If making a certain trip cannot be avoided,
can you reduce your carbon footprint and
promote personal well-being by walking, cycling,
wheeling, or taking public transport for some or
all legs of your trip? Shifting towards more eco-
friendly modes of transportation not only reduces
emissions but also encourages healthier lifestyles
and fosters community engagement.
Improve: If driving a car is your only option, can
you make it more environmentally friendly by
embracing low-carbon technologies for some
or all legs of your trip? Or can you share the trip
with family members or friends? It’s important to
promote the adoption of sustainable technologies
such as electric or hybrid vehicles, car sharing, or
optimising routes to minimise fuel consumption,
saving money, and reducing emissions.
The comprehensive approach to sustainable
travel is designed to empower individuals and
organisations to make informed choices that
prioritise environmental conservation and support
the vitality of our local communities.
The ASI Framework employs a three-step approach, streamlining the assessment
of journeys in a simple and efficient manner while prioritising sustainable options
regardless of the origin and the destination:
©
GettyImages
Page 164 of 302

Page 165

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality 25
Action Plan Methodology 
The Action Plan enables Perth and Kinross Council
to plan, programme, and deliver actions aimed to
achieving the Mobility Strategy’s Transport Planning
Objectives. Aligned with the ASI Framework, this
plan aims to enhance, facilitate, and promote
sustainable transport and active travel choices.
This Action Plan takes into account the mobility-
focused services provided directly by PKC and
those delivered in partnership.
All actions within the plan are designed to make
positive contributions to the Mobility Strategy’s
Transport Planning Objectives, capitalising on
previously identified opportunities across the
region. A rigorous appraisal of actions has been
conducted, utilising Transport Planning Objectives
and various criteria including implementation,
public perception, environmental impacts, and
more.
Given the scope and magnitude, the Action Plan
will be developed and implemented over a 15-
year timescale. Some actions will require robust
business case development and will be dependent
on external funding, while others can be delivered
in the short term.
It is crucial to emphasise that the Action Plan
should not be viewed in isolation, but rather as an
integral component of the wider environment we
live in.
This approach aims to promote collaboration in
achieving the objectives, considering all place-
based strategies and initiatives within a community,
a concept supported by the Place Standard Tool,
see figure 8 below.
Figure 8: Place Standard Tool. The tool is a way of assessing places
Our Place
Moving Around
Public Transport
Traffic & Parking
Streets &
SpacesFeeling
Safe
Care & Maintenance
Influence & Sense of Control
Natural Space
Play & Recreation
Facilities & Services
Work & Local Economy
Housing & Community
Social Interaction
Identity &
Belonging
©
GettyImages
Page 165 of 302

Page 166

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality
Mobility Strategy
26
National Transport Strategy 2 Investment Hierarchy
An additional consideration in the Action Plan is Scotland’s Sustainable
Investment Hierarchy, aimed to inform future investment decisions and
to guide investment prioritisation in a way that promotes the sustainable
utilisation of public funds. The National Transport Strategy 2 Investment
Hierarchy underscores the significance of preserving and operating existing
assets, ensuring that current transport networks are fully optimised, with new
infrastructure improvements always a last resort.
Strategic Transport Projects Review 2
Finally, the Mobility Strategy Action Plan will support and consider
recommendations from Transport Scotland’s Strategy Transport Projects Review
2 (STPR2). The STPR plays a crucial role in realising the vision, priorities, and
outcomes outlined in the second National Transport Strategy. It serves as a
guide for transport investment in Scotland over the next two decades (2022-
2042), presenting evidence-based recommendations upon which Scottish
Ministers can base future investment decisions.
The STPR made 45 recommendations for the Tay City region, 2 specific to the
Perth and Kinross area and 4 cross boundary. These recommendations will be
considered and integrated into the Mobility Strategy Action Plan.
Figure 9: NTS2 Investment Hierarchy
Reducing the need to travel unsustainably
Maintaining and safely operating existing assets
Making better use of existing capacity
Targeted infrastructure improvements
Page 166 of 302

Page 167

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality 27
Figure 10: Action Plan Summary
Mobility Strategy
Action Plan Summary
The full Action Plan can be found separately as a standalone document. Each of the 167 actions in the
Action Plan have been grouped into one of 8 themes (Figure 10) that best reflects what the action relates to.
Figure 11 visualises the key corridors and mobility hubs aligned with development planning in Perth.
Organisation, Planning
and Regulations
Measures that propose changes to current
operations or fiscal measures that will
incentivise sustainable transport use. This
includes green procurement, development
of strategies and plans and public transport
pricing.
For example:
• Mode-specific strategies
• Development planning
• Traffic management
• Parking regulation
• Enforcement
Road Network
Measures and schemes that aim to retain
climate resilient networks across PKC and
reduce adverse effects on sustainable
transport modes.
For example:
• Traffic safety schemes
• Bus priority schemes
• Flood protection schemes
Sustainable Transport
Measures and schemes that aim to improve
the conditions and provide more space for
sustainable travel across PKC to enable
modal shift.
For example:
• Cycle parking
• Safety on public transport
• Park-and-Ride locations
Business-As-Usual 
and Committed For Delivery
Projects that are part of PKC’s ongoing
operations as well as projects that have
been committed for delivery with full funding
combined with programme for delivery.
For example:
• Perth Transport Futures Phases
1, 2 and 3
• Continued operation
of the bus services
Public Realm
Measures that aim to improve the liveability
and enjoyability of cities, towns and rural
villages across Perth and Kinross.
For example:
• Green and blue infrastructure
• Spaces and opportunities for play
• Connected neighbourhoods
• Access to greenspaces
and nature
• Pocket places
Accessibility and Inclusivity
Initiatives and projects that aim to make PKC
inclusive and accessible for everyone.
For example:
• Walkable and wheelable city,
town and rural village centres
• Access at public transport
interchanges
• Accessibility of buses
and trains
Innovation and Future Mobility
Measures that aim to make use of 
digitalisation and emerging technologies,
such as Mobility-As-A-Service, on-demand
transport and cycle sharing.
For example:
• Rollout of broadband across PKC
• Development of MaaS
• Recharging and refuelling
networks
• Technological change
across PKC
Behaviour Change, Education
and Awareness
Initiatives, communication campaigns and
programmes that aim to raise awareness
through promoting sustainable transport and
behavioural change.
For example:
• Information and awareness
• Skills training
• Active travel school programmes
• Workplace travel plans
Page 167 of 302

Page 168

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality
Mobility Strategy
2828
Figure 11: Mobility Strategy Action Plan - Perth City Centre Approach
Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality
Mobility Strategy
Page 168 of 302

Page 169

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality 29
©
Shutterstock
5. Delivery
Mobility Strategy
Page 169 of 302

Page 170

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality
Mobility Strategy
30
Funding Opportunities
Securing funding for the implementation of the
Action Plan and associated initiatives will be
pursued through various avenues, including
government grants, public-private partnerships,
and community initiatives. Identifying and
leveraging available funding opportunities will be
integral to sustaining our efforts and achieving
long-term success.
Project Management
Effective project management techniques, such as
adopting realistic timelines, managing resources
and milestones, will be employed to ensure the
smooth execution of the Action Plan. Regular
meetings, progress updates, and performance
assessments will be conducted to monitor project
progress and address any challenges or obstacles
that may arise.
Implementation
To implement this Action Plan, a designated action lead will be responsible for overseeing the review
and reporting process of their action(s). The Mobility Working Group will provide guidance and oversight,
ensuring that all relevant aspects are addressed during the reporting process. Regular communication and
collaboration between stakeholders will be crucial to effectively execute the Action Plan and drive progress
towards our objectives.
Governance
A governance structure will be established to
oversee the implementation and evaluation of the
Action Plan, with roles and responsibilities clearly
defined for all stakeholders involved. The Mobility
Working Group will serve as the primary governing
body, providing strategic direction and guidance,
while the Council and relevant committees will be
responsible for executing large scale changes.
Risk Management
A proactive approach to risk management will be
adopted to identify, assess, and mitigate potential
risks that may impact the implementation and
effectiveness of the Action Plan. Regular risk
assessments will be conducted, and contingency
plans will be developed to address any unforeseen
challenges or disruptions. Additionally, ongoing
monitoring and review processes will enable
us to adapt and respond swiftly to changing
circumstances, minimizing the impact of risks on
our objectives and outcomes.©
GettyImages
Page 170 of 302

Page 171

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality 31
Monitoring and Evaluation
To ensure the effective implementation and
assessment of our Action Plan, we have devised
a robust monitoring and evaluation framework in
alignment with the Scotland Transport Appraisal
Guidance (STAG). This framework encompasses
two crucial forms of evaluation: process evaluation
and outcome evaluation.
Process Evaluation
Regular and comprehensive reviews of the Action
Plan will be conducted by a designated action
lead on an interim basis. These reviews will
encompass the development, design, delivery,
risk assessment, financial implications, and other
pertinent aspects of the plan, as stipulated by
the Mobility Working Group, our governing body
overseeing mobility initiatives. This structured
approach guarantees transparency, accountability,
and the ability to adapt to evolving circumstances.
Outcome Evaluation
Drawing from the principles outlined in STAG,
Perth and Kinross Council has formulated SMART
(Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant,
Target) Transport Planning Objectives (TPOs)
to guide our efforts. Each TPO is characterised
by specific baselines, measurable targets, and
identified data gaps. The monitoring of TPOs
will involve the utilisation of designated datasets.
Bi-annual reviews of each TPO will be conducted
by the Council, with a concise summary report
presented to the relevant committee. This
systematic and data-driven approach ensures
informed decision-making, facilitates progress
tracking, and enhances the effectiveness of our
transportation planning endeavours.
Figure 12: Monitoring and Evaluation Plan
1. Process
Evaluation
Have the
actions been
developed
and
delivered?
Report
quarterly to
the Mobility
Working
Group
2. Outcome
Evaluation
Are we
achieving the
Transport
Planning
Objectives?
Bi-annual
reporting to
nominated
committee
Page 171 of 302

Page 172

Sustainable, inclusive, thriving places where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality 32
Mobility Strategy
Future Uncertainty
Addressing future uncertainty is an integral part of the monitoring process
following the adoption of the Mobility Strategy. These uncertainties, outlined
in the Let’s Talk Transport report and Tactran’s Regional Transport Strategy,
encompass factors such as an aging population, the prevalence of home
working, advancements in technology, shifts in transport policy, and alterations
in local development plans. Monitoring these uncertainties is crucial as they can
influence mobility patterns and impact the effectiveness of the Action Plan.
The following Appendices include:
Appendix 1: Let’s Talk Transport Main Issues Report
Appendix 2: Strategic Environmental Assessment
Appendix 3: Integrated Impact Assessment
Appendix 4: Action Plan Methodology
Appendix 5: Consultation Note
Contact
For further information, please visit the PKC
Transportation and Development Team website
Perth and Kinross Council or contact:
TransportPlanning@pkc.gov.uk
An easy read version is available on request,
using the contact details.
©
GettyImages
Page 172 of 302

Page 173

Page 173 of 302

Page 174

Page 174 of 302

Page 175

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, 
free from poverty and inequalities
7
Page 175 of 302

Page 176

©
Gunther Tschuch
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
Page 176 of 302

Page 177

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 1
Contents
Mobility Strategy Action Plan 2
1.       Introduction 3
1.1     Purpose of This Document 3
1.2     Policy Context 4
1.3     Perth and Kinross  5
1.4     Methodology 6
1.5     Document Structure 6
2.       Developing the Action Plan 7
2.1     Case for Change 7
2.2     Transport Planning Objectives 8
2.3     Developing the Long List of Actions 10
2.4     Developing the Final List of Actions 11
2.5     Developing Themes  12
3.       Action Plan 15
3.1     Behaviour Change, Education and Awareness 16
3.2     Accessibility and Inclusivity  18
3.3     Innovation and Future Mobility 20
3.4     Public Realm 22
3.5     Organisation, Planning and Regulations 24
3.6     Road Network 26
3.7     Sustainable Transport 28
3.8     Business-As-Usual and Committed for Delivery 32
4.       Summary 34
5.       Implementation Plan 36
Page 177 of 302

Page 178

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
2
Mobility Strategy Action Plan Contents
• Purpose of this
Document
• Policy Context
• Perth and
Kinross
Transport
Network
• Methodology
• Document
Structure
1. Introduction
• Case for
Change
• Transport
Planning
Objectives
• Developing the
Long List of
Actions
• Developing the
Final List of
Actions
• Developing
Themes
• Public
Consultation
• Appraisal
• Delivery Plan
2. Developing
the Action Plan
• Behaviour
Change,
Education and
Awareness
• Accessibility and
Inclusivity
• Innovation and
Future Mobility
• Public Realm
• Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
• Road Network
• Sustainable
Transport
• Business-as-
Usual and
Committed for
Delivery
3. Action Plan
• Summary
4. Summary
• Final list of
actions
5.
Implementation
Plan
Page 178 of 302

Page 179

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 3
1. Introduction
1.1 Purpose of This Document
The Mobility Strategy sets out Perth
and Kinross Council’s (PKC) vision
for managing and developing the
transport network. The Mobility
Strategy considers all modes of
transport, for the movement of goods
and people, across PKC’s rural
and urban settings, to help achieve
national targets and local objectives.
The Mobility Strategy sets out a vision for
transformational change to transport across the
region and ensure that the Council makes a full
contribution to our climate change commitments
and the transition to net zero carbon.
This Action Plan has been developed in parallel
with the Mobility Strategy and sets out how PKC,
alongside working partners, will prioritise its capital
investment over the next 15 years. The Mobility
Strategy and Action Plan will be key in delivering
two Corporate Plan priorities: tackling climate
change; and a stronger and greener economy.
Figure 1: Perth and Kinross Council area with primary settlements, railway stations, 
strategic road nework and railway lines.
Page 179 of 302

Page 180

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
4
1.2 Policy Context
The Mobility Strategy is one of three place-based
strategies which shape how places develop over
the long-term. This includes the Local Housing
Strategy and the Local Development Plan 3. All
three strategies aim to deliver PKC’s Corporate
Plan vision for a Perth and Kinross where everyone
can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities.
It is crucial to emphasise that the Action Plan
should not be viewed in isolation, but rather, as an
integral component of the environment we live in,
embracing a place-based perspective.
The Mobility Strategy and Action Plan are designed
to align with various national, regional and local
strategies and policies. This includes alignment
with the sustainable travel hierarchy, shown in
Figure 2. The hierarchy promotes walking, cycling,
public transport and bike, car and ride sharing
in preference to single occupancy car use. A full
comprehensive list of strategies and policies can
be found in the Let’s Talk Transport Report.
Figure 2: Sustainable travel hierarchy.
Cycling
Public Transport
Taxis & shared transport
Private car
Walking and wheeling
Page 180 of 302

Page 181

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 5
1.3 Perth and Kinross
Transport Network
We use transport to access our daily activities of
commuting to work or education, visiting friends
and family, going shopping or attending healthcare
appointments. Access improves our physical and
mental wellbeing, supports our economy and
enables tourism.
However, to ensure that people can meet their
daily needs and activities, access needs to be
considered more broadly than only transport. 
For example, land-use and digital aspects have an
influence on how far, if at all, people need to travel.
The three aspects of access (see Figure 3), namely
digital, transport and spatial, have been illustrated
in the figure to the right. For each of the aspects,
the figure lists responsibilities within the control
of PKC and the responsibilities in the control of
other working partners. PKC provides a range of
transport services and supports other services
by working with partners, including Transport
Scotland, Regional Transport Partnerships,
Network Rail and bus and rail operators.
This Action Plan takes into account the mobility-
focused services provided directly 
by PKC and those delivered in partnership.
Figure 3: Three aspects of access: digital, transport and spatial.
PKC Partners
Online Services Mobile
Broadband
PKC Partners
Active Travel Rail
Bus Freight
Parking Trunk Roads
Local Roads
PKC Partners
Planning Residential
Developments
Social housing Commercial
Developments
SpatialTransport
Digital
Page 181 of 302

Page 182

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
6
1.4 Methodology
In its development, the Action Plan takes a whole
place approach that, combined with the other core
strategies, helps deliver the PKC Corporate Plan
Vision. The Action Plan is supported by a robust
appraisal methodology as presented in the steps
opposite.
The Action Plan has been developed 
and informed in line with best practice guidance,
notably:
• Scottish Transport Appraisal Guidance
2008/2022 – to ensure that the plan 
is evidence-based and has been appraised
in a consistent manner reflecting national,
regional and local policies.
• Local Transport Strategy Draft Guidance
2023 – to ensure that the plan allows people
to access their daily activities through the
transport system, the land-use system and
digital connectivity.
A detailed breakdown of the methodology
employed to produce the plan can be found in
Appendix 4 of the Mobility Strategy.
1.5 Document Structure
This Action Plan document has been prepared
in conjunction with the Mobility Strategy Policy
Document and it has been structured around the
methodology used in the preparation of the final
list of actions. The remainder of this document is
organised into the following chapters:
• Chapter 2: Developing the Draft Action
Plan – provides an overview of the rationale
leading up to Action Plan. This covers the
methodology steps one to eight as shown 
in Figure 4.
• Chapter 3: Draft Action Plan – introduces
the Action Plan comprising the final list 
of actions allocated to eight themes.
• Chapter 4: Summary.
• Chapter 5: Implementation Plan.
Figure 4: Steps in Action Plan
methodology.
1 Case for Change
2
Transport Planning
Objectives
3
Developing the
Long List of Actions
4
Developing the 
Final List of Actions
5 Action Plan
6 Public Consultation
7 Appraisal
8 Delivery Plan
Page 182 of 302

Page 183

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 7
2. Developing the Action Plan
This chapter provides the methodology to the development of the Action Plan.
2.1 Case for Change
To develop a robust evidence base to inform the
Action Plan, extensive engagement initiatives have
been conducted with various internal and external
stakeholders.
The Let’s Talk Transport Report carefully 
examines available data to identify problems 
and opportunities in Perth and Kinross’s transport
network. This report takes into consideration 
input from professional and civic stakeholders. 
Since the development of the Main Issues 
Report, data from the Big Place Conversation 
has supported the development of the Mobility
Strategy.
This gives us a full picture of the existing transport
network. This understanding forms the basis for
the Council’s case for change, justifying the need
for improvements.
All engagement undertaken as part of this case
for change has been considered and utilised to
develop the Action Plan.
Summary of engagement for the Mobility Strategy
Big Place Conversation: Engaged 1,259 participants through 121 events, comprising
focused groups and area-based workshops, using place standard principles.
Mobility Strategy Main Issues Report: Gathered 70 consultation responses.
Elected Member Workshop: A dedicated Elected Members workshop on the Mobility
Strategy and its key principles / objectives.
Recurring Professional and Civic Stakeholder Engagement: Collaborated with over
18 partners throughout key project stages (e.g. SEPA, NHS, Nature Scot, and Sustrans).
Tactran’s Regional Transport Strategy Public Opinion Research: Involved 1,069
participants, with 300 from Perth and Kinross.
Page 183 of 302

Page 184

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
8
2.2 Transport Planning Objectives
11 Transport Planning Objectives (TPOs) have
been developed. These frame the desired
outcomes of the Mobility Strategy. 
The TPOs were developed and informed by:
• National Transport Strategy 2 priorities
• Regional Transport Strategy strategic
objectives
• PKC Corporate Plan priorities
• Problems identified in the Let’s 
Talk Transport Report
The Action Plan has been informed 
and developed in alignment with the 11 TPOs. 
The development of the TPOs has been discussed
in more detail in the Mobility Strategy document. Figure 5: Process to develop Perth and Kinross Transport Planning Objectives.
NTS2 
Priorities
RTS 
Objectives
PKC 
Coorporate 
Plan 
Priorities
Existing 
Perth and 
Kinross 
Problems
Perth and 
Kinross 
Transport
Planning
Objectives
Each objective will form the basis for creating an organisational 
framework to inform decision-making, planning, and strategic leadership.
Page 184 of 302

Page 185

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 9
Table 1: Perth and Kinross Transport Planning Objectives.
NTS2 Priorities TPO PKC - Transport Planning Objectives
Reduce
Inequalities
1 To improve the affordability of transport options across Perth and Kinross for all.
2 To improve the ability of rural communities and communities with protected characteristics to
access jobs, education and services.
Take Climate
Action
3 To reduce CO2 emissions produced by transport across Perth and Kinross, by reducing car
kilometres, decarbonising motorised transport and increasing the share of everyday journeys of
people and goods by sustainable and active travel modes.
4 To improve climate resilience across Perth and Kinross’s transport network by reducing the
impacts caused by extreme weather events.
Helps deliver
Inclusive
economic
growth
5 To support economic growth by improving the reliability and efficiency of Perth and Kinross’s
transport network.
6 To support local development that encourages and facilitates local living and sustainable access,
across Perth and Kinross, by achieving an increased active travel and public transport mode split
to and from new developments.
7 To improve the capacity and reliability of alternative sustainable freight and logistic modes across
Perth and Kinross.
8 To improve labour market access through sustainable transport, active travel, and digital
opportunities, to and from Perth and Kinross.
Improve our
health and
wellbeing
9 To improve road safety and perceived safety for all transport users across Perth and Kinross.
10 To improve physical; and mental health within Perth and Kinross through walking, 
wheeling and cycling.
11 To improve air quality across Perth and Kinross’s road network by achieving revocation of both
Air Quality Management Areas and reducing preventable pollutants.
11 Perth and 
Kinross Transport
Planning 
Objectives
Page 185 of 302

Page 186

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
10
2.3 Developing the Long List of Actions
A list of potential actions was developed through
analysis of the problems and opportunities
identified through engagement undertaken. 
This formed the case for change. This ensures that
the Action Plan is promoting a problem-led and
evidence-based approach.
A number of national, regional and local policies
and strategies were also reviewed to supplement
and expand this list to create a robust and well
evidenced long list of 234 actions.
In line with Local Transport Strategy Guidance
and ensuring that people have access to their
daily activities, strategies should be framed
more broadly. These should consider not only
transport, but other non-transport approaches
such as spatial and digital, known as Triple Access
Planning.
©
GettyImages
Digital
Transport Spatial
Figure 6: Three aspects of access.
The Action Plan has been developed using this
approach which considers actions relating to the
transport system (physical mobility) as well as
the land-use system (spatial proximity) and the
telecommunications system (digital connectivity) which
together constitutes a Triple Access System.
A detailed breakdown of the methodology employed
to produce the plan can be found in Appendix 4 of the
Mobility Strategy.
Page 186 of 302

Page 187

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 11
2.4 Developing the Final List of Actions
The Action Plan has been developed and informed
in line with the Scottish Transport Appraisal
Guidance (STAG). STAG represents best practice
guidance for transport appraisals and follows a
structure and methodology that is consistent with
the UK Government’s Green Book.
The STAG methodology provides a robust
framework to evaluate potential transport actions.
STAG assessments are objective-led and seek
to appraise projects and options against defined
criteria.
Each of the 234 actions in the long list were
appraised against:
• PKC’s 11 Transport Planning Objectives;
• STAG Criteria;
• Established national, regional and local policy
objectives; and
• Feasibility, Affordability, and Public
Acceptability.
67 actions were sifted out of the long list as a result
of this initial appraisal. This is due to not positively
contributing to the appraisal criteria above, 
or due to being consolidated into another action 
to address overlaps and repetition.
The final list of actions in the Action Plan 
is 167 actions.
©
Gunther Tschuch
Page 187 of 302

Page 188

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
12
2.5 Developing Themes
Each of the 167 actions in the Action Plan have
been grouped into one of 8 themes that best
reflects what the action relates to, depending 
on mode or type of action. The themes are shown
in Figure 7.
The list of actions in the Action Plan is broken
down between Strategic Actions and Supporting
Actions:
1. Strategic Actions are those deemed significant
and impactful in achieving the TPOs
2. Supporting Actions consist of granular actions
intended to assist and support the delivery of
the Strategic Actions
Each of the actions could potentially be allocated
under numerous themes as there are inevitable
interdependencies in the final list of actions.
Therefore, it is possible that Strategic and
Supporting Actions are not within the same theme.
Timescales
Given the scope and magnitude of the Action Plan, each action will be
developed and implemented over a 15-year timeframe. Some actions will
require business case development and be dependent on external funding,
while others can be executed in the short term.
An indicative delivery timeline overview of all actions per theme is shown in the
table below. Timescales have been estimated on the assumption that all actions
have funding secured and are ready to be delivered.
Table 2: Number of actions per theme and feasible delivery timeline
Overview of Actions
Strategic Actions 47
Supporting Actions 120
Page 188 of 302

Page 189

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 13
Figure 7: Themes for the Perth and Kinross Mobility Strategy Action Plan.
Organisation, Planning 
and Regulations
Measures that propose changes to current
operations or fiscal measures that will
incentivise sustainable transport use. This
includes green procurement, development
of strategies and plans and public transport
pricing.
For example:
• Mode-specific strategies
• Development planning
• Traffic management
• Parking regulation
• Enforcement
Road Network
Measures and schemes that aim to retain
climate resilient networks across PKC and
reduce adverse effects on sustainable
transport modes.
For example:
• Traffic safety schemes
• Bus priority schemes
• Flood protection schemes
Sustainable Transport
Measures and schemes that aim to improve
the conditions and provide more space for
sustainable travel across PKC to enable
modal shift.
For example:
• Cycle parking
• Safety on public transport
• Park-and-Ride locations
Business-As-Usual 
and Committed For Delivery
Projects that are part of PKC’s ongoing
operations as well as projects that have
been committed for delivery with full funding
combined with programme for delivery.
For example:
• Perth Transport Futures Phases 
1, 2 and 3
• Continued operation 
of the bus services
Public Realm
Measures that aim to improve the liveability
and enjoyability of cities, towns and rural
villages across Perth and Kinross.
For example:
• Green and blue infrastructure
• Spaces and opportunities for play
• Connected neighbourhoods
• Access to greenspaces 
and nature
• Pocket places
Accessibility and Inclusivity
Initiatives and projects that aim to make PKC
inclusive and accessible for everyone.
For example:
• Walkable and wheelable city, 
town and rural village centres
• Access at public transport 
interchanges
• Accessibility of buses 
and trains
Innovation and Future Mobility
Measures that aim to make use of 
digitalisation and emerging technologies,
such as Mobility-As-A-Service, on-demand
transport and cycle sharing.
For example:
• Rollout of broadband across PKC
• Development of MaaS
• Recharging and refuelling 
networks
• Technological change 
across PKC
Behaviour Change, Education 
and Awareness
Initiatives, communication campaigns and
programmes that aim to raise awareness
through promoting sustainable transport and
behavioural change.
For example:
• Information and awareness
• Skills training
• Active travel school programmes
• Workplace travel plans
Action Plan Summary
Page 189 of 302

Page 190

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
14
©
GettyImages
2.6 Public Consultation
In the summer of 2024 (28 May – 28 July), PKC undertook a public consultation
exercise seeking feedback on the Draft Policy Document and Action Plan. 
The consultation questionnaire covered questions in relation to the Mobility
Strategy, Transport Planning Objectives and Action Plan. During the consultation
period, the Mobility Strategy gained 72 responses and led to adjustments and
revisions to the Action Plan. For more information on the public consultation,
refer to the Mobility Strategy Appendix 4: Action Plan Methodology Note and
Appendix 5: Consultation Summary Note.
2.7 Appraisal
After the public consultation period, further appraisal work was undertaken on
the final list of actions. This involved a more detailed consideration and appraisal
of the actions, including identification of indicative costs, potential funding
sources, partners as well as action leads. For more information on the appraisal,
refer to the Mobility Strategy Appendix 4: Action Plan Methodology Note.
2.8 Delivery Plan
The Delivery Plan sets out a bank of actions for delivery over the lifespan of the
Mobility Strategy. A range of funding sources will be required to support the
delivery of the Action Plan. Therefore, the Delivery Plan also provides indicative
scales of cost and identifies potential funding sources for the delivery of the
actions. In addition, not all actions within the Action Plan are solely within the
remit of PKC and therefore successful delivery of the actions will involve a
number of existing and new partnerships.
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
14
Page 190 of 302

Page 191

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 15
3. Action Plan
This chapter introduces the final list of actions for the
Mobility Strategy, and is divided by the 8 themes introduced
above. This chapter will introduce only the strategic actions
and visualise them.
While some actions have been given an indicative location, some of the actions
are council-wide and cannot be related to one geographic location in which
case, they have been centred on the map.
The final list of 167 actions can be found at the end of this document together
with their theme, timescale, cost category and potential partners.
©
Arup
Page 191 of 302

Page 192

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
16
3.1 Behaviour Change, Education and Awareness
Actions under Behaviour Change, Education and Awareness are initiatives,
communication campaigns and skills development programmes that aim to
raise awareness and change travel behaviour. This is by promoting a shift
towards more sustainable modes of transport and ensuring that everyone has
the required skills and knowledge to embrace these modes. This includes
increasing awareness of the revised 2022 Highway Code that gives pedestrians
priority when using the footpath, shared spaces and crossing the road.
3.1.1 Action Timelines
The actions have been divided
into short, medium and long-
term projects based on how long
implementing each action would
take, provided that funding was
available.
3.1.2 Action Types
The actions have been broken down
between Strategic Actions and
Supporting Actions:
1. Strategic Actions are those
deemed significant and
impactful in achieving the TPOs
2. Supporting Actions consist of
granular actions intended to
assist and support the delivery
of the Strategic Actions
Behaviour Change, Education 
and Awareness
Strategic Actions
73
Implement workshops and training as well as
advertisement and promotional campaigns to
increase awareness of the Avoid-Shift-Improve
Framework, and subsequently increase the
number of journeys made by sustainable travel
modes.
116
Deliver a behaviour change programme that
improves access to bikes for all (including
adapted bicycles, e-cycles and cycle
share) and provides schools, workplaces,
communities and disadvantaged groups with
the confidence and skills to cycle, such that
they can make use of new or existing active
travel infrastructure.
149
Continue to work with local communities,
key stakeholders and resilience groups in the
co-design of projects to build better places
together, while seeking to expand the range
and number of opportunities for co-design by
making use of external funding sources.
Short (1-4 years) 26
Medium (4-8 years) 0
Long (8-15 years) 0
Total number of actions 26
Strategic Actions 3
Supporting Actions 23
Page 192 of 302

Page 193

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 17
73 116 149
©
Chris Hill
Photography
Figure 8: Strategic actions within the theme Behaviour Change, Education and Awareness.
Page 193 of 302

Page 194

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
18
3.2 Accessibility and Inclusivity
Actions under the theme of Accessibility and Inclusivity are initiatives and
projects that aim to make PKC accessible for everyone. This can be by
retrofitting and removing barriers in the existing infrastructure and ensuring
that any new piece of infrastructure takes into consideration the needs of
underrepresented groups, such as the elderly, women, disabled people and
people with accessibility issues.
3.2.1 Action Timelines
The actions have been divided
into short, medium and long-
term projects based on how long
implementing each action would
take, provided that funding was
available.
3.2.2 Action Types
The actions have been broken down
between Strategic Actions and
Supporting Actions:
1. Strategic Actions are those
deemed significant and
impactful in achieving the TPOs
2. Supporting Actions consist of
granular actions intended to
assist and support the delivery
of the Strategic Actions
Accessibility and Inclusivity
Strategic actions
118
Provide access for all at public transport
interchanges, supporting Scotland’s Accessible
Travel Framework. Roll out a programme of
interchange upgrades by focussing on improved
infrastructure design to, and within bus stations,
and improved information, signage and
wayfinding by upgrading the accessibility and
quality of passenger facilities at existing stations
and stops or, where needed, construction of
new facilities.
124
Work with partners to improve vehicle
accessibility and the integration of buses and
trains by increasing the space to accommodate
persons with disabilities, reduced mobility,
prams and/or cycles.
219
Conduct an accessibility audit on all connections
between key local services. The audit should
focus on the experiences of underrepresented
groups, such as older people, women, disabled
people and people with accessibility issues.
Provide improvements that meet inclusive
design standards for primary facilities and
ancillary infrastructure.
Short (1-4 years) 3
Medium (4-8 years) 7
Long (8-15 years) 0
Total number of actions 10
Strategic Actions 4
Supporting Actions 6
Page 194 of 302

Page 195

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 19
Figure 9: Strategic actions within the theme Accessibility and Inclusivity.
Accessibility and Inclusivity
Strategic actions
232
Support partners to improve the access for
all at public transport interchanges supporting
Scotland’s Accessible Travel Framework.
With partners, deliver a programme of
interchange upgrades by focussing on improved
infrastructure design to, and within railway
stations, and improved information, signage and
wayfinding by upgrading the accessibility and
quality of passenger facilities at existing stations
or, where needed, construction of new facilities.
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 19
232
232
232
232
232
232
124
118
Page 195 of 302

Page 196

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
20
3.3 Innovation and Future Mobility
Actions under Innovation and Future Mobility include measures that aim to make
use of digitalisation and emerging technologies, such as Mobility-As-A-Service,
on-demand transport and cycle sharing to encourage modal shift towards more
sustainable modes of transport. Through triple access planning (see page 10),
especially digital innovation, the schemes also enable connectivity, 
while reducing the need to travel.
3.3.1 Action Timelines
The actions have been divided
into short, medium and long-
term projects based on how long
implementing each action would
take, provided that funding was
available.
3.3.2 Action Types
The actions have been broken down
between Strategic Actions and
Supporting Actions:
1. Strategic Actions are those
deemed significant and
impactful in achieving the TPOs
2. Supporting Actions consist of
granular actions intended to
assist and support the delivery
of the Strategic Actions
Innovation and Future Mobility
Strategic Actions
37
Encourage, promote and facilitate the roll
out of digital infrastructure, such as fast
broadband/5G across PKC and particularly in
rural areas and those on low incomes in line
with PKC Digital Strategy.
55 Support partners to develop and roll out
Mobility-as-a-Service (MaaS).
119
Support the decarbonisation of Perth and
Kinross’ transport network by ensuring there
are new and expanding recharging / refuelling
networks as well as technological change.
Short (1-4 years) 12
Medium (4-8 years) 8
Long (8-15 years) 3
Total number of actions 23
Strategic Actions 3
Supporting Actions 20
Page 196 of 302

Page 197

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 21
©
GettyImages
Figure 10: Strategic actions within the theme Innovation and Future Mobility.
37 55 119
Page 197 of 302

Page 198

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
22
3.4 Public Realm
The theme ‘public realm’ includes measures that aim to promote more
sustainable modes of transport by improving the liveability and enjoyability of
public realm and connecting neighbourhoods in Perth and Kinross. For example
actions under the theme include improving access to greenspaces and making
connections to blue and green infrastructure, improving the look and feel of
places, and facilitating opportunities for play, recreation and sports.
3.4.1 Action Timelines
The actions have been divided
into short, medium and long-
term projects based on how long
implementing each action would
take, provided that funding was
available.
3.4.2 Action Types
The actions have been broken down
between Strategic Actions and
Supporting Actions:
1. Strategic Actions are those
deemed significant and
impactful in achieving the TPOs
2. Supporting Actions consist of
granular actions intended to
assist and support the delivery
of the Strategic Actions
Public Realm
Strategic Actions
111
Deliver connected neighbourhoods within
towns and cities to better achieve connected
and more accessible communities following the
20-minute neighbourhood concept, so that as
many people as possible can meet the majority
of their daily needs within a reasonable walk,
wheel or cycle of their home.
159
Develop a rural approach/equivalent to the
20-minute neighbourhood concept in and
around villages and towns to enhance local
accessibility, help tackle societal causes of
inequality, and reduce social isolation and
loneliness.
161
Protect and incorporate green infrastructure
within all new infrastructure schemes and
developments, capitalising on opportunities
across Perth and Kinross to promote active
travel and make connections where possible
to blue and green networks to provide a
multifunctional network with multiple benefits
for climate and nature.
Short (1-4 years) 7
Medium (4-8 years) 2
Long (8-15 years) 0
Total number of actions 9
Strategic Actions 3
Supporting Actions 6
Page 198 of 302

Page 199

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 23
©
Chris Hill
Photography
Figure 11: Strategic actions within the theme Public Realm.
161
111 159
Page 199 of 302

Page 200

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
24
3.5 Organisation, Planning and Regulations
Organisation, Planning and Regulations actions are measures that propose
changes to current operations and planning for mobility in PKC, as well as
fiscal measures that will incentivise sustainable transport use. This includes
green procurement, development of strategies and plans and public transport
pricing. Other actions under this theme includes the development and updating
of various strategies and plans that enable the shift towards more sustainable
mobility in Perth and Kinross. These actions include, for instance, strategies on
active travel, public transport, electric vehicle infrastructure as well as freight,
logistics and deliveries.
3.5.1 Action Timelines
The actions have been divided
into short, medium and long-
term projects based on how long
implementing each action would
take, provided that funding was
available.
3.5.2 Action Types
The actions have been broken down
between Strategic Actions and
Supporting Actions:
• Strategic Actions are those
deemed significant and
impactful in achieving the TPOs
• Supporting Actions consist of
granular actions intended to
assist and support the delivery
of the Strategic Actions
Organisation, Planning and Regulations
Strategic Actions
11
Update the existing Active Travel Strategy
that works for everyone in line with Transport
Scotland’s Active Travel Strategy Guidance
(February 2023).
This will adopt and combine the vision and
objectives of the Mobility Strategy, Tactran’s
emerging regional active travel network,
and the Perth Cycle Network Masterplan to
complement the radial sustainable corridors
to and from Perth City. Support also, the
development of local masterplans to present
local aspirations, such as Kinross Active Travel
Masterplan.
27
Finalise and deliver an EV Infrastructure
Strategy that will include on and off-street
charging infrastructure and develop a private/
public partnership for delivery and operation.
35
Develop a Strategic Parking Policy to align with
the Mobility Strategy’s vision and objectives
that will assess utilisation, integration, parking
provision, demand, safety and sustainable
transport alternatives. The high-level strategic
framework will enable strategic, tactical and
operational decisions on parking arrangements
to be undertaken using an evidence-based
decision-making process. The Parking Policy
may include, for instance, guidance on
cycle parking requirements and appropriate
storage types, and reduction in car parking
requirements for new developments.
Short (1-4 years) 29
Medium (4-8 years) 5
Long (8-15 years) 0
Total number of actions 34
Strategic Actions 10
Supporting Actions 24
Page 200 of 302

Page 201

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 25
Organisation, Planning and Regulations
Strategic Actions
42
Explore new bus powers (Transport Act 2019)
to meet the needs of residents and visitors
for bus services across the council area. The
interventions may include council-run bus
services, franchised bus services or the council
entering into Bus Services Improvement
Partnerships (BSIPs) with bus operators in the
area. Engage with residents and visitors to
better understand where intervention is needed
most.
59
Promote/support community funding
opportunities that allow for local projects to be
delivered by Communities for Communities to
promote and deliver investment in public and
private services in communities.
60
Update the Council’s Corporate Travel Plan
update to align with the Mobility Strategy’s
vision and objectives to promote the Council
as an exemplary organisation in relation to
active travel and public transport individually as
well as part of MaaS.
67
Work with partners to ensure public transport
is affordable to all, specifically for deprived
communities.
Organisation, Planning and Regulations
Strategic Actions
153
Ensure developments consider place and
prioritise the needs of people before the
movement of motor vehicles in line with
national and local design guidance. This
includes prioritising sustainable and active
travel choices, and including fully accessible
paths and routes which are well connected
with the wider environment beyond the site
boundary.
187
Work with Tactran’s Regional Freight Quality
Partnership to develop a Freight, Logistics
and Deliveries Plan to ensure that logistics and
distribution networks move goods efficiently
and sustainably to businesses and consumers.
This may include, for instance, exploring the
role of consolidation centres along the strategic
road corridors.
188
Develop a Public Transport Strategy to guide
the development of the public transport
system across the region for the benefit of
those visiting, working and living in Perth and
Kinross.
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 25
©
Arup
Page 201 of 302

Page 202

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
26
3.6 Road Network
Measures within the theme ‘Road Network’ include actions that aim to
retain climate resilient networks across PKC, and reducing adverse effects
on sustainable transport modes. These measures include, for instance,
prioritisation of buses on roads, improving road safety through speed limit
reductions and implementing traffic calming measures.
3.6.1 Action Timelines
The actions have been divided
into short, medium and long-
term projects based on how long
implementing each action would
take, provided that funding was
available.
3.6.2 Action Types
The actions have been broken down
between Strategic Actions and
Supporting Actions:
1. Strategic Actions are those
deemed significant and
impactful in achieving the TPOs
2. Supporting Actions consist of
granular actions intended to
assist and support the delivery
of the Strategic Actions
Road Network
Strategic Actions
32
Together with partners, continue to inspect,
maintain and improve road structures across
Perth and Kinross to retain climate resilient
networks.
84
Continue to develop and implement bus
priority measures. Measures may include
infrastructural improvements as well as
enforcement of traffic regulations to facilitate
the provision of efficient bus service with
improved journey times.
121
Support partners to deliver measures to reduce
the adverse effects of trunk road traffic on
people walking, wheeling and cycling in those
communities that have a trunk road passing
through them by, for example, reducing traffic
speed, improving the width and quality of
paths and upgrading road crossing facilities.
189
Conduct a traffic safety audit on all major roads
and across all settlements larger than 1,000
residents, within 5km of schools carrying out
improvements based on the findings.
Short (1-4 years) 7
Medium (4-8 years) 3
Long (8-15 years) 4
Total number of actions 14
Strategic Actions 4
Supporting Actions 10
Page 202 of 302

Page 203

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 27
©
GettyImages
Figure 12: Strategic actions within the theme Road Network.
32
189
121
84
Page 203 of 302

Page 204

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
28
3.7 Sustainable Transport
Actions under ‘Sustainable Transport’ include measures and schemes that aim
to improve the conditions and provide more space for sustainable travel across
Perth and Kinross to enable modal shift. Measures include, for example, the
re-allocation of road space towards sustainable modes transport, installation of
cycle parking and exploring the potential for new park-and-ride facilities outwith
town centres.
3.7.1 Action Timelines
The actions have been divided
into short, medium and long-
term projects based on how long
implementing each action would
take, provided that funding was
available.
3.7.2 Action Types
The actions have been broken down
between Strategic Actions and
Supporting Actions:
1. Strategic Actions are those
deemed significant and
impactful in achieving the TPOs
2. Supporting Actions consist of
granular actions intended to
assist and support the delivery
of the Strategic Actions
Sustainable Transport
Strategic Actions
1
Continue the roll-out of the Perth People Place
Programme to develop sustainable and active
travel corridors within local communities.
2
Make improvements within Perth City Centre
to reduce car dominance and improve
sustainable and active travel choices.
Improvements may consider: parking and
road space reallocation, traffic management
arrangements, connecting services, and
placemaking to optimise traffic flows and the
space available, and improve sustainable and
active travel choices to reduce congestion and
local emissions.
12
Continue to improve on- and off-street public
and residential cycle parking across village,
town and city centres. Ensure that cycle
parking is secure and if feasible, covered.
Secure cycle parking should accommodate
various cycles, such as cargobikes, tricycles,
wide-tyred cycles, cycles with trailers in
addition to providing facilities for storing
accessories, such as saddlebags and helmets
during the duration of parking to encourage
linked trips by active modes.
Short (1-4 years) 19
Medium (4-8 years) 12
Long (8-15 years) 4
Total number of actions 35
Strategic Actions 11
Supporting Actions 24
Page 204 of 302

Page 205

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 29
©
Gunther Tschuch
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
Page 205 of 302

Page 206

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
30 A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 30
Sustainable Transport
Strategic Actions
41
Work with bus partners to improve safety on
public transport. This may include enhanced
provision of lighting and CCTV on vehicles
and at key interchanges and along corridors
to increase the perception of safety and
encourage modal shift.
75
Work with partners to improve access to
healthcare and social services for those in the
lowest SIMD datazones, rural communities and
over-65s through improving public transport
frequency, affordability and connectivity to
healthcare facilities.
88
Support the provision of new, relocated and
enhanced train stations where this will improve
access to the rail network and improve
integration within the area being served.
117
Support a programme of improvements,
such as junction upgrades and permissible
speed increases, to achieve journey time
improvements and line capacity increases
for passenger and freight services in line with
STPR2 Tay Cities recommendations and Rail
Services Decarbonisation Action Plan.
Sustainable Transport
Strategic Actions
173
Explore potential for parking areas outwith
town centres across Perth and Kinross,
including Park-and-Ride / Park-and-Choose.
209
Work with bus companies to improve the
experience within bus stations by providing
free facilities such as adequate seating, well
maintained toilets, water refill stations and fast
Wi-Fi.
231
Make improvements within town and village
centres to reduce car dominance and improve
sustainable and active travel choices.
Improvements may consider: parking and
road space reallocation, traffic management
arrangements, connecting services, and
placemaking to optimise traffic flows and the
space available, and improve sustainable and
active travel choices to reduce congestion and
local emissions.
234
Work with rail companies to improve the
experience within train stations by providing
free facilities such as adequate seating, well
maintained toilets, water refill stations and fast
Wi-Fi.
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 30
Page 206 of 302

Page 207

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 31
Figure 13:  Strategic actions within the theme Sustainable Transport.
©
Pexel
173
1
2
117
12
209 41231
88
234
75
Page 207 of 302

Page 208

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
32
3.8 Business-As-Usual and Committed for Delivery
All actions within the Draft Action Plan can be allocated to at least one of the
above themes. However, there are also projects within the Council’s statutory
functions. As such, they form a part of the Council’s existing operations that
should be continued wherever possible in order to ensure continued functioning
of the Perth and Kinross transport network.
There are also projects that have been committed for delivery with full funding
combined with a programme for delivery. Although there are only few projects
meeting this criterion, it is also important to list them to ensure their timely
delivery.
3.8.1 Action Timelines
The actions have been divided
into short, medium and long-
term projects based on how long
implementing each action would
take, provided that funding was
available.
3.8.2 Action Types
The actions have been broken down
between Strategic Actions and
Supporting Actions:
1. Strategic Actions are those
deemed significant and
impactful in achieving the TPOs
2. Supporting Actions consist of
granular actions intended to
assist and support the delivery
of the Strategic Actions
Business-As-Usual 
and Committed For Delivery
Actions
48
Continually assess air quality across Perth and
Kinross to assess any necessary mitigation
measures, such as Low Emission Zones.
186
Continue to implement the Council’s newly
adopted Corporate Asset Management Policy
(CAM Framework January 2024).
223
Continue to monitor and model traffic flows
across Perth City to understand the impacts
of new developments and traffic management
alterations on air quality, and look for
opportunities to align with the regional model.
225
Following the completion of Perth Transport
Futures Phase 1 in 2019, complete Phase
2 (‘Destiny Bridge’ and accompanying
infrastructure) and Phase 3 (Bertha Park North
Link).
226
Ensure the continued operation of the public
transport system to meet the needs of the
residents and visitors across Perth and
Kinross.
227
Continue to ensure that, at minimum,
the designs for transport developments
meet standards and the National Roads
Development Guide (NRDG).
Short (1-4 years) 15
Medium (4-8 years) 0
Long (8-15 years) 1
Total number of actions 16
Strategic Actions 9
Supporting Actions 7
Page 208 of 302

Page 209

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 33
Business-As-Usual 
and Committed For Delivery
Actions
228 Continue the roll out of network improvements
as part of Cycling, Walking and Safer Routes.
229
Continue to develop and deliver the
implementation of on-going behaviour change
initiatives, for example through supporting the
People and Place Programme. Initiatives could
include, for instance, community engagement
(Bikeability Officer, Community Active Travel
Coordinator), bus improvement (Real Time
Passenger Information screens and free bus
days), and marketing and promotion activities
with communities, workplaces and schools.
230
Continue to support and work alongside
partners such as Network Rail, Sustrans, and
Tactran to help operate and enhance existing
transportation systems.
33
186
225
48
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
227226
229228 230
Figure 14:  Strategic actions within the theme Business-As-Usual and Committed for Delivery.
223
Page 209 of 302

Page 210

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
34
4. Summary
This document has explained the development of
the Action Plan as part of PKC’s Mobility Strategy
and presented the final list of actions.
The Action Plan sets out a bank of actions that
can be delivered over the lifespan of the Mobility
Strategy in an effective, coordinated and cost-
effective manner to support future delivery, the
Implementation Plan has been collated to provide
more information on the actions, such as indicative
costs, funding sources and partners. The majority
of strategic actions and corresponding supporting
actions can be developed by a singular team at the
Council, inter-departmental collaboration will be
needed to ensure delivery in an effective and co-
ordinated manner.
The Mobility Strategy sets out a vision for
transformational change to transport across the
region and ensures that the Council makes a full
contribution to our climate change commitments
and the transition to net zero carbon. An
aspirational transport network for Perth City has
been visualised overleaf in Figure 15.
©
GettyImages
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
34
Page 210 of 302

Page 211

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 35
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 35
Figure 15: Aspirational transport network for Perth City.
Page 211 of 302

Page 212

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
36
5. Implementation Plan
This is the Implementation Plan with the final list of all 167 actions resulting from the appraisal of the long 
list of 234 actions. The list is organised to show the 47 strategic actions with their supporting actions. 
Each action is accompanied by the allocated theme, timescale, indicative cost, potential funding sources 
and partners for the delivery. Not all actions IDs are present in the tables below due to some actions being
sifted out throughout the appraisal process.
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
1 Continue the roll-out of the Perth People Place
Programme to develop sustainable and active travel
corridors within local communities - piloted by the
Dunkeld Road Corridor. Corridors to be considered:
Glasgow Road
Dundee Road
Edinburgh Road
Perth Road (Scone to Perth)
Sustainable
Transport
Medium High Sustrans,
Transport Scotland
Sustrans, Tactran
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
2 Make improvements within the Perth City Centre ring
road to reduce car dominance and improve sustainable
and active travel choices. Improvements may
consider: parking and road space reallocation, traffic
management arrangements, connecting services, and
placemaking to optimise traffic flows and the space
available, and improve sustainable and active travel
choices to reduce congestion and local emissions.
Sustainable
Transport
Short Medium Innovate UK,
Sustrans,
Tactran,
Tay Cities Region
Deal,
Transport Scotland
PKC
Page 212 of 302

Page 213

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 37
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
11 Update the existing Active Travel Strategy that works
for everyone in line with Transport Scotland’s Active
Travel Strategy Guidance (February 2023).
This will adopt and combine the vision and objectives
of the Mobility Strategy, Tactran’s emerging regional
active travel network, and the Perth Cycle Network
Masterplan to complement the radial sustainable
corridors to and from Perth City. Support also, the
development of local masterplans to present local
aspirations, such as Kinross Active Travel Masterplan.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low PKC Only Community
Development Trusts,
Sustrans,
Tactran
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
14 Assess and review Core Path Plan path assets and
deliver a programme of improvements.
Sustainable
Transport
Long High Paths for All,
Transport Scotland
Community
Councils,
Community
Development Trusts,
Perth and Kinross
Countryside Trust,
Sustrans,
Tactran
Page 213 of 302

Page 214

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
38
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
17 Work alongside partners Tactran to design and
develop or improve the regional active travel network
to connect Perth and Kinross with other regions, cities
and major gateways using high quality active travel
infrastructure that segregates users form busy roads
and makes use of quiet roads where appropriate.
Business-As-
Usual
and
Committed
For Delivery
Long Very High Sustrans,
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Community
Councils,
Community
Development Trusts,
Perth and Kinross
Countryside Trust,
Sustrans,
Tactran
18 Support partners in the delivery of National Cycle
Network enhancements to ensure they work for
everyone.
Sustainable
Transport
Medium Low Sustrans,
Transport Scotland
Sustrans
72 Provide high quality and inclusive (i.e. safe, segregated,
direct) active travel infrastructure, focusing on the
delivery of active freeways between Perth City Centre
/ rural areas to employment, health facilities, services,
leisure and tourism activities, to encourage more
people to walk, wheel and cycle more often.
Sustainable
Transport
Medium Very High Cairngorms National
Park Authority,
Loch Lomond & The
Trossachs National
Park,
Sustrans,
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Cairngorms National
Park Authority,
Community
Development Trusts,
Community
Councils,
Loch Lomond & The
Trossachs National
Park,
Sustrans,
Tactran
Page 214 of 302

Page 215

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 39
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
91 Expand the Green Route Networks by increasing the
number of shared use paths, safer crossing locations
and cycle parking. Green Route infrastructure provides
walking and cycling friendly road links on narrow
country roads between communities with reduced
speed limits to reduce carbon emissions and air
pollution.
Sustainable
Transport
Medium High Cycling Scotland,
Paths for All,
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Community
Development Trusts,
Perth and Kinross
Countryside Trust,
Transport Scotland
92 Develop an Active Travel Monitoring Plan to collect
qualitative and quantitative data on active travel in
Perth and Kinross. Monitor the outputs to evaluate the
impact of active travel investment and levels of cycling
to embed learning in future decisions and schemes.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low PKC Only PKC
98 Support and promote a toolkit for schools and Parent
Councils to set-up and coordinate bike-trains and
walking-buses easily and effectively.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low Tactran Organisations
delivering behaviour
change initiatives,
Parent Councils,
Schools
99 Advertise health walks and other programmes to
support people who are less confident about walking
or cycling, and work with Live Active Leisure and
Sustrans to support the projects they undertake in this
area.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low Tactran Live Active Leisure,
Organisations
delivering behaviour
change initiatives,
Sustrans
Page 215 of 302

Page 216

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
40
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
115 Deliver improved and safer walking, wheeling and
cycling routes to primary and secondary schools,
created through a comprehensive package of
behavioural change measures and local infrastructure
schemes.
Sustainable
Transport
Short High Sustrans,
Tactran
Organisations
delivering behaviour
change initiatives,
Schools,
Tactran
146 Improve/provide active travel crossings that can
accommodate cycling over the River Tay.
Sustainable
Transport
Long High Sustrans,
Transport Scotland
Community
Councils,
Community
Development Trusts,
Sustrans,
Tactran
147 Review National Cycle Network (NCN) and NCN
Development Plan (NDP) intersecting with Perth &
Kinross Council to explore feasibility options to connect
NCN routes.
Sustainable
Transport
Short Low Sustrans Sustrans,
Tactran
195 Conduct a review of signage in relation to existing
active travel routes (e.g. NCN, core paths) and
signposting to key amenities/ services/ attractions/
gateways.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low Sustrans Sustrans
196 Explore the feasibility and identify appropriate locations
for implementing Cycle Streets (i.e. prioritisation of
cycle users within a mixed street environment with
motor traffic to be treated as ‘guests’) and/or Filtered
Streets (i.e. filtered access for motor traffic while
delivering permeable access for walking, wheeling and
cycling) to encourage active travel.
Road
Network
Short Low Sustrans PKC
Page 216 of 302

Page 217

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 41
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
199 Explore the feasibility and support delivery of expanding
the network of long-distance off-road shared paths for
commuting and recreational travel. This may include
the review of, for example, Countryside Trust's active
travel projects and re-utilisation of disused railway lines
for walking, wheeling and cycling, particularly between
rural settlements.
Sustainable
Transport
Short Low Sustrans,
Transport Scotland
Perth and Kinross
Countryside Trust,
Sustrans,
Tactran
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
12 Continue to improve on- and off-street public and
residential cycle parking across village, town and
city centres. Ensure that cycle parking is secure and
if feasible, covered. Secure cycle parking should
accommodate various cycles, such as cargobikes,
tricycles, wide-tyred cycles, cycles with trailers in
addition to providing facilities for storing accessories,
such as saddlebags and helmets during the duration of
parking to encourage linked trips by active modes.
Sustainable
Transport
Short Low Cycling Scotland,
Sustrans,
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Community
Councils,
Community
Development Trusts,
Sustrans,
Tactran
Page 217 of 302

Page 218

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
42
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
27 Finalise and deliver an EV Infrastructure Strategy that
will include on and off-street charging infrastructure
and develop a private/public partnership for delivery
and operation.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Medium Low Energy Saving Trust,
Scottish Futures Trust,
Transport Scotland
ChargePlace
Scotland,
Community
Development Trusts,
Community
Councils,
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
207 Together with partners, explore the feasibility of
providing secure off-street cycle parking at public
transport stops and stations. Secure cycle parking
should accommodate various cycles, such as
cargobikes, tricycles, wide-tyred cycles, cycles with
trailers in addition to providing facilities for storing
accessories, such as saddlebags and helmets during
the duration of parking to encourage linked trips by
active modes.
Sustainable
Transport
Short Low Bus Operators,
Rail Operators,
Tactran
Bus Operators,
Network Rail
Page 218 of 302

Page 219

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 43
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
138 Explore the provision of electric car club vehicles (and
associated charging infrastructure) as part of new
housing developments.
Innovation
and Future
Mobility
Short Medium Private Developer
Contributions
Car Club Operators,
Energy Providers,
Private Developers,
Tactran
141 Enable inclusion of an electric car sharing vehicle at the
site of any significant charging infrastructure.
Innovation
and Future
Mobility
Short Medium Car Club Operators,
Energy Saving Trust
Car Club Operators,
ChargePlace
Scotland,
Tactran
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
32 Together with partners, continue to inspect, maintain
and improve road structures across Perth and Kinross
to retain climate resilient networks.
Road
Network
Short Very High Transport Scotland Transport Scotland,
Road Operating
Companies
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
28 Develop an asset management platform (e.g. a
mapping tool), used to highlight the status of the road
network, allowing for a clear and prioritised programme
of work that can be well communicated and easily
shared. This will help find coworking opportunities,
optimise them, and minimise disturbance to existing
live network.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low PKC Only PKC
Page 219 of 302

Page 220

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
44
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
31 Encourage sustainable procurement options for large
maintenance contracts.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low PKC Only PKC
33 Together with partners, continue to develop and deliver
Flood Protection Schemes (FPS) under the Flood
Risk Management Strategy - Tay Local Plan District to
reduce flood risk across the identified vulnerable areas.
Ensure to consider transport network resilience and
accessibility issues as well as dwelling flooding.
Business-As-
Usual and
Committed
For Delivery
Short Very High Scottish Environment
Protection Agency
(SEPA),
Scottish Government
Cairngorms National
Park Authority,
Loch Lomond & The
Trossachs National
Park,
Scottish
Environment
Protection Agency
(SEPA),
Scottish Water
148 Ensure new / improved infrastructure avoids increasing
flood risk and reduces risk of flooding.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Very High Scottish Environment
Protection Agency
(SEPA),
Scottish Government,
Transport Scotland
Cairngorms National
Park Authority,
Loch Lomond & The
Trossachs National
Park,
Scottish
Environment
Protection Agency
(SEPA),
Scottish Water
Page 220 of 302

Page 221

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 45
* The total cost (for both PKC and partners) of implementing this action will likely be considerably higher than 
the indicative cost in this Action Plan which highlights the indicative costs to PKC alone.
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
150 Integrate sustainable urban drainage systems in design
and placemaking to reduce surface water flooding/run-
off.
Innovation
and Future
Mobility
Short High Private Developer
Contributions,
Scottish Government
Private Developers,
Scottish
Environment
Protection Agency
(SEPA),
Scottish Water
221 Support Transport Scotland on the delivery of
STPR2 recommendation 31 to adapt trunk roads
and motorways to the impacts of climate change
to improve network safety, reliability and resilience.
STPR2 recommends building on existing evidence
around vulnerable locations to develop a fuller picture
of those areas on the trunk road and motorway
network most at risk of disruption due to weather
events. This would provide a basis for identifying,
prioritising and implementing improvements.
Road
Network
Long Low* Transport Scotland Transport Scotland
Page 221 of 302

Page 222

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
46
* The total cost (for both PKC and partners) of implementing this action will likely be considerably higher than 
the indicative cost in this Action Plan which highlights the indicative costs to PKC alone.
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
222 Support Transport Scotland on the delivery of Support
STPR2 recommendation 32 to improve reliability,
resilience and safety by renewing and refurbishing
trunk roads and motorways. STPR2 recommends
continued and increased investment in the trunk
road and motorway network over and above current
maintenance levels to keep the network reliable and
resilient for road users. Potential measures would
include, but are not limited to, carriageway and
structure schemes, strengthening of major bridges,
removal of accessibility barriers and development of
integrated transport plans.
Road
Network
Long Low* Transport Scotland Transport Scotland
224 Ensure that the access of agricultural traffic is duly
considered in infrastructure projects.
Road
Network
Short Medium Transport Scotland Transport Scotland
Page 222 of 302

Page 223

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 47
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
35 Develop a Strategic Parking Policy to align with the
Mobility Strategy's vision and objectives that will assess 
utilisation, integration, parking provision, demand,
safety and sustainable transport alternatives. The high-
level strategic framework will enable strategic, tactical 
and operational decisions on parking arrangements
to be undertaken using an evidence-based decision-
making process. The Parking Policy may include, for
instance, guidance on cycle parking requirements and 
appropriate storage types, and car parking 
requirements for new developments.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low PKC Only PKC
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
36 Implement and enforce pavement parking in line with
the Transport (Scotland) Act 2019.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Medium PKC Only PKC
190 Explore potential of removing, reducing, reallocating
on- and off-street parking across Perth and Kinross
to create space for sustainable and active travel and
public realm.
Public Realm Short Low Sustrans PKC
204 Review the pricing of parking across Perth and Kinross. Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low PKC Only PKC
Page 223 of 302

Page 224

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
48
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
37 Encourage, promote and facilitate the roll out of digital
infrastructure, such as fast broadband/5G across
PKC and particularly in rural areas and those on low
incomes in line with PKC Digital Strategy.
Innovation
and Future
Mobility
Medium Low* Broadband Providers,
Scottish Government,
Tay Cities Region Deal
Broadband
Providers,
Tay Cities Region
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
39 Support trialling and the adoption of innovative
technologies and techniques in line with Mobility
Strategy objectives, improving digital accessibility and
thus promoting and delivering investment in public and
private sector services.
Innovation
and Future
Mobility
Short High Scottish Government,
Tay Cities Region Deal
Broadband
Providers,
Tay Cities Region
61 Continue to support hybrid working, encouraging
online video conferencing/training/meetings, reducing
the need to travel for work, and continue to provide the
digital services required.
Business-As-
Usual and
Committed
For Delivery
Short Low Broadband Providers,
Scottish Government,
Tay Cities Region Deal
Broadband
Providers,
Scottish
Government,
Tay Cities Region,
Workplaces
- Medium (50-
249 employees)
and Large (>250
employees)
* The total cost (for both PKC and partners) of implementing this action will likely be considerably higher than 
the indicative cost in this Action Plan which highlights the indicative costs to PKC alone.
Page 224 of 302

Page 225

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 49
* The total cost (for both PKC and partners) of implementing this action will likely be considerably higher than 
the indicative cost in this Action Plan which highlights the indicative costs to PKC alone.
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
41 Work with bus partners to improve safety on public
transport. This may include enhanced provision of
lighting and CCTV on vehicles and at key interchanges
and along corridors to increase the perception of safety
and encourage modal shift.
Sustainable
Transport
Medium Medium Bus Operators,
Rail Operators,
Transport Scotland
Bus Operators,
Network Rail,
Rail Operators,
Transport Scotland
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
151 Work with broadband providers to develop affordable,
sustainable internet access, and with partners such as
social housing providers and caregivers, provide the
residents with training and support to develop basic
digital skills to facilitate reduction in travel demand in
relation to employment and services.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Medium* Broadband Providers,
Scottish Government,
Tay Cities Region Deal
Broadband
Providers,
Social Housing
Providers,
Tay Cities Region
Page 225 of 302

Page 226

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
50
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
42 Explore new bus powers (Transport Act 2019) to meet
the needs of residents and visitors for bus services
across the council area. The interventions may include
council-run bus services, franchised bus services or
the council entering into Bus Services Improvement
Partnerships (BSIPs) with bus operators in the area.
Engage with residents and visitors to better understand
where intervention is needed most.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
40 Lobby for central government ring fenced funding
to improve Local Bus Services and to protect lifeline
services.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low PKC only Tactran
43 Encourage, support and promote Community Bus
Partnerships and Transport Services across Perth and
Kinross to provide a secure and direct transport option
for older people and those with reduced mobility or
disability. Services may include dial-a-bus services,
Community Bike Hubs, community minibuses and
existing schemes, such as the Glenfarg Community
Transport Group.
Sustainable
Transport
Short Low Paths for All Open
Fund,
Transport Scotland
Community
Councils,
Community
Development Trusts,
Community
Transport
Association,
CoMo UK,
Tactran Liftshare
177 Work with bus service providers to provide hopper bus
services around towns and settlements to increase
direct connectivity to key amenities and services.
Sustainable
Transport
Short High Transport Scotland Bus Operators,
Community
Transport Groups
Page 226 of 302

Page 227

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 51
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
48 Continually assess air quality across Perth and Kinross
to assess any necessary mitigation measures, such as
Low Emission Zones.
Business-As-
Usual
and
Committed
For Delivery
Short Low Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Tactran
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
180 Ensure there is a sufficient number of voluntary or
paid bus drivers for community run buses in rural
communities.
Sustainable
Transport
Short Medium Funding sources to be
explored
Bus Operators,
Community
Transport Groups,
Tactran
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
47 Continue to enforce anti-idling. Business-As-
Usual
and
Committed
For Delivery
Short Low PKC Only PKC
164 Keep the City Centre Traffic Management Review
under continual review. The Council's Traffic and
Environmental Teams will liaise regularly to discuss the
effects of component measures of the CCTMR on air
quality.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low PKC Only PKC
Page 227 of 302

Page 228

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
52
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
55 Support partners to develop and roll out Mobility-as-a-
Service (MaaS).
Innovation
and Future
Mobility
Short Low* Innovate UK,
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Loch Lomond & The
Trossachs National
Park,
NHS Tayside,
SEStran,
Tactran
* The total cost (for both PKC and partners) of implementing this action will likely be considerably higher than 
the indicative cost in this Action Plan which highlights the indicative costs to PKC alone.
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
44 Improve access to bikes for everyone by exploring an
e-bike share scheme by public or private operators, or
by providing support to community action groups.
Innovation
and Future
Mobility
Short Low Cycle Sharing
Scheme Operators
Community
Councils,
Community
Development Trusts,
Cycle Sharing
Scheme Operators
45 Support and encourage partners and communities to
establish Car Clubs.
Innovation
and Future
Mobility
Short Low PKC Only Community
Councils,
Car Club Operators,
Community
Development Trusts
Page 228 of 302

Page 229

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 53
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
110 Work with partners to develop smart, integrated
ticketing and payment services, to modernise, simplify
and enable convenience for passengers accessing
public transport. Provide alternatives (for example,
physical ticket machines) for those without digital
access at key public transport interchanges.
Innovation
and Future
Mobility
Medium High Funding sources to be
explored
Bus Operators,
Rail Operators,
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
137 Work with regional partners to pilot integrated parking
and charging payments through an integrated mobility
platform.
Innovation
and Future
Mobility
Short Medium Innovate UK,
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Cairngorms National
Park Authority,
Loch Lomond & The
Trossachs National
Park,
Private Parking
Providers,
Tactran
139 Engage with car club operators to address barriers to
greater levels of uptake, e.g. dependence on back-to-
base model.
Innovation
and Future
Mobility
Short Low Car Club Operators Car Club Operators,
Tactran
166 Assess the potential options for smart parking
to facilitate effective location of available parking
spaces, and in doing so, reduce adverse impacts on
congestion and air quality.
Innovation
and Future
Mobility
Short Low Innovate UK,
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Cairngorms National
Park Authority,
Loch Lomond & The
Trossachs National
Park,
Private Parking
Providers,
Tactran
Page 229 of 302

Page 230

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
54
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
59 Promote/support community funding opportunities that
allow for local projects to be delivered by Communities
for Communities to promote and deliver investment in
public and private services in communities.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low Cairngorms National
Park Authority,
Loch Lomond & The
Trossachs National
Park,
Paths for All,
Scottish Government,
Sustrans,
Transport Scotland
Community
Councils,
Community
Development Trusts
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
58 Support communities to develop Community
Action Plans which consider transport on a local
scale, allowing for a programme of public-led and
community-led projects to be adopted, optimising
opportunities from a variety of funding streams.
Business-As-
Usual
and
Committed
For Delivery
Short Low Cairngorms National
Park Authority,
Loch Lomond & The
Trossachs National
Park,
Paths for All,
Scottish Government,
Sustrans,
Transport Scotland
Community
Councils,
Community
Development Trusts
Page 230 of 302

Page 231

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 55
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
60 Update the Council's Corporate Travel Plan update to
align with the Mobility Strategy's vision and objectives
to promote the Council as an exemplary organisation in
relation to active travel and public transport individually
as well as part of MaaS.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low PKC Only PKC
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
152 Grow network of Community Climate Action Hubs,
supporting local communities to develop place-based
approaches to reduce emissions and become more
climate resilient.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low National Centre for
Resilience,
Scottish Government
Community
Councils,
Community
Development Trusts,
Perth and Kinross
Countryside Trust,
Tayside Local
Resilience
Partnership
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
52 Continue to encourage and promote the Council's
car pool scheme as well as optimise the service’s
convenience.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low PKC Only Tactran Liftshare
Page 231 of 302

Page 232

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
56
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
67 Work with partners to ensure public transport is
affordable to all, specifically for deprived communities.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Medium PKC Only Bus Operators
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
62 Internally promote the Council's Low Carbon Car
Scheme and Cycle to Work Scheme.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low PKC Only PKC
100 Achieve Cycle Scotland’s Cycle Friendly status as an
employer and advocate that other employers as well
as primary and secondary schools also achieve this
status.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low PKC Only Schools,
Workplaces
Page 232 of 302

Page 233

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 57
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
57 Continue to subsidise and review Free Bus Travel
schemes: 1) during the lead-up to Christmas and 2)
on the first Saturday of the month during Financial
Year 2024-2025, to encourage and promote public
transport.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Medium PKC only Bus Operators
85 Explore the potential for providing further discounted
travel schemes to support making travel more
affordable.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low PKC Only Bus Operators,
Tactran
107 Work with partners to undertake a Fair Fares Review (in
line with National review) to ensure a sustainable and
integrated approach to public transport fares.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low Transport Scotland Tactran,
Transport Scotland
201 Work with communities to provide support in the
process for applying for an under 22's bus pass.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low PKC Only Community
Councils,
Community
Development Trusts
Page 233 of 302

Page 234

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
58
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
73 Implement workshops and training as well as
advertisement and promotional campaigns to increase
awareness of the Avoid-Shift-Improve Framework, and
subsequently increase the number of journeys made
by sustainable travel modes.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low Paths for All,
Transport Scotland
Community
Councils,
Community
Development Trusts,
Community
Organisations,
NHS Tayside,
Schools,
Tactran,
Travel Know How
Scotland,
Workplaces
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
63 Promote Liftshare Scheme through social media and
communication platforms.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low PKC Only Liftshare,
Tactran
64 Promote 'Love My Bus' campaign through social
media and council communication platforms.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low PKC Only Transform Scotland
Page 234 of 302

Page 235

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 59
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
76 Provide comprehensive cycle training for vulnerable
groups at all life stages in accordance with the
Council's Active Travel Strategy, including learning to
ride in pre-school, learning to ride on-road through
school Bikeability training, and for adults of all ages,
including cycle awareness training.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low Tactran Cycling Scotland,
Paths for All,
Tactran
89 Provide accurate and accessible travel information that
is up-to-date and comprehensive including routes,
journey times, timetables, costs and facilities for all
modes. Travel information should be available in both
paper-based and digital formats.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low PKC Only Bus Operators,
Rail Operators
96 Disseminate information and maps of cycle and
walking routes throughout Perth and Kinross online
and in print format. Include locations of the Green
Route Network, cycle rack locations and other active
travel networks.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low PKC Only Community
Councils,
Sustrans,
Tactran
97 Work with schools to encourage them to have up-to-
date Travel Plans, and continue to provide support to
schools for implementation of the actions within them.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low Tactran Organisations
delivering behaviour
change initiatives,
Schools
101 Encourage all secondary schools to promote active
travel to their pupils and expand the role of I Bike or
other similar projects, to facilitate cycling by secondary
school children to and from school as well as for
leisure.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low Tactran Organisations
delivering behaviour
change initiatives,
Schools
Page 235 of 302

Page 236

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
60
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
75 Work with partners to improve access to healthcare
and social services for those in the lowest SIMD
datazones, rural communities and over-65s through
improving public transport frequency, affordability and
connectivity to healthcare facilities.
Sustainable
Transport
Medium High Private Developer
Contributions,
Scottish Government,
Tactran
Perth and Kinross
Health and Social
Care Partnership,
Private Developers,
Tactran
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
102 Promote Park & Stride sites at schools and seek to
encourage parents/guardians/carers to utilise these
locations rather than parking at the school gate.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low Tactran Organisations
delivering behaviour
change initiatives,
Schools
140 Engage with car club operators to improve information
(including in-vehicle information) on using electric club
vehicles.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low Car Club Operators Car Club Operators,
Tactran
163 Work with regional partners to further encourage
development and employee use of Green Travel Plans
in large workplaces.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low Tactran Tactran,
Workplaces - Large
(>250 employees)
Page 236 of 302

Page 237

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 61
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
158 With partners, promote the health benefits of outdoor
recreation and GP-led green health referrals.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low Funding sources to be
explored
Cairngorms National
Park Authority,
Community
Councils,
Community
Development Trusts,
Loch Lomond & The
Trossachs National
Park,
NatureScot,
Perth and Kinross
Health and Social
Care Partnership,
Scottish Forestry
168 Establish Tayside Physical Activity and Green Health
Network with partners to develop pathways to support
people to be active in their own community.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low Funding sources to be
explored
Cairngorms National
Park Authority,
Community
Councils,
Community
Development Trusts,
Live Active Leisure,
Loch Lomond & The
Trossachs National
Park,
NatureScot,
Perth and Kinross
Health and Social
Care Partnership,
Scottish Forestry
Page 237 of 302

Page 238

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
62
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
84 Continue to develop and implement bus priority
measures. Measures may include infrastructural
improvements as well as enforcement of traffic
regulations to facilitate the provision of efficient bus
service with improved journey times.
Road
Network
Medium Very High Funding sources to be
explored
Bus Operators
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
169 Provide access for everyone to activities prescribed
by social prescribers and link social prescribers to GP
practices.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Medium Low NHS Tayside Cairngorms National
Park Authority,
Community
Councils,
Community
Development Trusts,
Live Active Leisure,
Loch Lomond & The
Trossachs National
Park,
NatureScot,
Perth and Kinross
Health and Social
Care Partnership,
Scottish Forestry
179 Improve access for emergency health care in rural
areas where there is concern for the journey time for
ambulances and the lack of doctors in the area.
Road
Network
Short High Scottish Government,
Transport Scotland
Perth and Kinross
Health and Social
Care Partnership
Page 238 of 302

Page 239

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 63
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
88 Support the provision of new, relocated and enhanced
train stations where this will improve access to the rail
network and improve integration within the area being
served.
Sustainable
Transport
Long High* Transport Scotland Network Rail,
ScotRail,
Transport Scotland
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
111 Deliver connected neighbourhoods within towns and
cities to better achieve connected and more accessible
communities following the 20-minute neighbourhood
concept, so that as many people as possible can meet
the majority of their daily needs within a reasonable
walk, wheel or cycle of their home.
Public Realm Medium High Sustrans,
Transport Scotland
Community
Development Trusts,
Community
Councils
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
10 Support partners with the development of the Perth
Railway Masterplan, encourage the integration of the
bus station and other sustainable and active travel
modes.
Business-As-
Usual
and
Committed
For Delivery
Short Low Network Rail,
Tay Cities Region Deal
Network Rail,
Transport Scotland
* The total cost (for both PKC and partners) of implementing this action will likely be considerably higher than 
the indicative cost in this Action Plan which highlights the indicative costs to PKC alone.
Page 239 of 302

Page 240

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
64
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
68 Create walkable and wheelable city centres and
rural village centres with strategic connections. Early
collaboration with accessibility groups should be
carried out to ensure designs/interventions are fully
accessible.
Accessibility
and Inclusivity
Medium High Private Developer
Contributions,
Sustrans,
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Centre for Inclusive
Living,
Sustrans,
Tactran
172 Develop pocket places in key areas with cycle
infrastructure and maps / area information, and public
transport timetables.
Public Realm Short Medium Scottish Environment
Protection Agency
(SEPA),
Sustrans,
Transport Scotland
Community
Councils,
Community
Development Trusts
176 Improve connections between village/town centres and
greenspaces to encourage locally made active travel
trips for the benefit of recreation, health and wellbeing
and local economy.
Public Realm Medium Low Sustrans,
Transport Scotland
Community
Councils,
Community
Development Trusts,
Perth and Kinross
Countryside Trust,
Sustrans,
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
181 Explore feasibility to pedestrianise village, town and city
centres on a permanent/seasonal basis to create more
liveable and accessible centres for both residents and
visitors, and to boost local economy.
Public Realm Short Low Sustrans Sustrans,
Transport Scotland
Page 240 of 302

Page 241

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 65
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
116 Deliver a behaviour change programme that improves
access to bikes for all (including adapted bicycles,
e-cycles and cycle share) and provides schools,
workplaces, communities and disadvantaged groups
with the confidence and skills to cycle, such that
they can make use of new or existing active travel
infrastructure.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Medium Tactran Community
Councils,
Organisations
delivering behaviour
change initiatives,
Schools,
Tactran,
Workplaces
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
206 Integrate art and design within projects to encourage
active travel and enhance public realm by, for example,
exploring ways to incorporate it into empty spaces,
into navigation/wayfinding, and at public transport
interchanges.
Public Realm Short Medium Sustrans,
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
PKC
Page 241 of 302

Page 242

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
66
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
118 Provide access for all at public transport interchanges,
supporting Scotland’s Accessible Travel Framework.
Roll out a programme of interchange upgrades by
focussing on improved infrastructure design to, and
within bus stations, and improved information, signage
and wayfinding by upgrading the accessibility and
quality of passenger facilities at existing stations and
stops or, where needed, construction of new facilities.
Accessibility
and Inclusivity
Medium High Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Centre for Inclusive
Living,
Tactran
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
19 Conduct audits of bus stop and bus interchange
accessibility and security and support partners to
deliver a programme of improvements to enable
increased use and modal shift.
Accessibility
and Inclusivity
Medium High Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Tactran
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
117 Support a programme of improvements, such as
junction upgrades and permissible speed increases, to
achieve journey time improvements and line capacity
increases for passenger and freight services in line with
STPR2 Tay Cities recommendations and Rail Services
Decarbonisation Action Plan.
Sustainable
Transport
Medium Low* Transport Scotland Network Rail,
Rail Operators,
Tactran Freight
Quality Partnership,
Transport Scotland
* The total cost (for both PKC and partners) of implementing this action will likely be considerably higher than 
the indicative cost in this Action Plan which highlights the indicative costs to PKC alone.
Page 242 of 302

Page 243

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 67
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
119 Support the decarbonisation of Perth and Kinross'
transport network by ensuring there are new and
expanding recharging / refuelling networks as well as
technological change.
Innovation
and Future
Mobility
Medium Very High Energy Saving Trust,
Scottish Futures Trust,
Scottish Government,
Transport Scotland
Energy Providers,
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
25 Support Transport Scotland and partners in the
decarbonisation of Scotland's passenger rail services
by 2035.
Innovation
and Future
Mobility
Long Medium* Scottish Government Energy providers,
Network Rail,
Rail operators,
Scottish
Government,
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
46 Support taxi and private hire fleets to decarbonise and
move towards a low carbon fleet.
Innovation
and Future
Mobility
Long Low* Energy Saving Trust,
Transport Scotland,
Scottish Government
Energy Saving Trust,
Scottish Futures
Trust,
Taxi and Private Hire
Fleet Operators
53 Invest in a sustainable/low-carbon council fleet,
including charging/fuelling infrastructure.
Innovation
and Future
Mobility
Medium High Energy Saving Trust,
Scottish Futures Trust,
Scottish Government,
Transport Scotland
Energy Providers,
Transport Scotland
* The total cost (for both PKC and partners) of implementing this action will likely be considerably higher than 
the indicative cost in this Action Plan which highlights the indicative costs to PKC alone.
Page 243 of 302

Page 244

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
68
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
54 Support partners in exploring hydrogen vehicles and
refuelling facilities through the Tactran and Tayside
Hydrogen Project.
Innovation
and Future
Mobility
Medium Low* Scottish Government,
Tay Cities Region
Deal,
Transport Scotland
Tactran,
Tay Cities Region
56 Support bus operators to decarbonise bus services,
with consideration to charging infrastructure and fleet.
Innovation
and Future
Mobility
Long Low* Energy Saving Trust,
Scottish Futures Trust,
Scottish Government,
Transport Scotland
Bus Operators
142 Continue to participate and support in Tactran's
Regional EV Steering Group forum to share data
and learning from EV deployment to accelerate the
transition and identify barriers to adoption.
Business-As-
Usual
and
Committed
For Delivery
Short Low PKC Only Tactran Regional EV
Steering Group
* The total cost (for both PKC and partners) of implementing this action will likely be considerably higher than 
the indicative cost in this Action Plan which highlights the indicative costs to PKC alone.
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
121 Support partners to deliver measures to reduce the
adverse effects of trunk road traffic on people walking,
wheeling and cycling in those communities that have
a trunk road passing through them by, for example,
reducing traffic speed, improving the width and quality
of paths and upgrading road crossing facilities.
Road
Network
Medium Medium* Transport Scotland Community
Councils,
Police Scotland,
Sustrans,
Transport Scotland
Page 244 of 302

Page 245

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 69
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
120 Support partners to progress road safety
improvements across the trunk road and motorway
network with a primary, but not exclusive, focus on
rural sections where accident rates and severities
are typically higher. The types of improvements
would include junction improvements (such as right-
turn priority, signalisation, at-grade roundabout and
grade-separation) as well as junction rationalisation,
realignment/widening of carriageways and provision of
overtaking opportunities.
Road
Network
Long Low* Transport Scotland Community
Councils,
Transport Scotland
220 Support Transport Scotland on the delivery of
STPR2 recommendation 30 to improve trunk road
and motorway safety to progress towards 'Vision
Zero' where there are zero fatalities and injuries on
Scotland’s roads by 2050. STPR2 recommends
road safety improvements are progressed across the
trunk road and motorway network with a primary,
but not exclusive, focus on rural sections where
accident rates and severities are typically higher.
Measures are likely to include one or a combination of
junction improvements, carriageway widening, route
realignment and provision of overtaking opportunities.
The location and type of improvements on specific
routes requires further detailed investigation, potentially
through the development of route action plans.
Road
Network
Long Low* Transport Scotland Transport Scotland
* The total cost (for both PKC and partners) of implementing this action will likely be considerably higher than 
the indicative cost in this Action Plan which highlights the indicative costs to PKC alone.
Page 245 of 302

Page 246

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
70
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
124 Work with partners to improve vehicle accessibility
and the integration of buses and trains by increasing
the space to accommodate persons with disabilities,
reduced mobility, prams and/or cycles.
Accessibility
and Inclusivity
Short Medium Transport Scotland Bus Operators,
Centre for Inclusive
Living,
Network Rail,
Rail Operators,
Transport Scotland
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
210 Work with operators to provide on board audio-
visual facilities on buses (including naming and
announcement of bus stops) to improve accessibility
for older people and people with visual or hearing
impairments.
Accessibility
and Inclusivity
Short Low* Funding sources to be
explored
Bus Operators
* The total cost (for both PKC and partners) of implementing this action will likely be considerably higher than 
the indicative cost in this Action Plan which highlights the indicative costs to PKC alone.
Page 246 of 302

Page 247

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 71
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
149 Continue to work with local communities, key
stakeholders and resilience groups in the co-design of
projects to build better places together, while seeking
to expand the range and number of opportunities for
co-design by making use of external funding sources.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low National Centre for
Resilience,
Scottish Government
Community
Councils,
Community
Development Trusts,
Perth and Kinross
Countryside Trust,
Tayside Local
Resilience
Partnership
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
153 Ensure developments consider place and prioritise
the needs of people before the movement of motor
vehicles in line with national and local design guidance.
This includes prioritising sustainable and active
travel choices, and including fully accessible paths
and routes which are well connected with the wider
environment beyond the site boundary.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low Private Developer
Contributions
Cairngorms National
Park Authority,
Community
Development Trusts,
Loch Lomond & The
Trossachs National
Park,
Perth and Kinross
Countryside Trust,
Private Developers,
Sustrans
Page 247 of 302

Page 248

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
72
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
49 Build developments where all essentials (shops,
schools, parks) are close by and easily accessible by
sustainable modes of transport to reduce the need to
travel and minimise the use of unsustainable modes.
Interventions will be assessed through the development
management process and need to be proportionate to
the size and location of the development.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Medium Low PKC Only Private Developers
50 For developments creating significant number of new
trips with no public transport services available, enforce
that the developer provides a subsidised service until
passenger numbers become commercially viable.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low Private Developer
Contributions
Bus Operators,
Private Developers,
Community
Councils,
Community
Development Trusts,
Taxi and Private Hire
Fleet Operators
81 Work with operators and developers to ensure that
existing and new employment, education, retail,
healthcare, and tourism destinations are serviced by
road-based passenger transport, particularly in rural
areas.
Sustainable
Transport
Short High Bus Operators,
Private Developer
Contributions
Bus Operators,
Private Developers
131 Encourage, promote and facilitate spaces and
opportunities for play, recreation and sport that are
inclusive and enable children and young people to
play and move around safely and independently,
maximising opportunities for informal and incidental
play.
Public Realm Short Medium Greenspace Scotland,
Scottish Environment
Protection Agency
(SEPA)
Greenspace
Scotland,
Community
Councils,
Community
Development Trusts
Page 248 of 302

Page 249

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 73
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
133 Ensure that retail development and the location of
shops can be accessed by communities by a range of
sustainable transport modes including on foot, by bike,
and by public transport.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Medium Low Private Developer
Contributions
Bus Operators,
Private Developers,
Transport Scotland
154 Ensure developments consider the impact on the path
network and be consistent with the Scottish Outdoor
Access Code.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low PKC Only Cairngorms National
Park Authority,
Loch Lomond & The
Trossachs National
Park,
NatureScot,
Perth and Kinross
Countryside Trust
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
159 Develop a rural approach/equivalent to the 20-minute
neighbourhood concept in and around villages and
towns to enhance local accessibility, help tackle
societal causes of inequality, and reduce social
isolation and loneliness.
Public Realm Short Low Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Cairngorms National
Park Authority,
Community
Councils,
Community
Development Trusts,
Loch Lomond & The
Trossachs National
Park,
NatureScot,
Perth and Kinross
Countryside Trust
Page 249 of 302

Page 250

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
74
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
184 Expand pavements to the houses on the edges of rural
villages and towns.
Sustainable
Transport
Long High Funding sources to be
explored
Transport Scotland
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
161 Protect and incorporate green infrastructure within
all new infrastructure schemes and developments,
capitalising on opportunities across Perth and Kinross
to promote active travel and make connections where
possible to blue and green networks to provide a
multifunctional network with multiple benefits for
climate and nature.
Public Realm Short Medium Transport Scotland Community
Councils,
Community
Development Trusts,
Perth and Kinross
Countryside Trust,
Sustrans,
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
128 Undertake a review of nature-based, green and blue
infrastructure interventions which can benefit air quality,
using the outcomes to develop a database of potential
solutions for both regeneration and new developments.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low PKC Only PKC
Page 250 of 302

Page 251

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 75
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
130 Safeguard access rights and core paths, including
active travel routes, and encourage new and enhanced
opportunities for access linking to the wider active
travel network. Protect and enhance green (land) and
blue (water) infrastructure and their networks.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low Paths for All,
Transport Scotland
Community
Councils,
Community
Development Trusts,
Perth and Kinross
Countryside Trust,
Sustrans,
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
156 Work with land managers to ensure existing woodlands
are managed and enhanced for a range of benefits,
including public access and biodiversity.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low PKC Only Cairngorms National
Park Authority,
Loch Lomond & The
Trossachs National
Park,
NatureScot,
Perth and Kinross
Countryside Trust,
Private Land
Managers,
Scottish Forestry,
Woodland Trust
Page 251 of 302

Page 252

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
76
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
173 Explore potential for parking areas outwith town
centres across Perth and Kinross, including Park-and-
Ride / Park-and-Choose.
Sustainable
Transport
Short Low PKC Only Tactran,
Transport Scotland
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
3 Design and deliver a 'City Centre Mobility Hub' to
provide an integrated transport hub in Perth City.
Innovation
and Future
Mobility
Medium High Innovate UK,
Tactran,
Tay Cities Region
Deal,
Transport Scotland
PKC
4 Develop and deliver a 'Strategic Mobility Hub' at
Walnut Grove, to provide local and strategic transport
links with integrated transport choices.
Innovation
and Future
Mobility
Short High Innovate UK,
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
5 Develop and deliver a 'Strategic Mobility Hub' at Bertha
Park, to provide local and strategic transport links with
integrated transport choices.
Innovation
and Future
Mobility
Short High Innovate UK,
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
6 Continue to enhance and integrate all modes of
transport at the existing Broxden Park and Ride site to
improve sustainable and active travel choices.
Sustainable
Transport
Short Medium Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
7 Explore the feasibility of expanding the extent and
capacity of existing park and ride sites, such as
Kinross, and integrate all modes of transport at the
locations to improve sustainable and active travel
choices.
Sustainable
Transport
Short Medium Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Page 252 of 302

Page 253

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 77
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
8 Explore options for local Mobility Hubs within
rural communities to integrate modes across rural
neighbourhoods and improve public transport links,
identifying arterial bus routes, optimise the Council
bus subsidy budget and working in partnership with
community transport providers.
Innovation
and Future
Mobility
Medium Low Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
86 Ensure that land identified as having potential for
Park & Ride development is safeguarded within the
appropriate Development Plan(s).
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low PKC Only PKC
185 Improve access to park and ride services for non-car
owners and car owners by, for instance, ensuring there
is a sufficient number of park and ride locations that
are connected with sustainable transport networks in
order to reduce kilometres travelled.
Sustainable
Transport
Short Medium Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Centre for Inclusive
Living,
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Page 253 of 302

Page 254

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
78
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
186 Continue to implement the Council's newly adopted
Corporate Asset Management Policy (CAM Framework
January 2024).
Business-As-
Usual and
Committed
For Delivery
Short Low PKC Only PKC
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
205 Develop and deliver a seasonal Maintenance Plan
for active travel facilities to clear them of overgrown
vegetation, fallen leaves, snow and ice.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Medium PKC Only Perth and Kinross
Countryside Trust,
Sustrans,
Tactran
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
187 Work with Tactran's Regional Freight Quality
Partnership to develop a Freight, Logistics and
Deliveries Plan to ensure that logistics and distribution
networks move goods efficiently and sustainably to
businesses and consumers. This may include, for
instance, exploring the role of consolidation centres
along the strategic road corridors.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low Funding sources to be
explored
Federation of
Small Businesses
Scotland,
Network Rail,
Tactran,
Tactran Freight
Quality Partnership,
Tay Cities Region,
Transport Scotland
Page 254 of 302

Page 255

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 79
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
38 Support partners to assess options on last mile freight
delivery and the sustainable movement of goods and
encourage the inclusion of resting and welfare facilities
for haulers within the options.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low Logistics Operators,
Transport Scotland
Tactran Freight
Quality Partnership
71 Assess the feasibility of increasing freight transport by
rail.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Medium Low Transport Scotland Network Rail,
ScotRail,
Tactran Freight
Quality Partnership,
Transport Scotland
123 Engage the business sector to embed active travel
in wider corporate culture, encouraging the use of
cargobikes as the preferred choice for local deliveries
enabling goods to be moved in a green way.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low Tactran Workplaces
134 Engage widely across industries to explore and
create opportunities for changing technologies
and innovation, such as addressing grid capacity
constraints, implementing consolidation centres and
integrating renewable energy generation, distribution
and storage to reduce carbon emissions.
Innovation
and Future
Mobility
Medium High* Funding sources to be
explored
Network Rail,
Tactran,
Tay Cities Region,
Tactran Freight
Quality Partnership,
Transport Scotland
143 Work with partners to introduce a scheme to directly
support local businesses to help them understand and
consider the financial and environmental benefits of
driving an electric vehicle.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low PKC Only PKC Only
Business Owners,
Tactran,
Tactran Regional EV
Steering Group
* The total cost (for both PKC and partners) of implementing this action will likely be considerably higher than 
the indicative cost in this Action Plan which highlights the indicative costs to PKC alone.
Page 255 of 302

Page 256

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
80
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
188 Develop a Public Transport Strategy to guide the
development of the public transport system across
the region for the benefit of those visiting, working and
living in Perth and Kinross.
Organisation,
Planning and
Regulations
Short Low PKC Only PKC
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
21 Explore options to align rural public transport services
with rail services (timetabling).
Sustainable
Transport
Short Low PKC Only Bus Operators,
Rail Operators
22 Explore options to improve sustainable transport and
active travel connections to bus and railway stations
across Perth and Kinross.
Sustainable
Transport
Medium Low PKC Only Community
Development Trusts,
Network Rail,
Sustrans,
Tactran
26 Conduct audits of bus stop ancillary infrastructure.
Deliver improvements on the basis of findings to
encourage increase in use. Improvements may
include bus shelters, seating, cycle parking, and
enhancements to legibility, such as digital display
boards with real time information and signage and
wayfinding.
Sustainable
Transport
Medium Medium Energy Saving Trust,
Scottish Futures Trust,
Transport Scotland
Transport Scotland,
Tactran,
Community
Development Trusts,
Community
Councils,
Centre for Inclusive
Living
Page 256 of 302

Page 257

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 81
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
78 Support the development of inter-city bus coach
services supporting links to Aberdeen, Inverness,
Edinburgh & Glasgow.
Sustainable
Transport
Short Low Funding sources to be
explored
Bus Operators
HITRANS,
Nestrans,
SEStran,
SPT,
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
80 Encourage the development of a bus network that
is fit for purpose with direct and frequent services on
strategic bus routes, supported by an appropriate
secondary network of scheduled and demand
responsive (DRT) feeder services and efficient
interchange provision, including linking with rail
services.
Sustainable
Transport
Medium High Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Bus Operators,
Community
Transport
Association,
Demand
Responsive
Transport Providers,
Network Rail,
Tactran,
ScotRail
182 Ensure there is sufficient availability of public transport
services during off-peak times such as weekends and
evenings, particularly in rural areas.
Sustainable
Transport
Short High Funding sources to be
explored
Bus Operators,
Community
Councils,
Community
Transport Groups
213 Work with partners to improve the viability of choosing
to travel by bus, particularly in rural areas. The
improvements may be in relation to reliability and
frequency of bus services.
Sustainable
Transport
Medium High Funding sources to be
explored
Bus Operators
Page 257 of 302

Page 258

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
82
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
189 Conduct a traffic safety audit on all major roads and
across all settlements larger than 1,000 residents,
within 5km of schools, carrying out improvements
based on the findings.
Road
Network
Medium Very High Transport Scotland Police Scotland,
Transport Scotland
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
13 Explore universal speed limit reductions, 20mph
across all residential streets along with further speed
reductions.
Road
Network
Short Low PKC Only Police Scotland
94 Introduce traffic calming measures to reduce the
speeds of motorised vehicles so that residents and
visitors feel safe using the network.
Road
Network
Short Low Funding sources to be
explored
Police Scotland
103 Improve speed limit compliance and further
enhancement of safety across the road network by
following the Scottish National Speed Indicator and
increase the use of visual deterrents and enforcement
across the road network, particularly in areas of high
deprivation and higher than average crash casualties.
Road
Network
Short Low Transport Scotland Police Scotland,
Transport Scotland
125 Reduce road accident casualties by delivering a range
of speed management initiatives, for example social
marketing campaigns or speed awareness, to ensure
that road users understand why speed limits are set
and the need to comply with them.
Behaviour
Change,
Education
and
Awareness
Short Low Transport Scotland Police Scotland
Page 258 of 302

Page 259

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 83
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
209 Work with bus companies to improve the experience
within bus stations by providing free facilities such as
adequate seating, well maintained toilets, water refill
stations and fast Wi-Fi.
Sustainable
Transport
Short Medium Transport Scotland Bus Operators
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
93 Work in collaboration with the Centre for Inclusive
Living to undertake a Street Audit of crossing locations
to identify locations for dropped kerbs to prioritise the
locations where work needs to be carried out.
Accessibility
and Inclusivity
Short Low PKC Only Centre for Inclusive
Living
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
219 Conduct an accessibility audit on all connections
between key local services. The audit should focus on
the experiences of underrepresented groups, such as
older people, women, disabled people and people with
accessibility issues. Provide improvements that meet
inclusive design standards for primary facilities and
ancillary infrastructure.
Accessibility
and Inclusivity
Medium Very High Tactran Centre for Inclusive
Living,
Community
Councils,
Perth and Kinross
Health and Social
Care Partnership
Page 259 of 302

Page 260

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
84
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
223 Continue to monitor and model traffic flows across
Perth City to understand the impacts of new
developments and traffic management alterations on
air quality, and look for opportunities to align with the
regional model.
Business-As-
Usual
and
Committed
For Delivery
Short Low PKC Only PKC
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
225 Following the completion of Perth Transport Futures
Phase 1 in 2019, complete phase 2 (‘Destiny Bridge’
and accompanying infrastructure) and phase 3 (Bertha
Park North Link).
Business-As-
Usual
and
Committed
For Delivery
Short Very High Transport Scotland Transport Scotland
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
226 Ensure the continued operation of the public transport
system to meet the needs of the residents and visitors
across Perth and Kinross.
Business-As-
Usual
and
Committed
For Delivery
Short High Funding sources to be
explored
Community
Councils,
Community
Development Trusts,
Bus Operators,
Network Rail,
Rail Operators,
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Page 260 of 302

Page 261

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 85
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
227 Continue to ensure that, at minimum, the designs
for transport developments meet standards and the
National Roads Development Guide (NRDG).
Business-As-
Usual
and
Committed
For Delivery
Short Low PKC Only PKC
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
228 Continue the roll out of network improvements as part
of Cycling, Walking and Safer Routes.
Business-As-
Usual
and
Committed
For Delivery
Short High Scottish Government Centre for Inclusive
Living,
Sustrans,
Tactran
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
229 Continue to develop and deliver the implementation
of on-going behaviour change initiatives, for example
through supporting the People and Place Programme.
Initiatives could include, for instance, community
engagement (Bikeability Officer, Community Active
Travel Coordinator), bus improvement (Real Time
Passenger Information screens and free bus days), and
marketing and promotion activities with communities,
workplaces and schools.
Business-As-
Usual
and
Committed
For Delivery
Short High Tactran Bus Operators,
Live Active Leisure,
Organisations
delivering behaviour
change initiatives,
Sustrans,
Tactran
Page 261 of 302

Page 262

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
86
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
230 Continue to support and work alongside partners such
as Network Rail, Sustrans, and Tactran to help operate
and enhance existing transportation systems.
Business-As-
Usual
and
Committed
For Delivery
Short Very High Sustrans,
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Bus Operators,
Rail Operators,
Sustrans,
Tactran
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
231 Make improvements within town and village centres to
reduce car dominance and improving sustainable and
active travel choices.
Improvements may consider: parking and road space
reallocation, traffic management arrangements,
connecting services, and placemaking to optimise
traffic flows and the space available, and improving
sustainable and active travel choices to reduce
congestion and local emissions.
Sustainable
Transport
Medium Medium Sustrans,
Tactran,
Transport Scotland
PKC
Page 262 of 302

Page 263

Mobility Strategy Action Plan
A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities 87
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
232 Support partners to improve the access for all at
public transport interchanges supporting Scotland’s
Accessible Travel Framework. With partners, deliver a
programme of interchange upgrades by focussing on
improved infrastructure design to, and within railway
stations, and improved information, signage and
wayfinding by upgrading the accessibility and quality
of passenger facilities at existing stations or, where
needed, construction of new facilities.
Accessibility
and Inclusivity
Medium High* Tactran,
Transport Scotland
Centre for Inclusive
Living,
Network Rail,
Tactran
ID Supporting Actions Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
24 Support partners to improve the accessibility of rail
services and step-free stations.
Accessibility
and Inclusivity
Medium Low* Transport Scotland Network Rail,
Rail operators
233 Support partners to conduct audits of rail interchange
accessibility and security, and deliver a programme of
improvements to enable increased use and modal shift.
Accessibility
and Inclusivity
Medium Medium* Network Rail,
Transport Scotland
Network Rail,
Tactran
* The total cost (for both PKC and partners) of implementing this action will likely be considerably higher than 
the indicative cost in this Action Plan which highlights the indicative costs to PKC alone.
Page 263 of 302

Page 264

A Perth and Kinross where everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequalities
Mobility Strategy Action Plan
88
ID Strategic Action Theme Timescale Indicative
Cost
Potential External
Funding Sources for
PKC
Potential Partners
234 Work with rail companies to improve the experience
within train stations by providing free facilities such as
adequate seating, well maintained toilets, water refill
stations and fast Wi-Fi.
Sustainable
Transport
Short Medium* Network Rail,
Rail Operators,
Transport Scotland
Rail Operators,
Network Rail
* The total cost (for both PKC and partners) of implementing this action will likely be considerably higher than 
the indicative cost in this Action Plan which highlights the indicative costs to PKC alone.
Page 264 of 302

Page 265

Page 265 of 302

Page 266

Perth & Kinross Council
Mobility Strategy
Action Plan Methodology
Reference: 4.1 
V.4 | September 2024 
Job number  296403-00
Ove Arup & Partners Limited
4th Floor  10 George Street
Edinburgh  EH2 2PF
United Kingdom
arup.com 
Page 266 of 302

Page 267

4.1 | V.4 | August 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited 
Document Verification 
Project title Mobility Strategy
Document title  Action Plan Methodology Note
Job number 296403-00
Document ref 4.1
File reference 4-05-06-Task 4-06 
Revision Date Filename 
V.1 14/03/24 Description V.1 
Prepared by Checked by Approved by
Name AM, HR DH MB   
V.2 28/03/24  Filename 
Description V.2 
Prepared by Checked by Approved by
Name AM, HR DH MB    
V.3 16/04/24 Filename   
Description V.3           
Prepared by Checked by Approved by  
Name AM/HR DH MB      
V.4 13/09/24 Filename   
Description V.4     
Prepared by Checked by Approved by  
Name LY/HR HR MB 
Page 267 of 302

Page 268

4.1 | V.4 | August 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited 
Issue Document Verification with Document  ✓ 
Page 268 of 302

Page 269

4.1 | V.4 | August 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited 
Contents 
Background & Methodology Overview 1
1. Case for Change 2
2. Transport Planning Objectives 2
3. Developing the Long List of Actions 4
4. Developing the Final List of Actions 8
4.1 Appraisal against STAG Criteria 8
4.2 Appraisal against Established National, Regional and Local Policy Objectives 9
4.3 Appraisal against Feasibility, Affordability, and Public Acceptability 9
5. Draft Action Plan 14
5.1 Developing Themes 14
5.2 Timescales 15
6. Stakeholder and Public Consultation 17
7. Appraisal 18
7.1 Indicative Cost 18
7.2 Potential Funding Sources 19
7.3 Potential Partners 19
8. Delivery Plan 21 
Tables 
Table 1: Mobility Strategy TPOs 3
Table 2: Documents reviewed to inform and create a Long List of Actions 5
Table 3: STAG Seven-Point Assessment Scale 7
Table 4: STAG Sub-criteria 8
Table 5: Sifted out actions 9
Table 6: STPR2 Recommendations 14
Table 7: All Actions Delivery Timeline 15
Table 8: Strategic Actions Delivery Timeline 16
Table 9: Public consultation survey responses 17
Table 10: All Actions Delivery Timeline 18
Table 11: Cost categories for PKC Mobility Strategy Action Plan 18
Table 12: Potential funding sources for PKC for the delivery of the Mobility Strategy Action Plan 19
Table 13: Potential Partner Organisations for the delivery of PKC Mobility Strategy Action Plan 20 
Figures
Figure 1: Triple Access System 1
Figure 2: Process to Develop TPOs 3
Figure 3: NTS2 Sustainable Travel Hierarchy 4
Figure 4: NTS2 Sustainable Investment Hierarchy 4
Figure 5: NTS2 Priorities and Associated Outcomes 14
Page 269 of 302

Page 270

4.1 | V.4 | August 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited 
Figure 6: Draft Action Plan Themes 14 
Page 270 of 302

Page 271

Perth & Kinross Council Mobility Strategy 
4.1 | V.4 | September 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited Action Plan Methodology Page 1 
Background & Methodology Overview
Arup has been appointed by Perth and Kinross Council (PKC) to support on the delivery of Perth and
Kinross Council’s Mobility Strategy Action Plan. The overarching objective of the work is to produce an
Action Plan that will set out how PKC, alongside working partners, will deliver the emerging Mobility
Strategy, contributing towards the Council’s Corporate Plan1 vision for a Perth and Kinross where
everyone can live life well, free from poverty and inequality. 
The purpose of this document is to provide a summary of the methodology undertaken to develop the Action
Plan which will set out Perth and Kinross Council’s vision for managing and developing the transport
network over a period of 15 years.
The Action Plan has been developed and informed in line with Local Transport Strategy Draft Guidance2.
Following this guidance, two tools have been employed to ensure that the Action Plan is supported by a
robust approach to appraisal:
STAG
The Action Plan has been informed and developed in line with the Scottish Transport Appraisal Guidance3
(STAG). STAG represents best practice guidance for transport appraisals and follows a structure and
methodology that is consistent with the UK Government’s Green Book4.
The STAG methodology provides a robust framework to evaluate potential transport actions. STAG
assessments are objective-led and seek to appraise projects and options against defined criteria. For further
details on the appraisal criteria and methodology, see Section 4.1.
Triple Access Planning
In line with Local Transport Strategy Draft Guidance and
ensuring that people have access to their daily activities,
strategies should be framed more broadly to consider not only
transport, but other non-transport approaches as visualised in
the Triple Access System (Figure 1)5. 
The Action Plan has been developed using this approach
which considers actions relating to the transport system
(physical mobility) as well as the land-use system (spatial
proximity) and the telecommunications system (digital
connectivity) which together constitutes a Triple Access
System. 
1 Perth and Kinross Council, Corporate Plan 2022-2027, https://www.pkc.gov.uk/media/50702/Corporate-Plan-2022-2027/pdf/Corporate_Plan_2022-
27_Final.pdf?m=1671722823530 
2 Transport Scotland, Local Transport Strategy: Draft Guidance, 2023, https://www.transport.gov.scot/media/53067/lts-local-transport-strategy-
guidance-draft-for-stakeholder-review.pdf
3 Transport Scotland, Scottish Transport Appraisal Guidance, 2008
4 HM Treasury, The Green Book – Central Government Guidance on Appraisal and Evaluation, 2022,
https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/1063330/Green_Book_2022.pdf 
5 https://www.tapforuncertainty.eu/ 
Figure 1: Triple Access System
Page 271 of 302

Page 272

Perth & Kinross Council Mobility Strategy 
4.1 | V.4 | September 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited Action Plan Methodology Page 2 
Structure of this Document
The remainder of this document is structured into the following chapters in line with methodology and steps
taken to develop the Action Plan in line with guidance. 
1. Case for Change
The Let’s Talk Transport Report6 carefully examines available data to identify problems and opportunities in
Perth and Kinross’s transport network, combining input from professional and civic stakeholders. Integrating
feedback from consultation undertaken with evidence from the report gives a full picture of the existing
transport network. This understanding forms the basis for the Council's Case for Change, justifying the need
for improvements. Establishing a Case for Change is the first stage in STAG guidance which promotes a
problem-led and evidence-based approach. More detail around consultation undertaken to inform the
Mobility Strategy can be found in the Mobility Strategy Report in Chapters 1&2. The problems and
opportunities identified in the Main Issues Report were used to partly inform the long list of actions
described in Section 3.
2. Transport Planning Objectives
After identifying strategic problems and opportunities, PKC formulated objectives to tackle these local
issues. All of the actions in the Action Plan have been appraised against the Transport Planning Objectives
(TPOs) as detailed in Section 3 .
Transport Planning Objectives (TPOs) have been developed in accordance with Transport Scotland’s
National Transport Strategy 27 (NTS2) and Tactran’s Regional Transport Strategy8 (RTS). Each objective
has undergone a detailed development process, commencing with the four NTS2 priorities and
corresponding RTS Objectives. This alignment is then integrated with PKC’s Corporate Plan Priorities and
the locally identified problems from the Let’s Talk Transport Report. This evidence-led process to develop
the TPOs is illustrated in Figure 2 below. 
6 Perth & Kinross Council. The Big Place Conversation – Let’s Talk Transport: Main Issues Report (2023).
https://consult.pkc.gov.uk/communities/lets-talk-transport/user_uploads/lets-talk-transport---main-issues-report-2.pdf 
7 Transport Scotland. National Transport Strategy 2. 2020. https://www.transport.gov.scot/media/47052/national-transport-strategy.pdf 
8 Tactran, Tayside and Central Scotland Regional Transport Strategy 2024-2034, Draft for Consultation, 2023, 2023-08-03-Draft-RTS-v6.pdf
(tactran.gov.uk) 
Page 272 of 302

Page 273

Perth & Kinross Council Mobility Strategy 
4.1 | V.4 | September 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited Action Plan Methodology Page 3 
11 TPOs have been developed to address key problems, creating specific, targeted and unique objectives for
PKC as shown in Table 1 below. The TPOs were developed by PKC in collaboration with Arup and refined
through an iterative process until the final wording was agreed.
Table 1: Mobility Strategy TPOs 
Figure 2: Process to Develop TPOs
Page 273 of 302

Page 274

Perth & Kinross Council Mobility Strategy 
4.1 | V.4 | September 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited Action Plan Methodology Page 4 
3. Developing the Long List of Actions
PKC developed an initial list of actions in the form of a Baseline Action Plan comprising of 61 actions. This
initial list was informed by the identified problems and opportunities evidence base from engagement and
aligned with the TPOs. Arup then undertook a thorough desktop study to supplement and expand this initial
list to create a long list aligning with the Option Generation and Development Stage of STAG. To inform the
long list approximately 60 documents (see Table 2 overleaf) were reviewed, consisting of plans, strategies
and policies at varying scales:
• National – such as NTS2, Strategic Transport Projects Review 29 (STPR2), National Planning
Framework 410
• Regional – such as RTS, Regional EV (Electric Vehicle) Strategy11
• Local – such as Perth Transport Futures12, Community Action Plans, Local Development Plan13
• PKC Officer input (including details on existing operations and procedures)
• Elected Member input
• Arup expertise / publications
Any identified problem or opportunity sourced from these documents was added to the long list. As
mentioned in the above introduction, the Triple Access Planning approach was adopted when developing the
long list to ensure that as well as transport, other non-transport approaches were considered.  This included
digital and spatial which together constitute a Triple Access System. Identifying options in this way can
avoid a singular focus on transport infrastructure options. 
An additional consideration when developing the long list of actions in the Action Plan is both the
Sustainable Travel Hierarchy and the Sustainable Investment Hierarchy included in NTS2. NTS2 states that
transport options focusing on reducing inequalities and the need to travel unsustainably will be prioritised. 
Figure 3: NTS2 Sustainable Travel Hierarchy  Figure 4: NTS2 Sustainable Investment Hierarchy
At the end of the Option Generation, the long list of actions of the Draft Action Plan totalled 231 actions. 
9 Transport Scotland, Strategic Transport Projects Review 2, 2022, https://www.transport.gov.scot/our-approach/strategy/strategic-transport-projects-
review-2/ 
10 Scottish Government, National Planning Framework 4, 2023, https://www.gov.scot/binaries/content/documents/govscot/publications/strategy-
plan/2023/02/national-planning-framework-4/documents/national-planning-framework-4-revised-draft/national-planning-framework-4-revised-
draft/govscot%3Adocument/national-planning-framework-4.pdf 
11 Tactran, Regional EV Strategy, 2019, https://tactran.gov.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/Tactran-Regional-EV-Strategy_FINAL.pdf
12 Perth Transport Futures | Major Infrastructure Upgrade Programme
13 Perth and Kinross Council, Local Development Plan 2, 2019, LDP_2_2019_Adopted_Interactive.pdf (pkc.gov.uk) 
Page 274 of 302

Page 275

Perth & Kinross Council Mobility Strategy 
4.1 | V.4 | September 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited Action Plan Methodology Page 5 
Table 2: Documents reviewed to inform and create a Long List of Actions
Type Document/Site Name Author/Owner
National
policy/ 
strategy/ 
plan
Just Transition Plan Discussion Paper - Transport Scottish Government
Just Transition Plan Discussion Paper - Land Use &
Agriculture
Scottish Government
Just Transition Plan Discussion Paper - Built Environment &
Construction
Scottish Government
Programme for Government 2023 to 2024 Scottish Government
National Planning Framework 4 Scottish Government
Update to the Climate Change Plan 2018 to 2032 Scottish Government
Cleaner Air for Scotland 2 Scottish Government
Public Health Priorities for Scotland Scottish Government
Fairer Scotland Action Plan Scottish Government
National Transport Strategy 2 Transport Scotland
National Transport Strategy 2: Second Delivery Plan Transport Scotland
Strategic Transport Projects Review 2 Transport Scotland
Strategic Transport Projects Review 2: Tay Cities Region Transport Scotland
Scotland Cycling Framework Transport Scotland
Scotland’s Road Safety Framework to 2030 Transport Scotland
Public Health Scotland Delivery Plan 2021 to 2024 Public Health Scotland
Regional
policy/ 
strategy/ 
plan
Regional Transport Strategy 2015 to 2036 Refresh Tactran
Regional EV Strategy Tactran
Tayside Bus Partnership Fund Appraisal Study Systra
The Tay Cities Deal Taycities (Angus Council, Dundee
City Council, Fife Council, Perth and
Kinross Council)
TAYplan - Strategic Development Plan The Strategic Development Planning
Authority for Dundee, Angus, Perth
and North Fife
Local
policy/ 
strategy/ 
plan
Perth People Place Perth and Kinross Council
Perth and Kinross Active Travel Strategy Perth and Kinross Council
Perth and Kinross Local Development Plan 2 Perth and Kinross Council
Baseline Strategic Action Plan Perth and Kinross Council
Let's Talk Transport: Main Issues Report Perth and Kinross Council
Perth and Kinross Local Housing Strategy 2022 to 2027 Perth and Kinross Council
Perth Air Quality Action Plan Perth and Kinross Council
Crieff Air Quality Action Plan Perth and Kinross Council
Perth and Kinross council Corporate Plan 2022 to 2027 Perth and Kinross Council
Perth Transport Futures Perth Transport Futures
Perth Cycle Network Masterplan Systra
Cairngorms Local Development Plan 2021 Cairngorms National Park Authority
Cairngorms National Park Partnership Plan 2022 to 2027 Cairngorms National Park Authority
Page 275 of 302

Page 276

Perth & Kinross Council Mobility Strategy 
4.1 | V.4 | September 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited Action Plan Methodology Page 6 
Climate Change Strategy and Action Plan Climate Action Perth and Kinross
(Perth and Kinross Council)
Flood Risk Management Plan – Tay Local Plan District SEPA
Perth and Kinross Community Plan (Local Outcomes
Improvement Plan 2022-2032)
Perth and Kinross Community
Planning Partnership
Strategy for the Alyth Development Trust Alyth Development Trust
Auchterarder and Aberuthven Community Action Plan 2022 to
2027
Auchterarder and Aberuthven
Community Action Plan Steering
Group
Blairgowrie and Rattray Community Action Plan 2021 to 2026 Blairgowrie and Rattray Community
Action Plan Steering Group
Crieff Community Action Plan 2021 to 2026 Crieff Community Action Plan
Steering Group
Delivering Rannoch’s Sustainable Future: Development Plan
Summary
Rannoch Community Fund Group
Mount Blair Community Action Plan 2013 to 2018 Mount Blair Community Action Plan
Steering Group
Pitlochry Community Action Plan Pitlochry Community Action Trust
St Fillans Community Action Plan 2017 to 2022 The Community Partnership in Loch
Lomond & The Trossachs National
Park Area
Stanley Community Action Plan 2010 to 2015 Stanley Community Futures
Arup
publication
Active Train Stations Arup
Equitable Future Mobility Arup & Urban Transport Group
Cities Alive: Designing cities that work for women Arup & University of Liverpool
Cities Alive: Towards a walking world Arup
Cities Alive: Rethinking green infrastructure Arup
Cities Alive: Designing for urban childhoods Arup
Cities Alive: Designing for ageing communities Arup
Cycling for everyone Arup & Sustrans
Walking for everyone Arup & Livings Streets & Sustrans
Inclusive cycling in cities and towns Arup & Sustrans
Intelligent Connectivity for Seamless Urban Mobility Arup & Qualcomm
Rethinking Urban Mobility Arup & London Transport Museum &
Gowling WLG & Thales
In line with the Early Option Sifting stage in STAG, each action in the long list was qualitatively appraised
against the 11 Transport Planning Objectives using a seven-point assessment scale in line with STAG
guidance. The assessment considered the relative size and scale of impacts. For each action, each TPO was
assigned a score of -3 to 3 in line with the Table 3 below. Actions which were not deemed to contribute
positively to the TPOs were sifted out.  
Page 276 of 302

Page 277

Perth & Kinross Council Mobility Strategy 
4.1 | V.4 | September 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited Action Plan Methodology Page 7 
Table 3: STAG Seven-Point Assessment Scale
Seven-point assessment scale 
Assigned
score in
Mobility
Strategy
Score  Definition   
Major benefit 
✓✓✓ 
These are benefits or positive impacts which, depending on the scale of benefit or
severity of impact, the practitioner feels should be a principal consideration when
assessing an option’s eligibility for funding 
3
Moderate benefit 
✓✓ 
The option is anticipated to have only a moderate benefit or positive impact.
Moderate benefits and impacts are those which taken in isolation may not
determine an option’s eligibility for funding, but taken together do so 
2
Minor benefit 
✓ 
The option is anticipated to have only a small benefit or positive impact. Small
benefits or impacts are those which are worth noting, but the practitioner believes
are not likely to contribute materially to determining whether an option is funded
or otherwise 
1
No benefit or impact 
- 
The option is anticipated to have no or negligible benefit or negative impact  0
Minor cost or
negative impact 
✗ 
The option is anticipated to have only a moderate cost or negative impact.
Moderate costs/negative impacts are those which taken in isolation may not
determine an option’s eligibility for funding, but taken together could do so 
-1
Moderate cost or
negative impact 
✗✗ 
The option is anticipated to have only a moderate cost or negative impact.
Moderate costs/negative impacts are those which taken in isolation may not
determine an option’s eligibility for funding, but taken together could do so 
-2
Major cost or
negative impact 
✗✗✗ 
These are costs or negative impacts which, depending on the scale of cost or
severity of impact, the practitioner should take into consideration when assessing
an option’s eligibility for funding 
-3
Following this step, the remaining actions in the long list were defined further, following the Option
Generation and Development Stage of STAG.  This was part of an iterative process with PKC.  
Page 277 of 302

Page 278

Perth & Kinross Council Mobility Strategy 
4.1 | V.4 | September 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited Action Plan Methodology Page 8 
4. Developing the Final List of Actions
In order to develop a final list, the long list of actions was subject to a Preliminary Options Appraisal in line
with STAG. Each action was qualitatively appraised against:
• STAG Criteria;
• Established National, Regional and Local Policy Objectives; and 
• Feasibility, Affordability, and Public Acceptability.
4.1 Appraisal against STAG Criteria
A qualitative assessment was completed against the STAG Criteria using a seven-point scale (see Table 3).
Each action was appraised against the five main STAG Criteria as per the updated STAG Managers Guide
202214, as well as a number of sub-criteria, as shown in Table 4:
• Environment;
• Climate Change;
• Health, Safety and Wellbeing;
• Economy; and
• Equality and Accessibility.  
Table 4: STAG Sub-criteria
Environment  Economy
• Biodiversity and Habitats  • Transport Economic Efficiency (TEE)
• Geology and Soils  • Wider Economic Impacts (WEIs)
• Land Use (including Agriculture and Forestry)  Equality and Accessibility
• Water, Drainage and Flooding  • Public Transport Network Coverage
• Air Quality  • Active Travel Network Coverage
• Historic Environment  • Comparative Access by People Group
• Landscape  • Comparative Access by Geographic Location
• Noise and Vibration  • Affordability
Climate Change 
• Greenhouse Gas Emissions  
• Vulnerability to the Effects of Climate Change  
• Potential to Adapt to the Effects of Climate Change  
Health, Safety and Wellbeing  
• Accidents  
• Security  
• Health Outcomes  
• Access to Health and Wellbeing Infrastructure  
• Visual Amenity   
14 Transport Scotland, Scottish Transport Appraisal Guidance – Managers Guide, 2022, www.transport.gov.scot/media/50895/scottish-transport-
appraisal-guidance-managers-guide.pdf 
Page 278 of 302

Page 279

Perth & Kinross Council Mobility Strategy 
4.1 | V.4 | September 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited Action Plan Methodology Page 9 
4.2 Appraisal against Established National, Regional and Local Policy
Objectives
As previously stated, the Mobility Strategy is designed to align with and complement various national,
regional and local strategies and policies. Each action was appraised against several key objectives,
priorities, and targets which the Mobility Strategy will support the delivery of. A full comprehensive list of
national, regional and local strategies and policies can be found in the Let’s Talk Transport Report.
The performance of each action against these policies and strategies was qualitatively assessed and assigned
a score using a seven-point scale (see Table 3).
4.3 Appraisal against Feasibility, Affordability, and Public Acceptability
Alongside the STAG Criteria and Established Policy, the implementation potential of the actions was
appraised in terms of feasibility, affordability, and public acceptability:
• Feasibility - the feasibility of construction or implementation and operation (if relevant) of an option
and the status of its technology (e.g. proven, prototype, in development, etc.) as well as any cost,
timescale or deliverability risks associated with the construction or operation of the option, including
consideration of the need for any departure from design standards that may be required;
• Affordability - the scale of the financing burden on the promoting authority and other possible
funding organisations and the risks associated with these. The level of risk associated with an
option’s ongoing operating or maintenance costs and its likely operating revenues (if applicable);
and
• Public Acceptability - the likely public response is of importance at this initial appraisal phase and
reference to supporting evidence, for example results from a consultation exercise should be
provided where appropriate.
For this part of the appraisal, the performance of each action has been qualitatively appraised over three
levels: Minor, Moderate or Major considerations. By ‘consideration’ it is meant that there may be potential
negative or problematic issues which will require a certain level of investigation.
As this analysis highlights ‘potential’ issues only, the scorings of ‘major considerations’ have not necessarily
led to an outright rejection of an action. The scoring has been considered in the overall context of the
appraisal and further analysis of ‘major’ issues should be explored if the action is taken forward.  As a result
of the Preliminary Options Appraisal, 67 actions in total were sifted out from the long list, having not
contributed to one or multiple of the above appraisal criteria. In addition, actions were also sifted out if they
had been consolidated into another action to address overlaps and repetition (see Table 5).
At the end of the Preliminary Options Appraisal, the final list totalled 164 actions . 
Table 5: Sifted out actions
ID Description Rationale for sifting out
9 Support partners working on Bridge of Earn/Oudenard sustainable
transport improvements. The improvement options that have been
submitted to Transport Scotland include appraisal work, for
instance, a mobility hub, railway station and improved bus
services.
Feedback provided post Mobility Board
meeting on 22 March 2024
15 Support the delivery of Perth & Kinross Countryside Trusts rural
active travel projects
Covered under ID199 in Final List
16 Support partners in the delivery of Cairngorms 2030, particularly
focused on active travel links within and between Blair Atholl and
Killiecrankie
Covered under ID112 in Final List
20 Encourage, support, and promote Community Transport Services
to complement and support existing services
Covered under ID43 in Final List
Page 279 of 302

Page 280

Perth & Kinross Council Mobility Strategy 
4.1 | V.4 | September 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited Action Plan Methodology Page 10 
23 Support consideration for an improved rail corridor between
Dunfermline and Perth in the Strategic Transport Projects Review
2 - Edinburgh/Glasgow Perth/Dundee Rail Corridor Enhancements
Covered under ID117 in Final List
29 Regularly use Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) and MacRebur
(binder extenders from 100% waste non-recyclable plastics)
Covered under ID31 in Final List
30 Encourage the use of Durakerb, a recycled & recyclable
lightweight kerb solution
Covered under ID31 in Final List
51 Develop a platform that allows for all upcoming work to be
mapped across the responsible teams, in order to collaborate and
align work streams. This will help find co-working opportunities,
optimize spend and minimise disturbance to the existing live road
network
Covered under ID28 in Final List
65 Support partners to improve public transport services in rural
areas, ensuring adequate connectivity with employment, schools
and services
Covered under ID67, ID81 and ID213 in
Final List
66 Deliver well defined key corridors connecting Perth with rural
neighbourhoods
Not well defined and covered under ID
68 and ID72 in Final List
69 Improve reliability of public transport and journey times Covered under ID67, ID81 and ID213 in
Final List
70 Provide further freight driver resting zones Covered under ID38 in Final List
74 Reduce road accident casualties and achieve or better national
road safety targets by mounting a regional road safety campaign
Covered under ID125 in Final List
77 Develop walking & cycling links to and within Perth city centre /
rural areas to employment, health facilitates, services, leisure and
tourism activities
Covered under ID72 in Final List
79 Support the provision of improved walking, wheeling and cycling
access at public transport interchanges and on trains/buses
Covered under ID19 and ID22 in Final
List
82 Identify and prioritise opportunities for enhanced provision of
CCTV on vehicles and at key interchanges and corridors to
increase perception of safety and encourage modal shift
Covered under ID41 in Final List
83 Identify and prioritise a programme of improvements and set
appropriate standards for lighting provision at bus stops and
interchanges as well as along active travel routes to increase
perception of safety and encourage modal shift
Covered under ID41 in Final List
87 Monitor car parking near long distance bus and coach stops in
order to facilitate rural interchange by providing small formal car
parks next to bus stops where provision can be supported
Does not align with policy objectives
90 Provide information that allows for planning and comparing
journey options, including sustainable/active travel options, along
with guidance on reliability
Covered under ID89 in Final List
95 Introduce a Bike Hire Scheme with electric bikes to help residents
or visitors overcome steeper inclines
Covered under ID44 in Final List
104 Improve accessibility for residents, visitors and businesses through
improvements to the transport network
Sifted out at an early stage in appraisal as
not well identified, too high-level and
covered off in other actions
105 Provide an inclusive transport system which improves
affordability and accessibility of public transport
Sifted out at an early stage in appraisal as
not well identified, too high-level and
covered off in other actions
Page 280 of 302

Page 281

Perth & Kinross Council Mobility Strategy 
4.1 | V.4 | September 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited Action Plan Methodology Page 11 
106 Enhance choice and access to active travel and public transport Sifted out at an early stage in appraisal as
not well identified, too high-level and
covered off in other actions
108 Engage with disabled people and organisations that represent them
to agree priorities that will support improved door-to-door
journeys and identify barriers to travel
Covered under ID93 in Final List
109 Continue to develop and implement bus priority measures under
the Bus Partnership Fund to deliver bus priority on local roads
Covered under ID84 in Final List
112 Create new and/or improved active travel routes to connect
smaller rural communities with nearby towns by using high-
quality active travel infrastructure that segregates users from busy
roads but makes use of quiet roads where appropriate
Covered under ID72 in Final List
113 Create new and/or improved active travel routes to connect PKC
area with other regions,  cities and  major gateways, using high
quality active travel infrastructure that segregates users from busy
roads, but makes use of quiet roads where appropriate
Covered under ID17 in Final List
114 Build on existing programmes to deliver local, regional and
national initiatives that provide encouragement, enablement and
incentivisation for more people to make use of active and
sustainable choices, such as walking, wheeling, cycling, public
transport, shared mobility and Mobility-as-a-Service (MaaS)
Covered under ID144 in Final List
122 Monitor and evaluate the impact of active travel investment and
levels of cycling to embed learning in future decisions and
schemes
Covered under ID92 in Final List
126 Install speed indicators in areas of high deprivation to help
mitigate higher than average crash casualties
Covered under ID103 in Final List
127 Develop an Open Space Strategy to develop scaled-up and nature-
based solutions to enhance and increase open spaces, that are well
managed, located and connected
Covered under ID128 in Final List
129 Continue to encourage, promote and facilitate the application of
the Place Principle and create connected and compact
neighbourhoods where people can meet the majority of their  daily
needs within a reasonable distance of  their home, preferably by
walking, wheeling or  cycling or using sustainable transport
options
Covered under ID111 in Final List
132 Encourage, promote and facilitate the roll out of digital
infrastructure across PKC to unlock the potential of all our places
and the economy by ensuring that the technology is universal,
future-proofed and delivered universally, particularly in areas with
no or low connectivity capacity
Covered under ID37 in Final List
135 Allow free parking for EVs in council-run car parks or on-street
parking bays
Does not align with policy objectives
136 Ensure EV charging tariffs align with other Councils in the
Tactran region and contribute to the national coordination of EV
charging tariffs
Does not align with policy objectives
144 Invest in the further development of Urban Traffic Control, Real
Time Passenger Information, bus priority measures, travel apps,
active travel and a Mobility as a Service (MaaS) pilot across the
Tay Cities area.
Covered under ID2, ID55 and ID84 in
Final List
145 Explore feasibility of further Park & Choose facilities Covered under ID173 in Final List
Page 281 of 302

Page 282

Perth & Kinross Council Mobility Strategy 
4.1 | V.4 | September 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited Action Plan Methodology Page 12 
155 Ensure Transport Statements or Assessments are required for new
developments to show that development proposals will not have
an unacceptable adverse impact on existing transport infrastructure
or services, and to determine whether any new transport
infrastructure is required as a result of development
This is a planning process that should
already be adhered to
157 Manage public greenspace and transport networks for biodiversity
enhancement and habitat connectivity
Does not contribute positively enough to
the TPOs
160 Improve public transport accessibility and network in rural areas
by developing a hub and spokes model, where one central hub
location caters for lots of smaller spokes for smaller outlying
settlements and key visitor destinations
Covered under ID8 in Final List
162 Ensure new developments that involve significant travel
generation are well served by and easily accessible to all modes of
transport to reduce travel demand by car, and ensure a realistic
choice of access and travel modes is available
Covered under ID49 in Final List
165 Ensure the design of streets considers the experiences of women
who are more likely than men to have low incomes, be in insecure
work and live in poverty, as well as being more likely than men to
walk, be a passenger in a car or take a bus, and make multistop
and multi-purpose trips
Covered under ID219 in Final List
167 Investigate the efficiency and optimisation of traffic management
controls to optimise traffic flows to reduce congestion and local
emissions
Covered under ID2 in Final List
170 Improve safety of all road users along trunk road network, such as
the A9, by exploring options of dualling and provision of grade
separated junctions
Covered under ID220, ID221 and ID222
in Final List
171 Provide accessible year-round toilet facilities in town centres Covered under ID219 in Final List
174 Improve safety for people walking, wheeling and cycling across
the trunk road network, such as A9 - potential to upgrade future
grade separated junctions
Covered under ID220, ID221 and ID222
in Final List
175 Create public transport guides for residents / visitors across PKC
that cover bus, rail and express coach services and ensure they are
promoted widely
Covered under ID89 in Final List
178 Improve road signage and lay-bys to include information/picnic
facilities, particularly in rural areas
Does not align with policy objectives
183 Ensure there is sufficient parking infrastructure at popular visitor
attractions
Does not align with policy objectives
191 Implement improvements to parking enforcement Covered under ID36 in Final List 
192 Work with partners to implement EV buses and charging
infrastructure
Covered under ID56 in Final List
193 Introduce cycling skill training for vulnerable groups Covered under ID76 in Final List
194 Conduct audits of bus stop ancillary infrastructure across PKC.
Carry out improvements based on findings
Covered under ID26 in Final List
197 Work with partners to develop a Green Health Prescribing
Programme for Perth & Kinross
Covered under ID169 in Final List
198 Explore feasibility to pedestrianise town centres to create a
physical focus and boost local economy
Covered under ID181 in Final List
Page 282 of 302

Page 283

Perth & Kinross Council Mobility Strategy 
4.1 | V.4 | September 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited Action Plan Methodology Page 13 
200 Improve bus services frequency in evenings and weekends to
encourage use of public transport
Covered under ID182 in Final List
202 Increase the accessibility of buses by accommodating wheelchairs,
prams, cycles and persons with disabilities
Covered under ID124 in Final List
203 Re-purpose disused railway lines for active travel paths Covered under ID203 in Final List
208 Remove barriers to existing cycle infrastructure and ensure new
infrastructure ensures inclusive design standards for the elderly/
people with accessibility issues
Covered under ID219 in Final List
211 Reallocate road space/parking spaces for temporary or permanent
public realm such as parklets
Covered under ID190 in Final List
212 Reallocate redundant spaces to pedestrians / urban realm Covered under ID190 in Final List
214 Address impacts on freight and public transport operations through
direct improvements/additional capacity at Broxden
Covered under ID74, ID220, ID221 and
ID222 in Final List
Reworded post PKC officer feedback
215 Implement by-passes for the villages/towns along A977. Then
Implement widening of pavements and shared-use facilities
Covered under ID121 in Final List and
scored negatively agasint two TPOS
216 Work with bus operators to ensure reliability, frequency, routes,
operating hours, affordability of bus services
Covered under ID67, ID81 and ID213 in
Final List
217 Develop a protected route for a railway line linking Fife and
Kinross, including the reintroduction of rail to the north of
Kinross,  and incorporate in both PKC LDP and the Fife LDP
Sifted out based on PKC officer feedback
218 Explore the feasibility of expanding extent and capacity of
existing park and ride sites such as Kinross
Covered under ID7 in Final List  
Page 283 of 302

Page 284

Perth & Kinross Council Mobility Strategy 
4.1 | V.4 | September 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited Action Plan Methodology Page 14 
5. Draft Action Plan
5.1 Developing Themes
The final list of actions were allocated into themes. Grouping similar actions from the final list makes the list
of actions not only more digestible, but it will also help the next stage of the appraisal process.
The themes align with the six STPR2 recommendations and four NTS2 priorities as shown below in Table 6
and Figure 5 respectively. 
Table 6: STPR2 Recommendations 
Each of the 164 actions in the Draft Action Plan have been grouped into 8 broad themes shown in Figure 6
below. The themes of all actions in the final Action Plan are shown in Section 5. of the final Action Plan
document (Appendix 2). 
Figure 6: Draft Action Plan Themes 
STPR2 recommendations: 
Figure 5: NTS2 Priorities and Associated Outcomes
• Improving active travel infrastructure
• Influencing travel choices and
behaviour
• Enhancing access to affordable public
transport
• Decarbonising transport
• Increasing safety and resilience on
the strategic transport network
• Strengthening strategic connections
Page 284 of 302

Page 285

Perth & Kinross Council Mobility Strategy 
4.1 | V.4 | September 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited Action Plan Methodology Page 15 
Each action has been grouped into one of 8 themes that best reflects what the action relates to, depending on
mode or type of action. 
Each of the actions could potentially be allocated under numerous themes as
there are inevitable interdependencies in the final list of actions. Therefore, it
is possible that Strategic and Supporting Actions are not within the same
theme. 
The list of actions in the Action Plan have also been broken down between
Strategic Actions and Supporting Actions: 
a. Strategic Actions are those deemed significant and impactful in
achieving the TPOs.
b. Supporting Actions consist of granular actions intended to assist
and support the delivery of the Strategic Actions. 
In the Draft Action Plan, 45 actions have been identified as Strategic Actions
and the remaining 120 actions have been allocated as Supporting Actions. 
5.2 Timescales
Given the scope and magnitude of the Action Plan, actions will be developed and implemented over a 15-
year timeframe. Some actions will require business case development and are dependent on external funding,
while others can be executed in the short term. 
During the Preliminary Options Appraisal of all actions in line with STAG, the feasibility of actions was
considered (as detailed in Section 4.3 above). To consider actions in more detail, feasibility was broken
down into three sub criteria of technology, timescale, and deliverability. Each of these three sub criteria were
assessed against each action in the final list. Timescale was scored in line with the seven-point scale (see
Table 3) in order produce an indicative timeline for the Draft Action Plan at this stage.
An indicative delivery timeline overview of all 164 actions per theme are shown in Table 7 below.
Timescales have been estimated on the assumption that all actions have funding secured and are ready to be
delivered. 
An indicative delivery timeline overview of all 45 Strategic Actions per theme are shown in Table 8 below.
Again, timescales have been estimated on the assumption that all actions have funding secured and are ready
to be delivered. 
Table 7: All Actions Delivery Timeline
Page 285 of 302

Page 286

Perth & Kinross Council Mobility Strategy 
4.1 | V.4 | September 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited Action Plan Methodology Page 16 
Table 8: Strategic Actions Delivery Timeline 
Page 286 of 302

Page 287

Perth & Kinross Council Mobility Strategy 
4.1 | V.4 | September 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited Action Plan Methodology Page 17 
6. Stakeholder and Public Consultation
The Draft Perth and Kinross Council Mobility Strategy Draft Action Plan was presented to the Climate
Change and Sustainability Committee on 1 May 2024. 
After the Committee approval, PKC undertook a stakeholder and public consultation exercise seeking
feedback on the Draft Policy Document and Action Plan in the summer of 2024 (28 May – 28 July). The
public consultation questionnaire covered questions in relation to the Mobility Strategy, Transport Planning
Objectives and Action Plan. During the consultation period, the Mobility Strategy gained 72 responses. The
responses, shown in Table 9, from the consultation survey show general support for the key aims and
planning objectives of the draft Policy Document and Action Plan as well as the actions put forward. 
Table 9: Public consultation survey responses 
While the structure of the Action Plan remains largely unchanged, feedback from stakeholders and public
consultations have led to amendments made to actions in the final Action Plan. These changes include: 
- Rewording actions
o Minor rewording of 87 actions, with 20 of them based on public consultation responses.
- Splitting actions into new strategic actions
o Total number of actions: 167 (164) → 3 new actions
o Strategic actions: 47 (44) → 3 new actions
o Supporting actions: 120 (120) → no change
- Changing themes of actions
o Total of 5 actions have been re-themed (+3 new actions)
Page 287 of 302

Page 288

Perth & Kinross Council Mobility Strategy 
4.1 | V.4 | September 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited Action Plan Methodology Page 18 
- Changing strategic-supporting action pairings
o Total of 3 actions have changed the action they are supporting (+3 new actions)
Subsequently, the final Action Plan includes 167 actions. An indicative delivery timeline overview of all 167
actions per theme are shown in Table 10 below. Timescales have been estimated on the assumption that all
actions have funding secured and are ready to be delivered
Table 10: All Actions Delivery Timeline 
7. Appraisal
After the public consultation period, further work was undertaken on the final list of actions. This involved a
more detailed consideration of the actions, including identification of indicative costs, potential funding
sources and partners.
7.1 Indicative Cost
The costs allocated to the implementation of the Action Plan have been considered as the costs for PKC to
carry out their part in the action implementation. However, it is recognised that in some instances, the total
cost (cost for both PKC and partners) of implementing this action will likely be considerably higher than the
indicative cost mentioned in the Action Plan. 
The cost categories and their descriptions are shown in Table 11.
Table 11: Cost categories for PKC Mobility Strategy Action Plan
Indicative Cost Description
Low Small-scale infrastructure costs or transport studies/plans.
Medium Infrastructure costs that are deliverable within existing budgets such as CWSR.
High Major projects needing significant capital investment and external funding.
Very High Major multi-year projects / programmes needing significant capital investment and external
funding, potentially from multiple sources. 
Page 288 of 302

Page 289

Perth & Kinross Council Mobility Strategy 
4.1 | V.4 | September 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited Action Plan Methodology Page 19 
7.2 Potential Funding Sources
A list of potential funding sources are shown in Table 12. Each action within the Action Plan may have a
number of potential funding sources. 
Dependent on the cost and scope of the action, funding source can also be identified as “PKC Only” meaning
that PKC would likely bear the full cost of implementing the action. 
The list of potential funding sources provides an indication at the time of preparation of this Action Plan. It
should not be viewed as a comprehensive list or as a commitment from external parties.
Table 12: Potential funding sources for PKC for the delivery of the Mobility Strategy Action Plan
# Potential external Funding Sources for PKC
1 Broadband Providers
2 Bus Operators
3 Cairngorms National Park Authority
4 Car Club Operators
5 Cycling Scotland
6 Energy Saving Trust
7 Funding sources to be explored
8 Greenspace Scotland
9 Innovate UK
10 Loch Lomond & The Trossachs National Park
11 National Centre for Resilience
12 NHS Tayside
13 Paths for All
14 PKC Only
15 Private Developer Contributions
16 Logistics Operators
17 Scottish Environment Protection Agency (SEPA) 
18 Scottish Futures Trust
19 Scottish Government
20 Sustrans
21 Tactran
22 Tay Cities Region Deal
23 Transport Scotland
7.3 Potential Partners
Potential partners, are shown in Table 13. Dependent on the scope of the action, several partners can be
assigned to each action. When the delivery of the action can be implemented by PKC without partners, the
partner has been identified as “PKC”. The list of potential partners provides an indication at the time of
preparation of this Action Plan. It should not be viewed as a comprehensive list or as a commitment from
external parties.
Page 289 of 302

Page 290

Perth & Kinross Council Mobility Strategy 
4.1 | V.4 | September 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited Action Plan Methodology Page 20 
Table 13: Potential Partner Organisations for the delivery of PKC Mobility Strategy Action Plan
Type # Potential external Funding Sources for PKC
National 1 BEAR Scotland
2 Broadband Providers
3 Car Club Operators
4 ChargePlace Scotland
5 Community Transport Association
6 CoMo UK
7 Cycle Sharing Scheme Operators
8 Cycling Scotland
9 Demand Responsive Transport Providers
10 Energy Providers
11 Energy Saving Trust
12 Federation of Small Businesses Scotland
13 Greenspace Scotland
14 Live Active Leisure
15 NatureScot
16 Network Rail
17 Organisations delivering behaviour change initiatives
18 Paths for All
19 Police Scotland
20 Rail Operators
21 Scottish Environment Protection Agency (SEPA) 
22 Scottish Forestry
23 Scottish Futures Trust
24 Scottish Government
25 Scottish Water
26 Taxi and Private Hire Fleet Operators
27 Transport Scotland
28 Travel Know How Scotland
29 Woodland Trust
Regional 30 Cairngorms National Park Authority
31 HITRANS
32 Loch Lomond & The Trossachs National Park
33 Nestrans
34 NHS Tayside
35 SEStran
36 Sustrans
37 Tactran
38 Tactran Freight Quality Partnership
Page 290 of 302

Page 291

Perth & Kinross Council Mobility Strategy 
4.1 | V.4 | September 2024 | Ove Arup & Partners Limited Action Plan Methodology Page 21 
39 Tactran Liftshare
40 Tactran Regional EV Steering Group
41 Tay Cities Region
42 Tayside Local Resilience Partnership
Local 43 Bus Operators
44 Business Owners
45 Centre for Inclusive Living
46 Community Councils
47 Community Development Trusts
48 Community Organisations
49 Community Transport Groups
50 Parent Councils
51 Perth and Kinross Countryside Trust
52 Perth and Kinross Health and Social Care Partnership
53 Private Developers
54 Private Land Managers
55 Private Parking Providers
56 Schools
57 Social Housing Providers
58 Workplaces
59 Road Operating Companies
60 PKC
8. Delivery Plan
The final Delivery Plan sets out a bank of actions for delivery over the lifespan of the Mobility Strategy and
brings together the work done in previous steps. A range of funding sources will be required to support
the delivery of the Action Plan. Therefore, the Delivery Plan also provides indicative scales of cost and
identifies potential funding sources for the delivery of the actions. 
Not all actions within the Action Plan are solely within the remit of PKC and therefore successful delivery of
the actions will involve a number of existing and new partnerships. Regardless, each of the actions has been
worded in a way that enables for a team at PKC to progress the action implementation. In most cases, the
action lead for each strategic action and its supporting actions will be one team. However, it may also be
possible that a number of teams will need to deliver the actions in collaboration. The identification of the
appropriate action leads will be carried out by PKC after the delivery of the final Mobility Strategy and
Action Plan.
The 47 strategic actions with their supporting actions can be seen in Section 5 of the final Action Plan
(Appendix 2).
Page 291 of 302

Page 292

Page 292 of 302

Page 293

Perth and Kinross Council Mobility Strategy
Consultation Note
12 September 2024 
7
Page 293 of 302

Page 294

Draft Mobility Strategy – Consultation Note     
1  
Introduction
This document summarises the outcomes of various engagement and consultation initiatives in Perth & Kinross, which have
significantly shaped the Mobility Strategy and the Mobility Strategy Action Plan. The key milestones in the consultation strategy for
the Mobility Strategy included: 
1. The Big Place Conversation
2. Let’s Talk Transport – Main Issues Report
3. Tactran Regional Quantitative Survey
4. Partners and Civil Stakeholders
5. Elected Members Workshop
6. Final Draft Consultation
Page 294 of 302

Page 295

Draft Mobility Strategy – Consultation Note     
2  
1. Big Place Conversation
The "Big Place Conversation" engaged with over 1,200 participants across 121 events, including workshops, market stalls, online
consultations, and focused working groups. These groups represented diverse demographics, such as schools, elderly homes, the
LGBTQ community, individuals with visual impairments, and those with mobility issues. The conversation utilised the Place Standard
tool to assess and evaluate the physical environment, including ‘Moving Around’, Public Transport, Traffic and Parking, and Streets
and Spaces.
Key insights collected from the Big Place Conversation enabled the Mobility Strategy to validate its evidence base against local
insights. Each Transportation Planning Objective (TPO) was scrutinised against the findings to ensure locally identified issues were
addressed strategically. This work also informed the Integrated Impact Assessment to ensure that people with protected
characteristics and minorities were considered during the process. The findings played a pivotal role in shaping the Action Plan, with
the STAG (Scottish Transport Appraisal Guidance) appraisal process ensuring actions and initiatives were evaluated based on public
acceptability.
2. Let's Talk Transport - Main Issues Report
The consultation for the Main Issues Report was facilitated through the Council's consultation hub, featuring a concise questionnaire
with open-ended questions to capture detailed feedback from participants. The questions and responses were as follows:
Questions ‘We asked’:
1. To what extent do you agree/disagree that the report explains why we need a Mobility Strategy for Perth and Kinross?
2. To what extent do you agree/disagree that the report provides adequate information about how people and goods move around
in Perth and Kinross?
3. To what extent do you agree/disagree that the report identifies the key problems and opportunities across our existing transport
network?
4. Are there any other suggestions you think should be mentioned regarding the emerging Mobility Strategy?
Responses, ‘You said’:
Page 295 of 302

Page 296

Draft Mobility Strategy – Consultation Note     
3 
Question Strongly Agree Agree Neither Agree
nor Disagree
Disagree Strongly
Disagree
Not Answered
Q1 37.31% 44.78% 8.96% 4.48% 1.49% 2.99%
Q2 17.91% 50.75% 19.40% 7.45% 1.49% 2.99%
Q3 19.40% 32.84% 22.39% 16.42% 4.48% 4.48%
Q4 Q4 received 43 responses. 
Actions Taken, ‘We did’:
 Strong support was visible for the need to develop a Mobility Strategy, backed by evidence. Consequently, the draft Mobility
Strategy emphasised climate concerns and emissions.
 Support shown to agree that information was shared transparently, using simple, non-technical language, this approach
continued through the Strategy’s development.
 Although support for addressing issues and opportunities was evident, gaps were identified and were included for
consideration in the draft Mobility Strategy, particularly focusing on costs, accessibility, and public transport.
3. Tactran Regional Quantitative Survey
Tactran conducted regional public opinion research, including 300 participants from Perth & Kinross, ensuring a representative
demographic. The research revealed that all four Regional Transport Strategy (RTS) objectives are deemed important by at least
80% of the population, with health and wellbeing being the most crucial. Support for promoting fair fares, improving public transport,
and enhancing accessibility and security was over 90%. However, there was notable resistance to measures such as new charges
for motorists (48% objecting), wider parking controls (18% objecting), and road space reallocation (14% objecting).
This information has informed the draft Action Plan, helping to identify public support for the vision, objectives, and strategic actions.
4. Partners and Civil Stakeholders
Page 296 of 302

Page 297

Draft Mobility Strategy – Consultation Note     
4 
During the development of the Mobility Strategy, the Lead Officer engaged with various organisations and stakeholders to gather
insights into their experiences with the transport network in Perth and Kinross. Examples of stakeholders included SEPA, NatureScot,
Loch Lomond and the Trossachs National Park, Tactran, Network Rail and Scot Rail, NHS Tayside, National Farmers Union,
Sustrans, Roads Haulage Association, PK Leadership Forum, University of Highlands and Islands, Scottish Care, HCSP, and
Strathallan Community Rail Partnership. 
5. Elected Member Workshops:
Two key Elected Member workshops were used to engage with Elected Members in terms of shaping the Transport Planning
Objectives and Action Plan.  
 4th October: Workshop to engage members in formulating the Mobility Strategy, discussing the Regional Transport Strategy,
the Main Issues Report, and draft Transport Planning Objectives.
 18th April: Workshop to brief members on the draft Mobility Strategy and Action Plan, covering key findings and the
forthcoming consultation plan. 
6. Final ‘Draft Consultation’
The final consultation initiative involved presenting and responding to the Draft Mobility Strategy and Action Plan following committee
approval (1 May Climate Change & Sustainability Committee). This consultation initiative also allowed for the promotion of draft
impact assessments, the Strategic Environmental Assessment, and the Integrated Impact Assessment. 
In our endeavour to foster community engagement and promote the Mobility Strategy, a diverse range of promotional activities and
communication channels were utilised. These efforts aimed not only to encourage participation but also to provide comprehensive
information to stakeholders. The following summarises our approach and key findings: 
Page 297 of 302

Page 298

Draft Mobility Strategy – Consultation Note     
5 
Promotional Activities:
 Deployment of 6 stalls strategically located across PKC at high footfall events, such as farmers' markets.
 Issuance of press releases to media outlets.
 Amplification through multiple social media channels. 
 Inclusion in the Perth Business Bulletin, May Edition
 Email dissemination to all Elected Members and the Transportation Teams professional stakeholder contact lists.
 Tailored education communications to all Council Secondary Schools, including an easy-read version of the Mobility Strategy.
 An Easy Read was also shared with Perth’s Centre of inclusive living.
 Collaboration with community networks, including the Community Engagement Newsletter (Issue 56).
 Promotion of the consultation at the Perth and Kinross Council Schools and Youth Engagement Work group on 12 June 2024. 
 Information cards were distributed at public-facing facilities, including the reception desks of Pullar House and 2 High Street
in Perth. A promotional banner was also sited at the reception desk of Pullar House during the consultation period. 
Response demographics were recorded, within boundaries of GDPR, allowing us to ask minimal but informative questions on age
and representation group. Due to our outlined promotional activities we managed to attract a diverse array of participants, with a
particular focus on the younger demographic. 
Page 298 of 302

Page 299

Draft Mobility Strategy – Consultation Note     
6  
Response
A total of 72 responses were received in the final draft consultation through the Consultation Hub. The demographic profile of the
respondent sample is outlined in the table below: 
Questions ‘We asked’:
1. To what extent do you agree/disagree that we have clearly explained why we need a Mobility Strategy for Perth and Kinross?
2. To what extent do you agree or disagree with the objectives of the Mobility Strategy for the Perth and Kinross transport
network?
3. To what extent do you agree/disagree that the actions in the action plan are adequate to achieve the objectives for the Perth
and Kinross transport network?
4. Are there any other suggestions or comments that you would like to mention regarding the Mobility Strategy? 
Respondent
Age
Under 18 19-60  60+ Prefer not to
say
No answer 
Responses  29.17% 41.67% 13.89% 6.94% 8.33%         
Respondent
Type
Resident  Community
Group
Business  Third sector  Public
Agency
Student  Other Not
answered
Response 50.00% 2.78% 5.56% 5.56% 0.00% 29.17% 1.39% 5.56%
Page 299 of 302

Page 300

Draft Mobility Strategy – Consultation Note     
7 
Responses, ‘You said’:
Question Strongly Agree Agree Neither Agree
nor Disagree
Disagree Strongly
Disagree
Not Answered
Q1 29.17% 30.56% 22.22% 9.72% 4.17% 4.17%
Q2 22.22% 44.44% 15.28% 6.94% 4.17% 6.94%
Q3 13.89% 30.56% 23.61% 16.67% 6.94% 8.33%
Q4.  34 responses were received for this part of the question. 
Actions Taken, ‘We did’:
 Positive feedback was noted around the way in which the purpose and need for the Mobility Strategy was explained in the
draft policy document (59.73% of respondents strongly agreed or agreed with Q1).  As such, the background information and
structuring remain unchanged within the policy document.
 66.66% of respondents strongly agreed or agreed with the Transport Planning Objectives that were set. With strong
endorsement for the 11 TPO’s, they remain unchanged.
 44.45% of respondents strongly agreed or agreed that the actions in the action plan are adequate to achieve the Transport
Planning Objectives. Following specific feedback on deliverability, tweaks have been made to the Action Plan to align with
delivery structures/team leads. 
 The wording of 87 actions has been tweaked based on feedback from the public consultation and stakeholders. Some of the
these include: 
o Clarifying the role that PKC plays in terms of working with potential funders and partners to deliver on the actions. 25
potential funding sources, and 59 potential partners have been identified, and indicative costs have been applied, from
low to very high. 
o Splitting actions into strategic and supporting actions, and re-aligning supporting actions to appropriate strategic actions. 
o Re-packaging actions into appropriate themes.   
Page 300 of 302

Page 301

Draft Mobility Strategy – Consultation Note     
8  
 A significant number of responses at the promotional events related to disappointment with bus service cuts and their
connectivity. This has been considered in the action plan development. 
 Report accessibility issues were raised, around the size and ease to zoom on the document. This has been fed back to the
Citizen Space (Consultation Hub). 
 Vagueness of actions was mentioned which has been addressed where applicable. 
7. Additional Initiatives
Other initiatives informing the Mobility Strategy included:
 Carbon Childs Annual Event 2023: Discussions on challenges, actions, and the imperative for altering transport modes.
 Community Action Plans: Incorporating locally collated evidence, perspectives, and knowledge.
 Internal Discussions: Throughout the development of the strategy, Senior Officers across Perth and Kinross Council were
involved, facilitated by the Mobility Working Group, including members from various teams such as Traffic and Networks, City
Development, Perth Smart Team, Air Quality/Public Health, Climate Change, Tactran, Transportation & Development,
Infrastructure Team, Greenspace, and Roads Maintenance. 
8. Summary
The consultation initiatives in Perth & Kinross were comprehensive and inclusive, gathering extensive public and stakeholder input
to shape the Mobility Strategy and its Action Plan. These efforts validated the evidence base, informed the Integrated Impact
Assessment, and highlighted strong support for addressing climate concerns and accessibility in the strategy. Overall, the
consultations significantly influenced the Mobility Strategy, ensuring it is inclusive, aligned with public needs, and supported by
continued proactive communication with stakeholders.
Page 301 of 302

Page 302

Page 302 of 302